Inglês
- Page 3 and 4: INGLÊS 3
- Page 5: Todo livro tem sua história. Este
- Page 9 and 10: CAPÍTULO I - PRONOMES PESSOAIS Pro
- Page 11 and 12: EXERCISES go on. - Adaptado de: htt
- Page 13 and 14: to best prepare me for the upcoming
- Page 15 and 16: 10. O pronome “it” em “It wil
- Page 17 and 18: 15. The pronouns "it" (ref. 6) and
- Page 19 and 20: CAPÍTULO II - PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS
- Page 21 and 22: 3. The pronoun “her” (line 3) a
- Page 23 and 24: more on the microeconomic reforms t
- Page 25 and 26: CAPÍTULO III - PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS
- Page 27 and 28: It is an old saying that "Order is
- Page 29 and 30: CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INTERROGATI
- Page 31 and 32: 1. No texto 1, 2º quadrinho, qual
- Page 33 and 34: e) ____________ is your best friend
- Page 35 and 36: CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS
- Page 37 and 38: One important field in which the la
- Page 39 and 40: 5. (Unitau) Assinale a alternativa
- Page 41 and 42: 11. (Uel) Assinale a alternativa qu
- Page 43 and 44: A KEY HURDLE: THE ENGLISH TEST Most
- Page 45 and 46: CAPÍTULO VI - PRONOMES DEMONSTRATI
- Page 47 and 48: Survey of Family Growth, relating t
- Page 49 and 50: NOT SO PERFECT AFTER ALL For the pa
- Page 51 and 52: inflation is in low single digits.
INGLÊS<br />
3
Coordenação editorial: Estúdio Conejo, Zênite.<br />
Preparação de texto: Zênite, Ricardo Sousa Santos (Mister).<br />
Coordenação de design e projetos visuais: Pedro Yañez.<br />
Revisão: Geisa Teixeira.<br />
Impressão: Gráfica Brasil.<br />
Organizador: Estúdio Conejo<br />
Obra coletiva concebida, desenvolvida<br />
e produzida pelo estúdio Conejo, Zênite.<br />
Editor Executivo:<br />
Pedro Yañez.<br />
Livro do professore:<br />
RICARDO SOUSA SANTOS (MISTER)<br />
4
Todo livro tem sua história. Este não pretende ser diferente. E isto tem lá suas vantagens.<br />
Comecemos então, parafraseando Vinícius de Morais, um livro sem Apresentação é como um rio sem pontes.<br />
Não se sabe bem porque, mas é costume consagrado. Nada há que uma apresentação possa fazer pelo<br />
livro, se ele mesmo não caminhar por suas próprias pernas. Mas já que deve ter uma, que lhe seja útil.<br />
Caro leitor, se faltar alguma legitimidade aos capítulos que o compõem, a Apresentação, na sua costumeira<br />
gravidade, haverá de suprir, com conversa, o que faltar em aceitação. Espero que este não seja o caso deste<br />
que vos escrevi. E claro, não menos importante é que, antes de que o leitor se ponha a buscar os defeitos<br />
mais graves que o livro evidentemente possa conter, é que, sem aviso prévio, já me coloco em intimidade<br />
para correções e ganho, por antecipação, sua simpatia senão teórica, pelo menos afetiva. Se o escritor, afinal<br />
de contas, se mostra receptivo, por que não lhe dar um crédito por antecipação?<br />
Dito isto, explico o porquê de estar aqui, incomodando os leitores desprevenidos. Venho escrevendo, mais<br />
irregular que regularmente, ao longo de uma carreira dedicada a tentar ensinar aos outros o prazer da aquisisição<br />
de um outro idioma, Língua Inglesa, neste caso. Ainda que prazer não se ensine, mostrar caminhos<br />
nunca é excessivo. Fruto dessas experiências, nascidas de uma curiosidade insaciável, que me faz fuçar os<br />
livros alheios, de linguístas como Yule, Jackobson, Saussure, e tantos outros, e claro, Pierce e sua semiótica<br />
de forma assídua, que me pego por vezes teorizando em voz alta nas ruas de Conquista, são todos esses<br />
autores que me trouxeram até aqui.<br />
Os ensaios gramaticais deste material, voltado aqueles que se aventuram no aprendizado, àvidos a ingressarem<br />
nas universidades, estão divididos em grupos de forma a dar alguma organização ao livro. Mas isto não<br />
impede, evidentemente, que sejam lidos na ordem que cada um escolher, o que, no fim das contas, acontece<br />
com todo livro técnico. De forma que esta observação poderia ser dispensada, mas já que aqui está, agora é<br />
bom que fique.<br />
Por fim, como de praxe, vão os agradecimentos. Primeiro ao Zênite, nas figuras de Omar e Nayana, por proporcionarem<br />
as condições favoráveis em sua empresa para que este que vos escreve, tivesse total liberdade<br />
na criação deste material. A minha família, esposa e filho (Misterzinho), que deram, e dão, total apoio para<br />
a realização deste e de outros projetos meus. A Rosimar e Luis Àvila, que me descobriram, por assim dizer,<br />
como professor quando recém chegado a esta cidade, a um tempão, me credibilizando em vários lugares,<br />
que responsabilidade com seus nomes eles me deram, hein. E por fim, um agradecimnto que sempre tive<br />
vontade de fazer publicamente, Joaquim Teixeira (Quinzinho), que me ensinou tudo que ele podia, sem<br />
nunca pedir qualquer paga, somente uma, que eu adquirisse a paixão pelo ensino de lingua inglesa, e busca<br />
incessante pelo conhecimento. Busquei, e apreciei tanto que não sei fazer outra coisa.<br />
Que outra paga maior pode esperar quem ensina?<br />
Bom estudo!<br />
;)<br />
5
SUMÁRIO<br />
CAPÍTULO I-PRONOMES PESSOAIS ......................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO II-PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS ..............................................<br />
CAPÍTULO III-PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS ..............................................<br />
CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS ..................................<br />
CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS ............................................<br />
CAPÍTULO VI-PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS .................................<br />
CAPÍTULO VII-PRONOMES RELATIVOS ..............................................<br />
CAPÍTULO VIII-RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS ..........................................<br />
CAPÍTULO IX-CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE) .........................<br />
CAPÍTULO X-SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS .................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XI-PRESENT PROGRESSIVE (CONTINUOUS)VERBS ) ..<br />
CAPÍTULO XII-PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS ....................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XIII-PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS ................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XIV-THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT TENSES .................<br />
CAPÍTULO XV-GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE ..............................<br />
CAPÍTULO XVI-VERBOS ANÔMALOS (MODAL VERBS) ...................<br />
CAPÍTULO XVII- FUTURO SIMPLES, IMEDIATO, PERFEITO E<br />
CONTÍNUO ................................................................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XIX -IF CLAUSES- CONDICIONAIS ....................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XX-SUBSTANTIVOS ..............................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXI-ADJECTIVES - GRAU DE COMPARAÇÃO ..............<br />
CAPÍTULO XXII-ADVERBS .....................................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXIV-DIRECT & REPORTED SPEECH - DISCURSO DI-<br />
RETO E INDIRETO ....................................................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXVII-CONJUNCTIONS - CONJUNÇÕES ..........................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXVIII-SUFFIXES .................................................................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXIX-PREPOSITIONS – PREPOSIÇÕES .............................<br />
CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........<br />
CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........<br />
9<br />
19<br />
25<br />
29<br />
35<br />
45<br />
56<br />
73<br />
74<br />
80<br />
92<br />
96<br />
102<br />
105<br />
123<br />
133<br />
156<br />
164<br />
175<br />
187<br />
205<br />
219<br />
233<br />
250<br />
254<br />
284<br />
298<br />
313<br />
346<br />
7
CAPÍTULO I - PRONOMES PESSOAIS<br />
Pronome é a classe de palavras que acompanha ou<br />
substitui um substantivo ou um outro pronome,<br />
indicando sua posição em relação às pessoas do discurso<br />
ou mesmo situando-o no espaço e no tempo. Os<br />
pronomes nos ajudam a evitar repetições desnecessárias<br />
na fala e na escrita.<br />
São divididos em:<br />
Pronomes Pessoais - Personal Pronouns<br />
Os Pronomes Pessoais referem-se a alguma pessoa, lugar<br />
ou objeto específico e são subdivididos em Pronomes<br />
Pessoais do Caso Reto (Sujeito) - Subject<br />
Pronouns e Pronomes Pessoais do Caso<br />
Oblíquo (Objeto) - Object Pronouns.<br />
Tabela de Pronomes<br />
Pronomes Pessoais<br />
NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Object<br />
Singular 1ª Pessoa I ME<br />
Singular 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa HE HIM<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa SHE HER<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa IT IT<br />
Plural 1ª Pessoa WE US<br />
Plural 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU<br />
Plural 3ª Pessoa THEY THEM<br />
Esses<br />
pronomes são<br />
assim<br />
chamados<br />
porque<br />
conjugam os<br />
verbos. São<br />
sujeitos.<br />
Esses<br />
devem ser<br />
usados após<br />
verbos e<br />
preposições<br />
. Não<br />
podem<br />
conjugar<br />
verbos<br />
Subject Pronouns:<br />
Esses pronomes do caso reto substituem nomes e<br />
ocupam posição de sujeito numa oração, isso quer dizer<br />
que eles deverão aparecer antes dos verbos, conjugandoos.<br />
Object Pronouns:<br />
Esses pronomes do caso oblíquo funcionam como objeto<br />
do verbo, por isso a posição deles é sempre após o verbo<br />
ou uma preposição.<br />
DICA:<br />
A função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando<br />
eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo referência<br />
ao que foi citado anteriormente), geralmente o<br />
referente/referido encontra-se dentro do MESMO<br />
parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que o proneme<br />
aparece.<br />
Vejamos alguns exemplos:<br />
1. I need them. Eu preciso deles<br />
2. They study Elas estudam comigo.<br />
with me.<br />
3. She works for Ela trabalha para ele.<br />
him.<br />
4. We know you. Nós te conhecemos.<br />
5. You want us. Você nos quer.<br />
6. He likes it. Ele gosta dele (a)<br />
Em <strong>Inglês</strong> não há omissão do sujeito como pode ocorrer<br />
em Português, salvo em raríssimas exceções e em<br />
linguagem muito informal. No caso de sujeito<br />
inexistente, oculto ou indeterminado, devemos<br />
empregar it, we ou they.<br />
It is great to be here at Zênite. (É ótimo estar aqui no<br />
Zênite.)<br />
We speak Portuguese and English in Brazil. (Falamos<br />
português e inglês no Barsil.)<br />
It started to rain. (Começou a chover.)<br />
9
We will go to Anagé in the summer. (Iremos à Anagé no<br />
verão.)<br />
They think I am a wealthy person. (Acham que sou um<br />
cara rico.)<br />
E.g.<br />
Patrick and I are good friends.<br />
What do I need to say ?<br />
2. O Pronome YOU:<br />
Objeto indireto com preposição - Prepositional indirect<br />
object:<br />
No <strong>Inglês</strong>, há dois tipos de objetos indiretos: os com<br />
preposição expressa após o verbo e os objetos indiretos<br />
com a preposição subtentida, que não vai estar grafada<br />
na oração.<br />
- O objeto indireto com preposição é o termo que<br />
completa o sentido de um verbo de forma indireta,<br />
estando sempre regido de preposição clara e expressa na<br />
oração.<br />
1.I sent my friends some flowers.<br />
2.I sent some flowers to my friends.<br />
3.Give your money to me.<br />
4.Give me your money.<br />
5.He told the story to John.<br />
6.He told John the story.<br />
Observe que na sentença 1 o objeto direto é some<br />
flowers, a partir deste exemplo é possível ver a estrutura<br />
básica desta função pronominal.<br />
Os exemplos 2,3,5 apresentam os objetos indiretos após<br />
a preposição TO – que podem ser chamados de After-<br />
Preposition.<br />
Nas outras sentenças 1,4,6 os objetos indiretos aparecem<br />
após o verbo, chamado de After-Verb position.<br />
O pronome YOU é 2ª pessoa tanto do singular quanto do<br />
plural. Por isso tenha cuidado com as traduções. YOU é<br />
comumente traduzido por VOCÊ ou VOCÊS, só que<br />
esses pronomes de tratamento da língua portuguesa são<br />
respectivamente 3ª pessoa do singular e plural.<br />
E.g.<br />
English Translation Adaptation<br />
You are my Tu és meu Você é meu amigo<br />
friend. amigo<br />
You are my<br />
friends.<br />
3. O Pronome Neutro IT:<br />
Vós sois meus<br />
amigos<br />
Vocês são meus<br />
amigos.<br />
Este pronome é usado para substituir nomes de coisas,<br />
animais, descrever fenômenos naturais, e fazer o papel<br />
do sujeito oculto ou inexistente da língua portuguesa.<br />
Obs. Usado com pessoas. E.g. It’s my father, it’s me, it’s<br />
your mother, it’s John, etc...<br />
4. O Pronome THEY:<br />
Este pronome é o plural de toda a 3ª pessoa do singular.<br />
Sendo assim seu significado se estende a ELES<br />
(homens), ELAS (mulheres) , e a ELES, e ELAS<br />
(animais, coisas, objetos, etc...)<br />
Object Pronouns:<br />
Subject Pronouns:<br />
Esses pronomes substituem nomes após um verbo ou<br />
uma preposição. Atenção especial deve ser dada à<br />
terceira pessoa do plural (THEM) pois este pronome<br />
substitue nomes de pessoas, animais e coisas.<br />
1. O Pronome I<br />
O pronome I deve ser escrito sempre com letra<br />
maiúscula independente do seu lugar na frase.<br />
10
EXERCISES<br />
go on. - Adaptado de: http://edition.cnn.com/2013/02/20/world/europe/madridcity-of-protests/index.html<br />
Welcome to Madrid: City of Protests<br />
Madrid (CNN) — “The people, united, will never be<br />
divided!” yells the crowd, angrily waving banners and<br />
placards. “To fight is the only way!” Dog-walkers,<br />
mothers with strollers, an pensioners carrying shopping<br />
bags join the crowd. These people on the sidewalk are no<br />
curious neighbors. Indeed, many of them are complete<br />
strangers to the family living on the fifth floor, but they<br />
are all here to protect Rocio from eviction – being forced<br />
to leave her property by legal process<br />
Rocio and her son, now 17 and in high school, moved<br />
from Ecuador in 2003, when times were good and jobs<br />
plentiful in Spain. But then the global financial crisis hit,<br />
bringing Spain’s economy’ down, Rocio lost her two<br />
jobs – in a shop, and as a cleaner. For a while, Rocio got<br />
by on benefits but then those stopped too. She is an<br />
example of the crisis many Spaniards face as the country<br />
deals with the highest unemployment rate since the Civil<br />
War in the 1930s, and a recession entering its second<br />
year. “I can’t stand the thought of living on the streets<br />
with my san, but I have no idea where else to go”, she<br />
says.<br />
Rocio’s story is echoed by others all over Spain. It is this<br />
fear that took many Spanish citizen to action. Many of<br />
those people who are outside the door of Rocio’s<br />
apartment block are supporter of “Stop Desahucios”<br />
(Stop Evictions), part of the Platform of People Affected<br />
by Mortgages (PAI – Plataforma de Afectados por la<br />
Hipoteca), a group that campaigns to prevent banks and<br />
authorities from eviction because of the country’s<br />
economic crisis. They accuse the banks and authorities o<br />
‘real estate terrorism”.<br />
There are also the mass marches of the 15-M movement<br />
– also known as the “Indignados”. Activist Dante<br />
Scherma, 24, says citizens were not used to speaking out<br />
on political issues. “The 15-M movement made people<br />
talk about social issues, and about politics in normal<br />
conversations - in cafés, restaurants, bars – where before<br />
they only talked about football or fashion.”<br />
Back in Vicalvaro, the moment of truth has arrived, but<br />
the crowd – now shouting at the police, insisting they<br />
have to stop forcing families to leave their properties –<br />
appears to have had an impact. Lawyers from the PAH<br />
explain that Rocio will be able to stay – for a while, at<br />
least. For those working to stop Spain’s eviction<br />
epidemic, today has seen a small and temporary victory.<br />
For those demonstrating about cuts, corruption and lack of cash, the protests will<br />
1. In the sentence “...insisting they have to stop forcing<br />
families to leave their properties...”, words they and their<br />
respectively refer to<br />
a) the crowd and families.<br />
b) the crowd and the police.<br />
c) the police and families.<br />
d) the families and the properties.<br />
e) ethe police and the properties.<br />
Emerging economies<br />
The Great Deceleration<br />
The emerging-market slowdown is not the beginning of a<br />
bust. But it is a turning-point for the world economy<br />
WHEN a champion sprinter falls short of his best speeds,<br />
(…)<br />
China will be lucky if it manages to hit its official target<br />
of 7.5% (…)<br />
This marks the end of the dramatic first phase of the<br />
emerging-market era, (…)<br />
Running out of puff<br />
In the past, periods of emerging-market boom have<br />
tended to be followed by busts (which helps explain why<br />
so few poor countries have become rich ones). A<br />
determined pessimist can find reasons to fret today,<br />
pointing in particular to the risks of an even more drastic<br />
deceleration in China or of a sudden global monetary<br />
tightening. But this time a broad emerging-market bust<br />
11
12<br />
looks unlikely.<br />
China is in the midst of a precarious shift from<br />
investment-led growth to a more balanced, consumptionbased<br />
model. Its investment surge has prompted plenty<br />
of bad debt. But the central government has the fiscal<br />
strength both to absorb losses and to stimulate the<br />
economy if necessary. That is a luxury few emerging<br />
economies have ever had. It makes disaster much less<br />
likely. And with rich-world economies still feeble, there<br />
is little chance that monetary conditions will suddenly<br />
tighten, even if they did, most emerging economies have<br />
better defences than ever before, with flexible exchange<br />
rates, large stashes of foreign-exchange reserves and<br />
relatively less debt (much of it in domestic currency).<br />
That’s the good news. The bad news is that the days of<br />
record-breaking speed are over. China’s turbocharged<br />
investment and export model has run out of puff.<br />
Because its population is ageing fast, the country will<br />
have fewer workers, and because it is more prosperous, it<br />
has less room for catch-up growth. Ten years ago<br />
China’s per person GDP measured at PPP was 8% of<br />
America’s; now it is 18%. China will keep on catching<br />
up, but at a slower clip.<br />
(…). - Jul 27th 2013/www.economist.com<br />
2. The pronoun they in the underlined sentence of the<br />
fifth paragraph of the text: “even if they did, …” refers to<br />
a) China<br />
b) plenty of bad debt<br />
c) a few emerging economies<br />
d) rich-world economies<br />
e) monetary conditions<br />
United States Thanksgiving<br />
In a 1789 proclamation, President George Washington<br />
called on the people of the United States to acknowledge<br />
God for affording them “an opportunity peaceably to<br />
establish a form of government for their safety and<br />
happiness” by observing a day of thanksgiving. Devoting<br />
a day to “public thanksgiving and prayer,” as<br />
Washington called it, became a yearly tradition in many<br />
communities.<br />
Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863. In that<br />
year, during the Civil War, Abraham Lincoln made his<br />
Thanksgiving Day Proclamation. He asked his fellow<br />
citizens “to set apart and observe the last Thursday of<br />
November next as a day of thanksgiving and praise...”<br />
(…)<br />
Retrieved from . Access in: Aug 2013.<br />
3. The word “it” at the end of the first paragraph refers<br />
to<br />
a) “an opportunity”.<br />
b) “a yearly tradition”.<br />
c) “a day of thanksgiving”.<br />
d) “a form of government”.<br />
e) “their safety and happiness”.<br />
SPAIN’S ECONOMY<br />
(…)<br />
Spain’s emblematic companies show that this can be<br />
done, but their success has been despite, not because of,<br />
the country’s politicians and rigid employment laws,<br />
Spain has already implemented painful reforms,<br />
particularly in the labor market, but they will take time<br />
to feed into the economy. The bank bailout may<br />
eventually ease the ongoing credit crunch, but in the<br />
short term the country’s increasing borrowing costs will<br />
make it harder for Spanish entrepreneurs to finance their<br />
businesses.<br />
Adapted from Newsweek, June 25, 2012<br />
4. In the last paragraph, “they” in the phrase “…but<br />
they will take time to feed into the economy” most likely<br />
refers to<br />
a) recently elected Spanish politicians.<br />
b) difficult but necessary changes in Spanish<br />
regulations.<br />
c) Spain’s emblematic companies.<br />
d) Spain’s traditionally rigid employment laws.<br />
e) the investment money now available to Spanish<br />
companies.<br />
Are You A Digital Native or A Digital Immigrant?<br />
(…)<br />
Second, 4 I was talking with a producer at the PBS<br />
NewsHour who wanted me to do a live interview within<br />
a few hours of his call regarding some late breaking<br />
news about clergy sexual abuse, which is my specialty. I<br />
was out of the office and driving my car when he called<br />
and in 12 a matter of fact manner he said that he wanted to<br />
send me some important information to my smart phone
to best prepare me for the upcoming interview, when I<br />
told him that I couldn’t receive anything since I had a<br />
dumb phone and not a smart phone, there was a long<br />
silence, 1 he then said he’d have to just read it to me<br />
over the phone as a Plan B. He wasn’t happy ...<br />
neither was I.<br />
7 In case you haven’t noticed, the 21 st century is really<br />
upon us and to live in it one really does need to be<br />
connected in my view. Although I often consider myself<br />
a 19 th or 20 th century guy trapped in the 21 st century we<br />
really do need to adapt. For most of us we are just living<br />
in a new world that really demands comfort with and<br />
access to technology.<br />
(…)<br />
6. O pronome it, utilizado na última linha do primeiro<br />
parágrafo, na frase for the products it markets, refere-se<br />
a) à necessidade da propaganda.<br />
b) à área de publicidade.<br />
c) à ideologia da propaganda.<br />
d) aos mercados consumidores.<br />
e) à cultura do consumismo.<br />
Smart Jocks: Sport Helps Kids Classroom<br />
Performance<br />
When kids exercise, they boost brainpower as well as<br />
brawn. By Steve Ayan | September 9, 2010<br />
Adapted from “Digital Native vs. Digital Immigrant? Which are you?” Published<br />
on July 24, 2012 by Thomas G. Plante, Ph.D., ABPP in Do the Right Thing<br />
http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/do-the-right-thing/201207/digital-nativevs-digital-immigrant-which-are-you.<br />
retrieved on July 28, 2012<br />
5. In the sentence, “he then said he’d have to just read it<br />
to me over the phone as a Plan B.” (ref. 1), the<br />
underlined pronoun refers to<br />
a) the author´s dumb phone.<br />
b) the information needed for the interview.<br />
c) the author’s smart phone.<br />
d) the upcoming interview.<br />
e) the conversation the author had with the TV<br />
producer.<br />
Analyze an advertisement<br />
Peter Sells<br />
Sierra Gonzalez<br />
Not all advertisements make perfect sense. Not all of<br />
them promote or imply acceptance of social values that<br />
everyone would agree are what we should hope for, in<br />
an enlightened and civilized society. Some<br />
advertisements appear to degrade our images of<br />
ourselves, our language, and appear to move the<br />
emphasis of interaction in our society to (even more)<br />
consumerism. There may even be a dark, seamy, or seedy<br />
side to advertising. This is hardly surprising, as our<br />
society is indeed a consumer society, and it is highly<br />
capitalistic in the simplest sense. There is no doubt that<br />
advertising promotes a consumer culture, and helps<br />
create and perpetuate the ideology that creates the<br />
apparent need for the products it markets.<br />
(…) (www.stanford.edu. Adaptado.)<br />
5 Despite frequent reports that regular exercise benefits<br />
the adult brain, when it comes to schoolchildren, the<br />
concept of the dumb jock persists. The star quarterback<br />
stands in stark contrast to the math-team champion. After<br />
all, the two types require seemingly disparate talents:<br />
physical prowess versus intellect. Letting kids run<br />
around or throw a ball seems, at best, tangential to the<br />
real work of learning and, at worst, a distraction from 1 it.<br />
7. A palavra "it" (ref. 1) refere-se a<br />
a) "disparate talents".<br />
b) "a ball".<br />
c) "the real work of learning".<br />
d) "physical prowess".<br />
e) "Letting kids run around".<br />
Mark Zuckerberg’s 650 Million Friends (and<br />
counting)<br />
Back in June 2009, the globe’s potpourri of socialnetworking<br />
sites was extremely diverse: Google’s Orkut<br />
13
14<br />
dominated India and Brazil; Central and South America<br />
preferred Hi5; Maktoob was king in the Arab world. The<br />
Vietnamese liked Zing, the Czechs loved Lidé, South<br />
Koreans surfed Cyworld. Two years after that, and<br />
Facebook has stolen users away from its rivals very fast.<br />
It’s completely knocked Hi5 off the map in former<br />
strongholds such as Peru, Mexico, and Thailand. After a<br />
tense back-and-forth with Orkut in India, Facebook has<br />
emerged victorious. And it’s becoming more popular in<br />
Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands, where local<br />
providers are making a desperate last stand.<br />
There are some glaring exceptions to Facebook’s<br />
colonization kick. Russians continue to use Vkontakte<br />
and Odnoklassniki, with Facebook a distant fourth in the<br />
rankings. China remains highly committed to domestic<br />
sites such as Qzone and Renren. But for the rest of us,<br />
we’re living in Zuckerberg’s world. (endereço eletrônico<br />
omitido propositadamente)<br />
8. In the sentence “And it’s becoming more popular in<br />
Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands...”, the pronoun<br />
it refers to<br />
a) Orkut.<br />
b) India.<br />
c) Armenia.<br />
d) Hi5.<br />
e) Facebook.<br />
Fight the Violence!<br />
Oct 14, 2011 6:53 PM EDT<br />
What if gang violence in America could be reduced<br />
just by talking? Professor and activist David<br />
Kennedy talks with Ben Crair about his new book,<br />
Don’t Shoot, criticism of his plan, and the economics<br />
of gangs.<br />
In 1995, David M. Kennedy went to Boston on behalf<br />
of* Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government to study<br />
violent crime. Like many American cities at that time,<br />
Boston was suffering a wave of homicides. After linking<br />
up with a special Boston Police Department task force,<br />
Kennedy and his team recognized that most of the killing<br />
was the work of a small handful of identifiable gang<br />
members. Rather than locking them all up, they tried<br />
something new: They met with the gang members and<br />
community leaders, offered them assistance in getting<br />
off the streets, and warned them that, if any single gang<br />
member committed another murder*, they would crack<br />
down* on the entire group. Crime dropped almost<br />
overnight, and Kennedy’s “Operation Ceasefire,” as it<br />
has come to be known, has been implemented in more<br />
than 70 cities, addressing issues from gun violence to<br />
drug markets to juvenile robberies. Now, Kennedy<br />
recounts his experiences in a new book, Don’t Shoot:<br />
One Man, a Street Fellowship, and the End of Violence<br />
in Inner-City America.<br />
(Newsweek, 14.10.2011. Adaptado)<br />
9. O pronome objeto them empregado em − offered<br />
them assistance in getting off the streets − refere-se a<br />
a) the streets.<br />
b) American cities.<br />
c) Kennedy and his team.<br />
d) Boston Police Department.<br />
e) gang members and community leaders.<br />
Argentina builds a tower of books<br />
This is simply an audio and visual celebration of the<br />
book – any books, all books, in whichever language you<br />
like. Works by Jane Austen, Dickens, Henry Blake,<br />
Ernest Hemingway, Cervantes, Vargas Llosa, Tolstoy<br />
and Argentina's own favourites, Borges and Sabato, line<br />
the walls of this tower, each wrapped in plastic for its<br />
own protection.<br />
The United Nations has designated the city as the 2011<br />
World Book Capital.<br />
This book tower is 25 metres high and lined with 30,000<br />
donations from more than 50 embassies. It'll be<br />
dismantled at the end of the month and the books will<br />
form the beginning of a multi-lingual library.<br />
The Buenos Aires Book Fair, one of the biggest in the<br />
world, has just ended, recording more visitors than ever<br />
before. The city boasts hundreds of bookshops and some<br />
cafes even supply works by Argentina's most renowned<br />
literary icon, Jorge Luis Borges, to read over coffee.<br />
Buenos Aires is a city that loves its books and now it has<br />
a tower to prove it.<br />
Daniel Schweimler, BBC News, Buenos Aires.<br />
Fonte:<br />
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20<br />
11/05/110516_witn _buenosaires_books_page1.shtml
10. O pronome “it” em “It will be dismantled” refere-se<br />
a) embaixadas.<br />
b) livros.<br />
c) doações.<br />
d) biblioteca.<br />
e) torre de livros.<br />
The Impact of Media Violence on Children and<br />
Adolescents: Opportunities for Clinical Interventions<br />
Eugene V. Beresin<br />
(…)<br />
How does televised violence result in aggressive<br />
behavior? Some researchers have demonstrated that very<br />
young children will imitate aggressive acts on TV in<br />
their play with peers. Before age 4, children are unable to<br />
distinguish between fact and fantasy and may view<br />
violence as an ordinary occurrence. In general, violence<br />
on television and in movies often conveys a model of<br />
conflict resolution. It is efficient, frequent, and<br />
inconsequential. Heroes are violent, and, as such, are<br />
rewarded for their behavior. 1 They become role models<br />
for youth. The typical scenario of using violence for a<br />
righteous cause may translate in daily life into a<br />
justification for using violence to retaliate against<br />
perceived victimizers. Hence, vulnerable youth who have<br />
been victimized may be tempted to use violent means to<br />
solve problems. Unfortunately, there are few, if any,<br />
models of nonviolent conflict resolution in the media.<br />
Additionally, children who watch televised violence are<br />
desensitized to it. They may come to see violence as a<br />
fact of life and, over time, lose their ability to empathize<br />
with both the victim and the victimizer.<br />
(http://www.aacap.org/cs/root/developmentor/the_impact_of_media_violence_on<br />
_children_and_adolescents_opportunities_for_clinical_interventions)<br />
11. No enunciado “They become role models for<br />
youth” (ref. 1), o vocábulo sublinhado se refere a<br />
a) programas de televisão.<br />
b) atos violentos.<br />
c) conflitos.<br />
d) filmes.<br />
e) heróis<br />
COMBINING ALCOHOL AND "ENERGY DRINK"<br />
REDUCES THE "PERCEPTION" OF IMPAIRMENT<br />
The combined use of alcohol and "energy<br />
drinks" has become increasingly popular among youth<br />
and young adults in recent years. (…)<br />
"In Brazil, as in other countries, young people<br />
believe that energy drinks avoid the sleepiness caused by<br />
alcoholic beverages and increase their capacity to dance<br />
all night (…)<br />
In a previous study on the use of energy drinks<br />
among Brazilians, Souza-Formigoni said that users<br />
reported greater happiness (38%), euphoria (30%),<br />
uninhibited behavior (27%), and increased physical vigor<br />
(24%). It is unclear; however, if this indicates the ability<br />
of energy drinks to reduce the depressant effects,<br />
increase the excitatory effects of alcohol, or both.<br />
6 "This study appears to show us (…)<br />
Compared to the ingestion of alcohol alone, the<br />
combined 2 ingestion of alcohol and energy drinks<br />
3 significantly reduced the subjects' perception of<br />
headache, weakness, dry mouth and impairment of motor<br />
coordination. The researched energy drinks did not,<br />
however, significantly reduce deficits caused by alcohol<br />
on objective measures of motor coordination and visual<br />
reaction time.<br />
"There are two key points," (…)<br />
"The 8 implications of these 9 findings," added<br />
Boerngen, "are that this association of alcohol and<br />
energy drinks is harmful rather than beneficial, as<br />
believed by consumers. Especially because those<br />
10 individuals who combine alcohol and energy 11 drinks,<br />
believing 7 they are less impaired than reality would<br />
indicate, are 5<br />
actually at an<br />
14<br />
increased risk for<br />
12 problems such as automobile accidents."<br />
15 "Alcohol affects not only the motor<br />
coordination but also the capacity of decision, 16 because<br />
it affects one important area of the brain - the prefrontal<br />
cortex," explained Souza-Formigoni. "Drunk drivers are<br />
15
dangerous not only because their reactions are delayed<br />
and motor coordination affected, but mainly because<br />
their capacity to evaluate the risks to which they will be<br />
exposed is also affected. People need to understand that<br />
the 'sensation' of well-being does not necessarily mean<br />
that they are unaffected by alcohol. 17 Despite how good<br />
they may feel, they shouldn't drink and drive. Never."<br />
adapted from "http://alcoholism.about.com/od/dui/a/blacer060416.htm" Public<br />
release date: 26-Mar-2006<br />
12. The pronoun "they" (ref. 7) refers to:<br />
a) implications (ref. 8).<br />
b) findings (ref. 9).<br />
c) individuals (ref. 10).<br />
d) drinks (ref. 11).<br />
e) problems (ref. 12).<br />
The use of nuclear power is controversial<br />
[CONJUNCTION] of the problem of storing radioactive<br />
waste for indefinite periods, the potential for possibly<br />
severe radioactive contamination by accident or<br />
sabotage, and the possibility that its use in some<br />
countries could lead to the proliferation of nuclear<br />
weapons. Proponents believe that these risks are small<br />
and can be further reduced by the technology in the new<br />
reactors. THEY further claim that the safety record is<br />
already good when compared to fossil-fuel plants, that it<br />
releases much less radioactive waste than coal power,<br />
and that nuclear power is a sustainable energy source.<br />
Critics, including most major environmental groups,<br />
believe nuclear power is an uneconomic, unsound and<br />
potentially dangerous energy source, especially<br />
compared to renewable energy, and DISPUTE whether<br />
the costs and risks can be reduced through new<br />
technology.<br />
(Adapted from http:// en. wikipedia.org/wiki/Nuclear _power)<br />
13. No texto, THEY refere-se<br />
a) aos problemas atrelados ao uso de energia nuclear.<br />
b) às pessoas que se opõem ao uso da energia nuclear.<br />
c) às pessoas que são a favor do uso da energia nuclear.<br />
d) aos resíduos resultantes do uso da energia nuclear.<br />
e) aos perigos decorrentes do uso da energia nuclear.<br />
SHALL WE DANCE?<br />
planets SPIN.<br />
atoms dance.<br />
lightning leaps.<br />
and so do we.<br />
Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.<br />
"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who<br />
met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.<br />
By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER<br />
NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006<br />
14. The pronoun "we" in the subtitle ("and so do WE")<br />
refers to<br />
a) dancers<br />
b) planets<br />
c) human beings<br />
d) sounds<br />
e) atoms<br />
Language Born of Colonialism Thrives<br />
Again in the Amazon<br />
By Larry Rohter<br />
August 28, 2005<br />
You don't have to be mentally ill<br />
SANELINE is the national out of hours<br />
telephone helpline providing information and support for<br />
anyone affected by mental health problems, including<br />
family and careers.<br />
Mental health 1 issues are 2 far more common<br />
than is generally 3 thought. One in four people will<br />
4<br />
experience some 5 kind of mental health problem in the<br />
course of a year.<br />
SANELINE receives thousands of calls every<br />
year from people seeking advice and help for themselves<br />
or someone close to them. The nonjudgmental support<br />
and information 6 it provides can make all the difference.<br />
People 8 faced with mental health 9 concerns<br />
10<br />
can find it difficult to 11 get facts about symptoms and<br />
treatments, the services that 12 are available to 7 them, or<br />
even to find someone who is prepared to listen. That's<br />
where we can help. Call 0845 767 8000 for help at the<br />
end of the line.<br />
16
15. The pronouns "it" (ref. 6) and "them" (ref. 7) refer,<br />
respectively, to<br />
a) mental health - facts.<br />
b) SANELINE - people.<br />
c) support - symptoms and treatments.<br />
d) advice - services.<br />
e) someone - concerns.<br />
PETS PROVIDE HEALING FOR THE XXI<br />
CENTURY<br />
By Margrit Oyens<br />
The Umbrella, Vol. X, Novembro de 2004<br />
In an interview given by Dr. Tennis Turner,<br />
president of the International Association of Human-<br />
Animal Integration Organizations (IAHAIO) and<br />
professor for veterinary science at the University of<br />
Zurich, he stated that the company of cats and dogs is<br />
essential to human quality of life. He has been trying to<br />
convince authorities, from ministers of health of First<br />
World countries to leaders of small South African<br />
communities, to invest in programs of Animal Assisted<br />
Therapy (AAT).<br />
Dr. Turner has stated that "the company of pets<br />
benefits not only those physically or mentally ill, but also<br />
all ordinary human beings, regardless of their family<br />
income. It is good not only for the health of the<br />
individual but for public 3 health as well. Animal Assisted<br />
Therapy represents a tremendous economy to public<br />
health, as it often 1 succeeds in cases where traditional<br />
medical treatment has 2 failed."<br />
In his quality of president of IAHAIO, Dr.<br />
Turner organizes conferences in 4 major cities, which are<br />
attended by doctors from all over the world, with the<br />
intention of divulging the results of studies and<br />
experiments where animals have acted as therapists to<br />
children, juvenile delinquents, the elderly, women<br />
suffering from breast cancer, the mentally deficient, and<br />
even couples undergoing a crisis in their relationship.<br />
Knowing the physical and psychological needs<br />
of cats and dogs helps us to treat them better. Only happy<br />
and healthy pets can be good company for human beings<br />
and contribute to our quality of life.<br />
There are many kinds of benefits for people that<br />
have pets. Imagine a normal citizen, meaning someone<br />
healthy who needs some kind of therapy. The presence<br />
of a pet can lower his/her blood pressure, which is one of<br />
the reasons for a pet guardian's better quality of life, one<br />
year after having a heart attack. Another explanation is<br />
obvious and applies to all guardians of dogs who wish to<br />
guard against heart disease: more daily exercise due to<br />
the necessary dog walking. Pet guardians generally have<br />
a 5 lower level of cholesterol and are therefore less prone<br />
to heart attacks. A study published by the British Journal<br />
of the Royal Society of Medicine shows that pet<br />
guardians are 6 less likely to be bothered by small health<br />
problems and enjoy a better quality of life than people<br />
who have no pets.<br />
Companionship animals are also of help to<br />
children, both at home and in school. They augment<br />
children's self-esteem, 7 improve their integration with<br />
other children and increase their performance in school.<br />
16. No 6 o parágrafo, a palavra "They" se refere a:<br />
a) Children.<br />
b) Both at home and in school.<br />
c) Companionship animals.<br />
d) Children's self-esteem.<br />
e) Other children.<br />
PARALYMPIC GAMES<br />
HISTORY<br />
In 1948, Sir Ludwig Guttmann organized a<br />
sports competition involving World War II veterans with<br />
a spinal cord-related injury in Stoke Mandeville,<br />
England. Four years later, competitors from Holland<br />
joined the Games, and the international movement, now<br />
known as the Paralympics, was born. Olympic-style<br />
games for athletes with a disability were organized for<br />
the first time in Rome in 1960.<br />
In Toronto in 1976, other disability groups were<br />
added and the idea of merging together different<br />
disability groups for international sports competitions<br />
was born. In the same year, the first Paralympic Winter<br />
Games took place in Sweden.<br />
PARALYMPIC GAMES<br />
The paralympic Games have always been held<br />
in the same year as the Olympic Games. Since the 1988<br />
Seoul Summer Games and the 1992 Albertville Winter<br />
Games, 21 they have also taken place at the same venues<br />
as the Olympic Games. On 19 June 2001, an agreement<br />
was signed between the International Olympic Comitee<br />
and the International Paralympic Commitee 19 aiming to<br />
17
secure the organization of Paralympic Games. The agreement reaffirmed that the Paralympic Games, from 2008 on, will<br />
always take place shortly after the Olympic Games, using the same sporting 20 venues and facilities.<br />
http://www.olympic.org/uk/games/paralympic. 09/06/2004.<br />
18. A palavra "they" (ref. 21) remete para<br />
a) Albertville Winter Games.<br />
b) Paralympic Games.<br />
c) Seoul Summer Games.<br />
d) Olympic Games.<br />
e) International Olympic Committee.<br />
Literature is the only place in any society where, within the secrecy of our own heads, we can hear voices talking about<br />
everything in every possible way. The reason for ensuring that privileged arena is preserved is not that writers want the<br />
absolute freedom to say and do whatever THEY please. It is that we, all of us, readers and writers and citizens and generals<br />
and godmen need that little, unimportant-looking room. We do not need to call it sacred, but we need to remember it is<br />
necessary.<br />
19. In the text, THEY refers to<br />
a) readers.<br />
b) citizens.<br />
c) voices.<br />
d) writers.<br />
e) heads.<br />
18
CAPÍTULO II - PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS<br />
Em <strong>Inglês</strong> há um adjetivo e um pronome possessivo para<br />
cada pronome pessoal.<br />
NÚMER<br />
O<br />
Tabela de Pronomes<br />
1. Possessive Adjective:<br />
Pronomes Possessivos<br />
PESSOA Adjective Possessive<br />
Singular 1ª Pessoa MY MINE<br />
Singular 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa HIS HIS<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa HER HERS<br />
Singular 3ª Pessoa ITS -<br />
Plural 1ª Pessoa OUR OURS<br />
Plural 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS<br />
Plural 3ª Pessoa THEIR THEIRS<br />
Antecedem o<br />
objeto<br />
(substantivo)<br />
possuído.<br />
1. What is your name ?<br />
2. Where is her book ?<br />
3. My car is light blue.<br />
4. His father is a doctor.<br />
5. Our classroom is nice and comfortable.<br />
6. Mister is their teacher.<br />
Aparecem<br />
após o<br />
objeto<br />
possuído<br />
(substantivo)<br />
ou o<br />
substitue.<br />
2. Possessive Pronoun:<br />
1. That blue house is hers.<br />
2. My name is Mister, what is yours ?<br />
3. I like your book but I don’t like theirs.<br />
4. Whose book is this, mine, yours or his ?<br />
Observe que no exemplo 1 o substantivo house<br />
antecedeu o pronome possessivo e nos demais exemplos<br />
ele substituiu o próprio substantivo.<br />
Possessive Adjective:<br />
Esses pronomes devem em primeiro lugar concordar<br />
com o possuidor e não com o objeto possuído e devem<br />
sempre anteceder esse objeto. Isso que dizer que os<br />
adjetivos possessivos são invariáveis, não se flexionam<br />
para concordar com gênero ou numero.<br />
Possessive Pronoun:<br />
Esses pronomes tem significado igual aos anteriores,<br />
o que muda é apenas o seu lugar na frase, ou melhor,<br />
em relação ao objeto possuído. Estes devem aparecer<br />
após o objeto possuído e até mesmo substituí-lo.<br />
Os Pronomes Possessivos (Possessive Pronouns)<br />
podem ser usados em construções com a preposição<br />
of.<br />
Omar and Nayana are friends of ours.<br />
She is a relative of his.<br />
He was an enemy of hers.<br />
e) Em inglês, nunca se usa artigo (the, a, an) na frente<br />
dos pronomes possessivos.<br />
(NUNCA FALE): My books are good, but not like the<br />
his.<br />
DICA: Adjective possessive.<br />
A EXEMPLO dos pronomes pessoais do caso reto, a<br />
função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando<br />
eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo<br />
referência ao que foi citado anteriormente),<br />
geralmente o referente/referido encontra-se dentro do<br />
MESMO parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que<br />
o proneme aparece.<br />
19
EXERCISES<br />
Apple manufacturing plant workers complain of long<br />
hours and militant culture<br />
Chengdu, China (CNN) — Miss Chen (we changed her<br />
name for this story), an 18-year-old student (…)<br />
As a poor college student with no work experience,<br />
looking for a job in China’s competitive market is (…)<br />
“During my first day of work, an older worker said to<br />
me, ‘Why did you come to Foxconn? Think about it<br />
again and leave right now’,” said Chen, who plans to<br />
return to her studies at a Chongqing university soon.<br />
Foxconn recently released a statement defending its<br />
corporate practices, stating its employees are entitled to<br />
numerous benefits including access to health care and<br />
opportunities for promotions and training. In response to<br />
questions from CNN, Apple also released a statement:<br />
“We care about every worker in our worldwide supply<br />
chain. We insist that our suppliers provide safe working<br />
conditions, treat workers with dignity and respect, and<br />
use environmentally responsible manufacturing<br />
processes wherever Apple products are made. Our<br />
suppliers must live up to these requirements if they want<br />
to keep doing business with Apple.”<br />
- Adaptado de http://edition.cnn.com, consulta em 06/02/2012.<br />
1. In the sentence “Foxconn recently released a<br />
statement defending its corporate practices...”, the word<br />
its refers to<br />
a) statement.<br />
b) Foxconn.<br />
c) health care.<br />
d) practices.<br />
e) employees.<br />
English as an international language<br />
About one hundred years ago many educated people<br />
4<br />
learned and spoke French when they 5 met people from<br />
other countries. Today most people speak English when<br />
they meet foreigners. It has become the new international<br />
language. There are more people who speak English as a<br />
second language than people who speak English as a first<br />
language. Why is this?<br />
There are many reasons why English has become so<br />
popular. One of them is that English has become the<br />
language of business. Another important reason is that<br />
popular American culture (like movies, music, and<br />
McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It<br />
has 6 brought its language with it.<br />
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world<br />
so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a<br />
language that the people of the earth have in common.<br />
Our world has become very global and we need to<br />
communicate with one another. 2 On the other hand,<br />
English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it<br />
brings 3 its culture with it. Do we really need that?<br />
Scientists have already 7 tried to create an artificial<br />
language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any<br />
one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't<br />
become popular. But maybe the popularity of English<br />
won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more<br />
people in the world 1 who speak Chinese than any other<br />
language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new<br />
international language.<br />
www.5minuteenglish.com - Accessed on June 19 th 2014<br />
Answer the following question(s) according to the text<br />
above.<br />
2. “Its” (ref. 3) refers to:<br />
a) English<br />
b) culture<br />
c) world<br />
d) hand<br />
e) learn<br />
THE GRAVE OF SHELLEY - by: Oscar Wilde<br />
1 Like burnt-out torches by a sick man's bed<br />
Gaunt cypress-trees stand round the sun-bleached<br />
stone;<br />
Here doth the little night-owl make her throne,<br />
And the slight lizard show his jewelled head.<br />
5 And, where the chaliced poppies flame to red,<br />
In the still chamber of yon pyramid<br />
Surely some Old-World Sphinx lurks darkly hid,<br />
Grim warder of this pleasaunce of the dead.<br />
Ah! Sweet indeed to rest within the womb<br />
10 Of Earth, great mother of eternal sleep,<br />
But sweeter far for thee a restless tomb<br />
In the blue cavern of an echoing deep,<br />
Or where the tall ships founder in the gloom<br />
Against the rocks of some wave-shattered steep.<br />
(www.poetry-archive.com)<br />
20
3. The pronoun “her” (line 3) and “his” (line 4) refer<br />
consecutively to the:<br />
a) Earth and the sick man.<br />
b) owl and the lizard.<br />
c) trees and the sun.<br />
d) pyramid and the sphinx.<br />
e) throne and the show.<br />
4. A quem se refere o termo our, na expressão our<br />
songbird, no último parágrafo do texto?<br />
a) Aos anjos e santos.<br />
b) Aos norte-americanos.<br />
c) Aos fãs das cantoras.<br />
d) A São Pedro.<br />
e) A uma famosa vidente.<br />
Amy Winehouse greets Whitney Houston in heaven<br />
(by Hideaki Tailor)<br />
HEAVEN – Psychics are saying that Amy Winehouse<br />
was the first soul singer to greet Whitney Houston, even<br />
before Michael Jackson.<br />
Top psychics in Los Angeles are saying that Whitney<br />
Houston’s spirit is already “lighting up” heaven. “It’s<br />
like the universal source has called the greatest voice of<br />
all time back to heaven. It’s pure magic up there.”<br />
“Amy was right there. She gave Whitney a big angel hug<br />
and walked with her as she met some of her ancestors,<br />
relatives and… Michael Jackson.”<br />
Both singers had trouble on earth with alcohol and<br />
drugs, but they are at peace now. “Fame was too much<br />
for their gentle souls,” said Madam Marie of Sherman<br />
Oaks. “Their voices were a gift to our world, but caused<br />
great damage to their spirits on earth. Now, they are in a<br />
better place.”<br />
One psychic said that Amy Winehouse and Whitney<br />
Houston are planning a “concert” together in Whitney’s<br />
first few months. “Amy’s been doing very well in heaven<br />
and feels free and happy.”<br />
While Americans and fans around the world mourn the<br />
terrible loss of Whitney, the angels are rejoicing. “Our<br />
songbird is home,” is what St. Peter reportedly said<br />
when greeting Whitney, according to a psychic on<br />
Venice Beach. (http://weeklyworldnews.com. Adaptado.)<br />
Workplace not psychologically safe for many<br />
By Reuters<br />
Companies around the globe have work to do to improve<br />
worker satisfaction because about three in 10 employees<br />
say their workplace is not psychologically safe and<br />
healthy, according to a new poll. Whether it is due to<br />
stress, interpersonal conflict, frustration, lack of<br />
feedback or promotion, 27 percent of workers in 24<br />
countries said they are not happy with the psychological<br />
aspects of their work environment, the survey by<br />
research company Ipsos showed.<br />
“Employers need to pay attention to their employees’<br />
mental health, not just their physical health,” said<br />
Alexandra Evershed, senior vice president, Ipsos Public<br />
Affairs. “Three in 10 is still a fairly large proportion and<br />
that goes up to 44 percent and 43 percent in Argentina<br />
and Mexico and 42 percent in Hungary.” Nearly half, 47<br />
percent, of the total of 14,618 workers polled agreed that<br />
their workplace was ‘a psychologically safe and healthy<br />
environment to work in’ and 26 percent hovered on the<br />
fence and weren’t sure.<br />
Although many North Americans have fewer holidays<br />
than Europeans and may work longer hours and enjoy<br />
fewer social services, Americans and Canadians had the<br />
highest marks for positively assessing the mental health<br />
of their workplace, followed by workers in India,<br />
Australia, Great Britain and South Africa.<br />
Evershed suggested that the improving economies in<br />
some countries could have played a part in the positive<br />
assessment among employees. “It’s better than it was,”<br />
she said in an interview. “India, China, Brazil, South<br />
Africa, these are countries where the economic picture<br />
has been brightening.”<br />
Older workers over 50 with a good household income<br />
who have completed a higher level of education were the<br />
most satisfied with the psychological aspects of their<br />
workplace. “This is an online survey therefore in<br />
countries like Brazil, South Africa and China we are<br />
surveying people who are a bit better off.” – (www.iol.co.za,<br />
19.03.2012. Adaptado.)<br />
21
5. In the excerpt of the third paragraph – positively<br />
assessing the mental health of their workplace – the<br />
word their refers to<br />
a) European people.<br />
b) workers in Asia.<br />
c) American and Canadian workers.<br />
d) workers in India, Australia, Great Britain and South<br />
Africa.<br />
e) American, Canadian and Mexican people.<br />
on March 26. It will examine how far the EU has<br />
fulfilled the aspirations of its Founding Fathers in ITS<br />
first half century, and where it is likely to go from here -<br />
notably with respect to its world role, its relations with<br />
the US, further enlargement and the search for deeper or<br />
new forms of European integration. Speakers will<br />
include prominent European and US policy-makers and<br />
officials, and Ambassadors from EU Member States.<br />
(http://www.eurunion.org/50/50thAnnivHighlights.htm)<br />
22<br />
The Lion King<br />
- This article is about Disney's 1994 film.<br />
1 The Lion King is a 1994 American animated feature<br />
produced by Walt Disney Feature Animation. 2 Released<br />
to theaters on June 15, 1994 by Walt Disney Pictures, it<br />
is the 32nd film in the Walt Disney Animated Classics.<br />
3 The story, which was influenced by the Bible stories of<br />
Joseph and Moses and the William Shakespeare play<br />
Hamlet, takes place in a kingdom of anthropomorphic<br />
animals in Africa. 4 The film was the highest grossing<br />
animated film of all time until the release of Finding<br />
Nemo. 5 The Lion King still holds the record as the<br />
highest grossing traditionally animated film in history<br />
and belongs to an era known as the Disney Renaissance.<br />
The Lion King is the highest grossing 2D animated film<br />
of all time in the United States, 6 and received positive<br />
reviews from critics, who praised the film for 8 its music<br />
and story. During its release in 1994, the film grossed<br />
more than $783 million worldwide, becoming the most<br />
successful film released that year, 7 and it is currently the<br />
twenty-eighth highest-grossing feature film.<br />
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Lion_King<br />
6. The pronoun “its” (ref.8) refers to<br />
a) critics.<br />
b) music and story.<br />
c) the film.<br />
d) reviews<br />
CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND<br />
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (CSIS)<br />
CONFERENCE:<br />
This all-day conference organized by the Center for<br />
Strategic and International Studies and co-sponsored by<br />
the Swedish Embassy and the Heinrich Boll Foundation<br />
will be held at the House of Sweden in Washington, DC,<br />
7. The possessive ITS, that appears in the text in capital<br />
letters, refers to:<br />
a) Founding Fathers.<br />
b) First Half Century.<br />
c) Aspirations.<br />
d) European Union.<br />
e) World.<br />
BUREAUCRACY BOGS DOWN BRAZIL IN RACE<br />
FOR GROWTH<br />
Thu Sep 1, 2012. By Todd Benson<br />
1. RIO DE JANEIRO, Brazil (Reuters) - Brazil is<br />
closing the gap in the global race for growth and<br />
investment, but it still must tackle a series of politically<br />
sensitive economic reforms to be considered in the same<br />
league as China and India, analysts and business leaders<br />
say.<br />
2. A decade ago, Brazil was a rising star among<br />
emerging markets, poised to assert itself as a world<br />
economic powerhouse. But since 1994, Brazil has<br />
dropped to 14th place from eighth among the world's<br />
largest economies in dollar terms, losing ground to<br />
countries like China, India and Russia.<br />
3. What went wrong? While Brazil has made<br />
significant strides in recent years in stabilizing its<br />
economy by defeating hyperinflation and controlling<br />
spending, it has struggled to push through a series of socalled<br />
microeconomic reforms that would create a more<br />
business-friendly environment and attract the investment<br />
needed to attain higher growth rates, according to<br />
economists and corporate leaders at a conference in Rio<br />
de Janeiro over Wednesday and Thursday.<br />
4. "On the macroeconomic side, we've done our<br />
homework," said Mario Marconini, a senior adviser to<br />
the Sao Paulo State Federation of Industries, an<br />
influential business lobby. "But we would probably get<br />
two to three times as much investment if we focused
more on the microeconomic reforms that are needed."<br />
RED TAPE THICKET<br />
5. One way Brazil could attract more investment<br />
would be to simplify the thicket of red tape that<br />
entrepreneurs must hack through to set up shop in South<br />
America's largest economy. According to one World<br />
Bank study, it takes on average 152 days in Brazil to<br />
license a new business. By contrast, in Chile it takes 27<br />
days, and just five in the United States.<br />
6. Other obstacles to more robust economic<br />
growth include the country's snail-paced justice system<br />
and its rigid labor code, which dates back to 1943 and<br />
was inspired by fascist Italy. Though the cost of labor in<br />
Brazil is relatively low, benefits mandated by the labor<br />
code mean workers end up costing as much as their<br />
counterparts in some parts of Europe.<br />
7. Brazil's bureaucracy means that many<br />
entrepreneurs who try to open a business legally often<br />
give up. Instead, most simply operate off the books,<br />
generating an underground economy that is thought to be<br />
nearly half the size of the official output.<br />
8. A bigger problem hamstringing Brazil's longterm<br />
growth prospects is education. Though the<br />
government has invested heavily in primary education<br />
over the last decade, Brazil still has a relatively small<br />
pool of skilled workers, putting it at a disadvantage with<br />
emerging-market rivals like China and India. "Education<br />
is our weakest link, no doubt," said Jose Carlos<br />
Grubisich, chief executive of petrochemical giant<br />
Braskem.<br />
(http://today.reuters.com/business/newsarticle.aspx. Adaptado)<br />
8. In the sentence of the 6th paragraph - Though the<br />
cost of labor in Brazil is relatively low, benefits<br />
mandated by the labor code mean workers end up<br />
costing as much as their counterparts in some parts of<br />
Europe. - the word their refers to<br />
a) benefits.<br />
b) cost of labor in Brazil.<br />
c) counterparts in Russia.<br />
d) workers in Brazil.<br />
e) counterparts in some parts of Europe.<br />
BRAZIL'S NEW CLOSING TIME<br />
TIME World Thursday, Jun. 01, 2013<br />
One city's decision to shut down bars before midnight<br />
has served as a model for cutting crime and alcoholism<br />
in a nation plagued by both<br />
By ANDREW DOWNIE/DIADEMA<br />
Their caipirinhas are as potent as their soccer<br />
stars, and their beer is so beloved that they hold annual<br />
competitions to decide which is the coldest, frothiest and<br />
tastiest. But while partying is second nature to<br />
Brazilians, the mornings after can be rougher than most.<br />
Some 17% of all men suffer from alcohol-related<br />
problems or dependence, and more than one in ten of all<br />
deaths in Brazil are alcohol-related which is two and a<br />
half times the world average, according to the Brazilian<br />
Psychiatric Association.<br />
In recent years, however, a suburb of São Paulo<br />
came up with a new approach to help curb the nation's<br />
nasty collective hangover. In Diadema, a gritty,<br />
industrial city of almost 400,000 people, Mayor Jose de<br />
Filippi Junior passed a law in 2002 that forced almost all<br />
of the city's 4,800 bars and restaurants to stop selling<br />
alcohol between the hours of 11 pm and 6 am. The effect<br />
has been stunning.<br />
Since the law kicked in, "the number of murders<br />
fell by 47.4%", said Regina Miki, the city's socialservices<br />
chief. "The number of road accidents fell by<br />
30%. The number of assaults against women fell by<br />
55%. And the number of alcohol-related hospital<br />
admissions fell by 80%. And it's all because of this law."<br />
Such phenomenal statistics are leading towns<br />
and cities all over Brazil to embrace partial prohibition<br />
as a cheap and effective solution to the inner-city<br />
violence that has made it one of the bloodiest societies in<br />
the world. At least 120 municipalities have followed<br />
Diadema's lead, and the federal government encourages<br />
such prevention efforts by offering additional funding for<br />
law enforcement to towns that restrict drinking. Even<br />
international experts have taken notice.<br />
9. No trecho inicial do texto - "Their caipirinhas are as<br />
potent as their soccer star, and their beer is so beloved<br />
that they hold annual competitions..." - o pronome<br />
THEIR refere-se a<br />
a) brasileiros.<br />
b) moradores de Diadema.<br />
c) craques do futebol.<br />
d) operários da periferia de Diadema.<br />
e) homens.<br />
23
Thanks to the multi-media success of rock and<br />
roll, today's songwriters can reach a huge international<br />
audience. Their work is heard and remembered by<br />
millions. In that sense they're the poets of modern age.<br />
But what exactly do they write about? ... what language<br />
do they write it in? ... and why do songs even need lyrics<br />
at all?<br />
The answer to the last question is very simple.<br />
It's because the human brain has two different sides - left<br />
and right. The left side responds to logic, numbers and<br />
words. The right side responds to ideas, dreams and<br />
music. When music also has words, both halves of the<br />
brain can respond. As a result we feel completely<br />
involved. That's also why it's easier to remember song<br />
lyrics than either poetry or lines from a play. [...]<br />
(RABLEY, Stephen. Rock and Pop. Macmillan Dossiers. Macmillan Publishers,<br />
1994.)<br />
10. In the sentence "Their work is heard and<br />
remembered by millions", the word THEIR refers to:<br />
a) millions of people<br />
b) multi-media<br />
c) audience<br />
d) songs<br />
e) songwriters<br />
EPHEDRA: Who's Telling the Truth?<br />
Call them the ephedra wars. For the past five years, the<br />
FDA has been trying to restrict the availability of<br />
ephedra, an herbal stimulant and the active ingredient in<br />
hundreds of popular diet aids and energy boosters sold<br />
across the U.S. The reason for the agency's mounting<br />
alarm: ephedra has been linked to a number of strokes,<br />
heart attacks and seizures and more than 100 deaths. But<br />
every time the FDA gets closer to its goal, the dietarysupplements<br />
industry successfully lobbies other parts of<br />
the government to roll back changes. - By Leon Jaroff<br />
Reading the newspaper and watching the news on<br />
television, you would think that we are living in the most<br />
dangerous time ever in mankind's history. Sure, the<br />
caveman had a much harder life, he had to fight off<br />
dangerous predators and he didn't have many of the<br />
comforts that we take for granted today, but at the same<br />
time, he did not have to worry about all the little<br />
dangerous things that inundate our modern lives. For<br />
example, our ancestors never worried about cell phones<br />
frying their brains or about being hit by a bus as they<br />
were walking.<br />
(From Life is a Gamble - SOCIETY - SPEAK UP, nº 168, page 8.)<br />
12. "Their", in "frying their brains", refers to:<br />
a) cell phones.<br />
b) modern lives.<br />
c) comforts.<br />
d) our ancestors.<br />
e) dangerous predators.<br />
One of the GREATEST meteor showers of OUR lifetime<br />
may - or may not - soon light up the night sky. The<br />
annual Leonid shower, which comes every November,<br />
can produce a spectacular "meteor" storm about every 33<br />
years. That time is now approaching. But no one can say<br />
whether we are in for an awesome spectacle or nothing<br />
unusual. The last great Leonid storm hit the Earth in<br />
1966. For NEARLY an hour the sky blazed from horizon<br />
to horizon with thousands of shooting stars per minute.<br />
13. No texto, o pronome OUR refere-se a<br />
a) all of us.<br />
b) astronomers.<br />
c) the writers.<br />
d) the readers.<br />
e) lives.<br />
(Time, August 26, 2013)<br />
11. O pronome "its" na frase "But every time the FDA<br />
gets closer to its goal,..." refere-se a<br />
ephedra.<br />
a) time.<br />
b) dietary-supplements.<br />
c) FDA.<br />
d) goal.<br />
24
CAPÍTULO III - PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS<br />
Os Pronomes Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) são<br />
usados para indicar que a ação reflexiva recai sobre o<br />
próprio sujeito. Nesse caso, o pronome vem logo após o<br />
verbo e concorda com o sujeito. Estes pronomes se<br />
caracterizam pelas terminações self (no singular)<br />
e selves (no plural). Para cada Pronome Pessoal<br />
(Personal Pronoun) existe um Pronome Reflexivo<br />
(Reflexive Pronoun). Na tabela abaixo estão indicados os<br />
Pronomes Pessoais (Personal Pronouns) e os Pronomes<br />
Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) aos quais eles se<br />
referem.<br />
Pronome<br />
Pessoais<br />
Pronomes<br />
Reflexivos<br />
NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Reflexive<br />
SINGULAR 1ª PESSOA I MYSELF<br />
SINGULAR 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELF<br />
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA HE HIMSELF<br />
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA SHE HERSELF<br />
SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA IT ITSELF<br />
PLURAL 1ª PESSOA WE OURSELVES<br />
PLURAL 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELVES<br />
PLURAL 3ª PESSOA THEY THEMSELVES<br />
01. Reflexiva:<br />
Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome<br />
reflexivo faz com que o sujeito sofra a ação.<br />
E.g.<br />
They chose<br />
themselves.<br />
Those soceer<br />
players hurt<br />
themselves.<br />
She saw herself on<br />
TV.<br />
I introduced<br />
myself.<br />
02. Enfática:<br />
Eles se escolheram.<br />
Aqueles jogadores de<br />
futebol se machucaram.<br />
Ela se viu na TV.<br />
Eu me apresentei.<br />
Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome será de dar<br />
ênfase ao sujeito e não à ação.<br />
E.g.<br />
The teacher himself<br />
talked to me.<br />
I myself painted the<br />
house.<br />
Monaliza herself<br />
gave me the<br />
instructions.<br />
03. Idéia de Só, Independente:<br />
O professor em pessoa<br />
conversou comigo.<br />
Eu mesmo pintei a casa<br />
A própria Monaliza me<br />
deu as instruções.<br />
Nesse caso o pronome reflexivo deverá ser acompanhado<br />
da preposição BY. Algumas vezes, a palavra all é<br />
colocada antes de by, servindo então como enfatizante.<br />
E.g.<br />
Os pronomes reflexivos têm as seguintes funções.<br />
1. Reflexiva<br />
2. Enfática<br />
3. Idéia de só, sozinho (indepen-dente)<br />
Obs. Lembre-se! Os reflexivos devem concordar com o<br />
sujeito da sentença.<br />
<br />
I did the exercise<br />
all by myself.<br />
He lives all by<br />
himself.<br />
The glass broke<br />
by itself ?<br />
Can you go there<br />
by yourself ?<br />
Eu fiz o exercício<br />
completamente sozinho.<br />
Ele vive absolutamente<br />
sozinho.<br />
O copo quebrou sozinho<br />
Você consegue ir até lá<br />
sozinho ?<br />
Estudaremos agora estas funções separadamente.<br />
25
26<br />
Estude ainda estas expressões.<br />
1. Help yourself. Sirva-se<br />
2. Take care of<br />
yourself.<br />
Tome cuidado !<br />
3. Be yourself ! Seja você mesmo<br />
4. Do-it-youself<br />
experiments.<br />
Experiências do tipo faça você<br />
mesmo.<br />
Existem outros tipos de Pronomes Reflexivos<br />
(Reflexive Pronouns) que são chamados de Reflexivos<br />
Recíprocos: each other/one other. Observe a<br />
diferença entre os Pronomes Reflexivos<br />
ourselves,yourselves e themselves e os Reflexivos<br />
Recíprocos.<br />
Julia and I looked at ourselves in the mirror. (Julia e<br />
eu olhamos para nós mesmas no espelho.)<br />
Julia and I looked each other and started to laugh.<br />
[Julia e eu olhamos uma para a outra (nos olhamos) e<br />
começamos a rir.]<br />
Our mother thinks that we should be more careful to<br />
each other. (Nossa mãe acha que deveríamos ser mais<br />
cuidosos um com o outro.)<br />
Make sure you and Julia don't hurt yourselves!<br />
(Cuidem-se para que você e Julia não se<br />
machuquem!)<br />
Julia and I enjoyed very much ourselves during the<br />
party. (Julia e eu nos divertimos muito durante a<br />
festa.)<br />
Julia and I don't see one other every day. (Julia e eu<br />
não nos vemos / não vemos uma a outra todos os<br />
dias.)<br />
Fonte: só lingual inglesa.<br />
Leave Out All The Rest<br />
(Linkin Park)<br />
Soundtrack of Twilight<br />
I dreamed I was missing<br />
EXERCISES<br />
You were so scared<br />
But no one would listen<br />
‘Cause no one else cared<br />
After my dreaming<br />
I woke with this fear<br />
What am I leaving<br />
When I’m done here<br />
[…]<br />
(Chorus)<br />
When my time comes<br />
Forget the wrong that I’ve done<br />
Help me leave behind some<br />
Reasons to be missed<br />
[…]<br />
Don’t be afraid<br />
I’ve taken my beating<br />
I’ve shared what I made<br />
[…]<br />
Pretending<br />
Someone else can come and save me from myself<br />
I can’t be who you are<br />
1. Observe the reflexive pronoun in italics (myself) and<br />
then read the sentences below.<br />
I. Just make yourself, won’t you?<br />
II. I hope the children themselves do not make it.<br />
III. The chef himself welcomes the customers to the<br />
restaurant.<br />
IV. The student cut himself playing in the lab.<br />
Considering the letters A (reflexive), B (emphatic) and C<br />
(idiomatic), match the sentences to the letters and choose<br />
the correct alternative.<br />
a) I (A) – II (A) – III (C) – IV (C)<br />
b) I (B) – II (B) – III (B) – IV (A)<br />
c) I (B) – II (A) – III (B) – IV (B)<br />
d) I (A) – II (B) – III (A) – IV (A)
It is an old saying that "Order is Heaven's First<br />
Law", and like many other old sayings, it contains a<br />
much deeper philosophy than appears immediately on<br />
the surface. Getting things into a better order is the great<br />
secret of progress, and 1 we are now able to fly through<br />
the air, not because the laws of Nature have altered, but<br />
because we have learnt to arrange things in the right<br />
order to produce this result - the things 2 themselves had<br />
existed from the beginning of the world, but what was<br />
wanting was the introduction of a Personal Factor which,<br />
by an intelligent perception of the possibilities contained<br />
in the laws of Nature, should be able to bring into<br />
working reality ideas which previous generations would<br />
have laughed at as the absurd fancies of an unbalanced<br />
mind. (...)<br />
Now the first thing in any investigation is to<br />
have some idea of what you are looking for, just as you<br />
would not go up a tree to find fish, though you would for<br />
birds' eggs.<br />
TROWARD, T. (1915), The creative process in the individual. Dodd, Mead &<br />
Co., New York. pp 1-2.<br />
2. The pronoun "themselves" (ref. 2) is used<br />
as the complement to the verb "had existed".<br />
a) to emphasize the subject of the verb "had existed".<br />
b) in relation to people taken in general.<br />
c) to specify which things are arranged.<br />
d) as a personal pronoun.<br />
Ways of meeting oppression<br />
Oppressed people deal with their oppression in<br />
three characteristic ways. One way is acquiescence: 5 the<br />
oppressed resign themselves to their doom. 6 They tacitly<br />
adjust themselves to oppression, and thereby become<br />
conditioned to it. In every movement toward freedom<br />
some of the oppressed prefer to remain oppressed.<br />
There is such a thing as the freedom of<br />
exhaustion. Some people are so worn down by the yoke<br />
of oppression that they give up. This is the type of<br />
negative freedom and resignation that often engulfs the<br />
life of the oppressed. But this is not the way out. To<br />
accept passively an unjust system is to cooperate with<br />
that system; thereby the oppressed become as evil as the<br />
oppressor. Non-cooperation with evil is as much a moral<br />
obligation as is cooperation with good.<br />
A second way that oppressed people sometimes<br />
deal with oppression is to resort to physical violence and<br />
corroding hatred. Violence often brings about<br />
momentary results. Nations have frequently won their<br />
independence in battle. But in spite of temporary<br />
victories, violence never brings permanent peace. It<br />
solves no social problem; it merely creates new and more<br />
complicated ones.<br />
The third way, open to oppressed people in their<br />
quest for freedom, is the way of nonviolent resistance.<br />
1 Nonviolence can touch men where the law cannot reach<br />
them. 2 When the law regulates behavior it plays an<br />
indirect part in molding public sentiment. 7 The<br />
enforcement of the law itself is a form of peaceful<br />
persuasion. But the law needs help. 3 Here nonviolence<br />
comes in as the ultimate form of persuasion. It is the<br />
method which seeks to implement the just law by<br />
appealing to the conscience of the great decent majority<br />
who through blindness, fear, pride, or irrationality has<br />
allowed their consciences to sleep.<br />
The nonviolent resisters can summarize their<br />
message in the following simple terms: We will take<br />
direct action against injustice without waiting for other<br />
agencies to act. 4 We will not obey unjust laws or submit<br />
to unjust practices. We will do this peacefully, openly,<br />
cheerfully because our aim is to persuade. We adopt the<br />
means of nonviolence because 8 our end is a community<br />
at peace with itself. We will try to persuade with our<br />
words, but if our words fail, we will try to persuade with<br />
our acts. We will always be willing to talk and seek fair<br />
compromise, but we are ready to suffer when necessary<br />
and even risk our lives to become witnesses to the truth<br />
as we see it.<br />
The way of nonviolence means a willingness to<br />
suffer and sacrifice. It may mean going to jail. It may<br />
even mean physical death. But if physical death is the<br />
price that a man must pay to free his children from a<br />
permanent death of the spirit, then nothing could be more<br />
redemptive.<br />
MARTIN LUTHER KING Jr.http://www.gibbsmagazine.com<br />
3. Reflexive pronouns have two distinct uses: basic and<br />
emphatic.<br />
The reflexive pronoun used emphatically is found in:<br />
a) "the oppressed resign themselves to their doom."<br />
(ref. 5)<br />
b) "They tacitly adjust themselves to oppression," (ref.<br />
6)<br />
c) "The enforcement of the law itself" (ref. 7)<br />
d) "our end is a community at peace with itself." (ref.<br />
8)<br />
27
How important is leisure time? How important<br />
is time to relax and to collect yourself? Many doctors<br />
believe that learning to relax in order to relieve day-today<br />
tension could one day save your life.<br />
In our fast-paced world, it is almost impossible<br />
to avoid building up tension from stress. All of us<br />
confront stress daily; anything that places an extra<br />
demand on us is stress. We encounter stress on the job,<br />
and we face it at home.<br />
1<br />
The body responds to stress by "mobilizing its<br />
defenses." Blood pressure rises and muscles get ready to<br />
act. If our tension is not relieved, it can start numerous<br />
reactions, both physical and psychological. 2 Yet, we can<br />
learn to cope with stress effectively and to avoid its<br />
consequences. How? By relaxing in the face of stress.<br />
According to researcher Hans Selye of the University of<br />
Montreal, the effects of stress depend not on what<br />
happens to us, but on the way we react. In times of<br />
stress, taking a few moments to sit quietly and relax can<br />
make anyone feel better.<br />
Some people enjoy listening to classical music,<br />
while 3 others are interested in going to rock concerts.<br />
One person may be fascinated by watching an eagle in its<br />
nest, whereas another might be bored by sitting in a field<br />
for hours, studying the eagle through binoculars. It may<br />
be pure pleasure for you to play endless hours of chess,<br />
but for others it could be pure frustration. 4 Fortunately,<br />
people have invented countless ways of amusing<br />
5 themselves, and whatever your particular taste is, no<br />
doubt there's a physical or mental activity for you to get<br />
involved in and enjoy. Of course, finding the activity that<br />
is right for you is half the fun!<br />
And don't forget: Take your time to smell the<br />
flowers. - (WERNER, P. K. Mosaic I: A content-based Grammar. New<br />
York: Random House.)<br />
4. The word "themselves" (ref. 5) is a(n):<br />
personal pronoun.<br />
a) possessive pronoun.<br />
b) reflexive pronoun.<br />
c) objective pronoun.<br />
d) possessive adjective.<br />
5. Choose the correct answer.<br />
The boys hurt _____ when they were playing in the<br />
garden.<br />
a) herself<br />
b) yourselves<br />
c) themselves<br />
d) himself<br />
e) ourselves<br />
Read the passage below very carefully:<br />
1 Slowly and inexorably the years dragged by<br />
onwards. The two prisoners were faced with a new<br />
problem. The original plan of escape from the Château<br />
d'If* was now 7 impracticable for the Abbé Faria was too<br />
weak and ill. Again and again the old man urged Dantes<br />
to go alone. Dantes refused even to consider the<br />
suggestion. He could not bring himself to abandon his<br />
friend now that they could not escape together.<br />
2 One night, as they were talking together in<br />
Faria's cell, the old priest had another heart-attack. The<br />
pain was so severe that he knew that this time he would<br />
die. Backoning Dantes to kneel beside the bed, he raised<br />
himself with a final effort.<br />
3 'Forget not Monte Cristo!' he gasped. 'Its<br />
treasure is yours. God bless you, Edmond!'<br />
4 The death-rattle sounded in his throat and he<br />
slumped back on the bed. The tears streaming down his<br />
cheeks, Edmond Dantes realized with a sudden shock<br />
that this was the end of the only human companionship<br />
he had known during his long imprisonment.<br />
Glossary: *Château d'If was an island-fortress near Marseilles.<br />
6. Take the reflexive pronoun in paragraph 01 as an<br />
example and choose the incorrect alternative:<br />
a) The hunter shot itself with his own gun<br />
b) She wants to buy herself a new coat<br />
c) Most girls like to look at themselves in the mirror<br />
d) I locked myself out of the house<br />
7. In the text,<br />
a) “like” (l. 34) is a verb form.<br />
b) “literalness” (l. 23) is formed by adding a prefix.<br />
c) “How much” (l. 16) is followed by a countable<br />
noun.<br />
d) “themselves” (l. 13) is a reflexive pronoun.<br />
e) “that” (l. 11) is a demonstrative adjective.<br />
28
CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS<br />
Os Interrogativos (Question Words) são usados para se<br />
obter informações específicas. As perguntas elaboradas<br />
com eles são chamadas wh-questions, pois todos os<br />
interrogativos, com exceção apenas de how (como),<br />
começam com as letras wh. Na maior parte dos casos,<br />
os Interrogativos (Question Words) são colocados antes<br />
de verbos auxiliares ou modais.<br />
Em inglês esses pronomes são chamados de Adjetivos<br />
Interrogativos, isso porque eles antecedem aos<br />
substantivos e pronomes, e não somente isto mas<br />
também é o primeiro de cada oração.<br />
Vejamos alguns desses pronomes com tradução:<br />
ENGLISH<br />
What<br />
Which<br />
Where<br />
When<br />
Who<br />
PORTUGUESE<br />
O que, qual, quais (Geral)<br />
O que, qual, quais (Específico)<br />
Onde<br />
Quando<br />
Quem<br />
• Who won the race?<br />
• Whom shall we ask?<br />
• Whose did they take?<br />
• Which is the greater?<br />
• What is that?<br />
• Where does she live?<br />
Veja agora, quadro com resumo gramatical e exemplos<br />
de pronomes interrogativos.<br />
What do I need to buy ?<br />
Where does he like to go ?<br />
When did you see that film ?<br />
Why will he buy a new car ?<br />
Who would she<br />
invite to go to her<br />
birthday party ?<br />
Which<br />
country<br />
would you like to visit ?<br />
Whose book is this ?<br />
Whose<br />
De quem<br />
PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS:<br />
Why Por que ?<br />
Quem? (funciona como objeto).<br />
QUÃO.<br />
Compostos de HOW: How significa COMO ou<br />
E.g. How are you ? Como vai ?<br />
With whom did you go to the park?<br />
(Com quem você foi ao parque?)<br />
Porém, se adicionarmos um adjetivo ao<br />
pronome HOW teremos um novo interrogativo.<br />
Veja.<br />
Whom<br />
Whom did you meet at the beach?<br />
Adjetivos<br />
Compostos<br />
de HOW<br />
Tradução<br />
(Quem você encontrou na praia?)<br />
Far = longe How far Qual a distância<br />
To whom were you speaking last<br />
night? (Com quem você estava falando<br />
ontem à noite?)<br />
Much = muito<br />
(a)<br />
Many = muitos<br />
(as)<br />
How much Quanto (a)<br />
How many Quantos (as)<br />
Os pronomes interrogativos representam a<br />
coisa/quem/lugar que a pergunta se refere.<br />
Soon = longo,<br />
breve<br />
How soon<br />
Deep = profundo How deep<br />
Quando<br />
Qual a profundidade<br />
29
Heavy = pesado<br />
How heavy Qual o peso<br />
Por exemplo:<br />
Fat = gordo<br />
Tall = alto<br />
Small = pequeno<br />
(a)<br />
Big = grande<br />
Veja os exemplos.<br />
ENGLISH<br />
How fat<br />
How tall<br />
How small<br />
How big<br />
Qual a gordura ( ou<br />
peso de alguém)<br />
Qual a altura<br />
(pessoas)<br />
Qual o tamanho (p/<br />
coisas pequenas)<br />
Qual o tamanho (p/<br />
coisas grandes)<br />
PORTUGUESE<br />
Whatever<br />
Whichever<br />
Whenever<br />
Whoever<br />
Whereever<br />
Qualquer coisa que…<br />
O que quer que…<br />
Qualquer um que…<br />
Qualquer coisa que…<br />
Quando quer que…<br />
A qualquer tempo que…<br />
Quem quer que seja…<br />
Qualquer um que…<br />
Ondequer que…<br />
Qualquer lugar que…<br />
How far is your house from<br />
school ?<br />
How much money do they<br />
need ?<br />
How many brothers and<br />
sisters do you have ?<br />
How soon will they finish<br />
their exercises ?<br />
How deep is that river ?<br />
How heavy are those boxes<br />
?<br />
How fat is this man ?<br />
A que distância está a sua<br />
casa da escola ?<br />
Quanto dinheiro eles<br />
precisam ?<br />
Quantos irmãos e irmãs<br />
você tem ?<br />
Quando eles terminarão o<br />
exercício deles ?<br />
Quão profundo é aquele rio<br />
?<br />
Qual o peso daquelas<br />
caixas ?<br />
Qual o peso daquele homem<br />
gordo ?<br />
· Whoever would want to eat such a gross thing?<br />
· Whatever did you say?<br />
EXERCISES<br />
Texto 1<br />
How tall are you ? Qual é a sua altura ?<br />
Texto 2<br />
How small is the<br />
microsystem ?<br />
How big is this room ?<br />
Qual o tamanho do<br />
microsystem ?<br />
Qual o tamanho desta sala<br />
?<br />
30<br />
Pronomes interrogativos que terminam com o sufixo -<br />
ever<br />
Os pronomes interrogativos com o sufixo -ever são<br />
usados para dar ênfase ou mostrar surpresa. Eles são<br />
muito raros em sentenças interrogativas.
1. No texto 1, 2º quadrinho, qual expressão<br />
interrogativa completa CORRETAMENTE a pergunta?<br />
a) How far<br />
b) How about<br />
c) How much<br />
d) How long<br />
e) How often<br />
Adora Svitak: Tiny Literary Giant at 12<br />
Adora started writing when she was four years old. She<br />
hasn’t stopped since. At six, Adora received a laptop<br />
computer from her mother, on which she quickly<br />
amassed a collection of hundreds of short stories and<br />
hundreds of thousands of words – typing at 70 words per<br />
minute.<br />
At the age of seven, 1 Adora achieved her dream of<br />
becoming a published author with the release of Flying<br />
Fingers: Master the Tools of Learning Through the Joy<br />
of Writing. The book featured several of Adora’s short<br />
stories, along with her writing tips, typing tips, and<br />
advice from her mother. At age 11, Adora published a<br />
second book, Dancing Fingers, with her older sister,<br />
Adrianna.<br />
Today, Adora is 12 and she has transformed her writing<br />
success into speaking and teaching success. She has<br />
spoken at over 400 schools and presented at the annual<br />
TED (Technology, Entertainment, Design) conference.<br />
She’s also planning a conference of her own, for kids<br />
and by kids, called TEDx Redmond. She has been<br />
featured on Good Morning America and on CNN. Adora<br />
also maintains a blog and attends an online public<br />
school. She is in the eighth grade. Disponível em:<br />
. Acesso em: 02 jun. 2011. (Texto<br />
adaptado.)<br />
2. Identify the questions whose answers are found in<br />
paragraph three of the text:<br />
( ) How old is Adora now?<br />
( ) What grade is Adora at school?<br />
( ) Where has she presented conferences?<br />
( ) How many schools does Adora maintain?<br />
( ) Which media has Adora been featured on?<br />
Facebook is the world’s largest social network, with 800<br />
million users worldwide as of September 2011.<br />
More than any other company, it has defined what<br />
1<br />
…….. see as the “social” era of the Internet, in which<br />
connections made among 9 people 4 replace 7 algorithmdriven<br />
searches. And 8 its 5 policies, more than any others,<br />
seem to be driving the definition of 14 privacy in this new<br />
age.<br />
Every day, Facebook users comment or press the “like”<br />
button more than 2 billion times and upload more than<br />
250 million photos. The McKinsey Global Institute has<br />
estimated that the network’s users post 30 billion pieces<br />
of content 2 …….. month.<br />
The company, founded in 2004 by a Harvard<br />
15 sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg, began life 16 catering<br />
first to Harvard students and then to all high school and<br />
college students. It has since evolved into a broadly<br />
popular online destination used by teenagers and adults<br />
of all ages. 19 In country after country, Facebook has<br />
cemented itself as the leader, often displacing other<br />
social networks.<br />
It is 3 …….. surprise that 11 Facebook has become one of<br />
the titans of the Internet, challenging even Google with<br />
10 its vision of a Web tied together by personal<br />
relationships and recommendations, rather than by<br />
search algorithms. In a major expansion, Facebook has<br />
spread itself across other Web sites by offering members<br />
the chance to “Like” something - share it with their<br />
network – without leaving the Web page they are on.<br />
At the Facebook 20 developer 6 conference in September,<br />
21 the company announced the release of a 13 product<br />
called Timeline, 12 which offers a 22 highly visual view of<br />
a user’s Facebook profile and organizes content into<br />
photos, events and apps, all based on a 17 timeline view<br />
that stretches back to the beginning of a user’s time on<br />
Facebook. Timeline is designed to work on 18 mobile<br />
devices, too. Adaptado de: WYLD, Adrian. Facebook. Disponível em:<br />
. Acesso em 01 dez. 2011.<br />
3. A pergunta que pode ser respondida com base nas<br />
informações do texto é<br />
a) How old was Mark Zuckerberg in 2004?<br />
b) When was the Facebook founded?<br />
c) What makes the social network enter a new era?<br />
d) Who directs the McKinsey Global Institute?<br />
e) Where was Mark Zuckerberg born?<br />
Many South Africans remain poor and unemployment is<br />
− fr me fr e f e <br />
31
against migrant workers from other African countries in<br />
2008 and protests by township residents over poor living<br />
conditions during the summer of 2009.<br />
Land redistribution is a crucial problem that continues<br />
existing. Most farmland is still white-owned. ________<br />
land acquisition on a "willing buyer, willing seller" basis,<br />
officials have signaled that large-scale expropriations are<br />
on the cards. The government aims to transfer 30% of<br />
farmland to black South Africans by 2014.<br />
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/country_profiles/1071886. stm<br />
4. Mark the correct question to the answer below.<br />
“The government aims to transfer 30% of farmland to<br />
black South Africans by 2014.”<br />
a) Who transferred 30% of farmland?<br />
b) Why did the government transfer 30% of farmland?<br />
c) What does the government want to do?<br />
d) Where does the government purchase part of the<br />
farmland?<br />
( ) ... do you prefer: fish or meat?<br />
( ) ... didn't they call the police?<br />
( ) ... are we going to help her?<br />
( ) ... should I spend my Christmas vacation?<br />
( ) ... will win the next Nobel Prize for literature?<br />
( ) ... was he doing when the lights went off?<br />
7. Fill in the balloons with the right interrogative<br />
pronouns. Relate the numbers given to the pronouns.<br />
5. Fill in the blanks below, choosing the Best<br />
alternative:<br />
32<br />
I- _____ knows how to speak decent French to talk to<br />
the tourists?<br />
II- The ticket costs $8. _____ are you going to pay?<br />
III- _____ can I take the subway to the Guggenhein<br />
Museum?<br />
IV- _____ of those buildings is the hospital?<br />
V- _____ will your sister travel to London?<br />
a) I-Who; II-How; III-Where; IV-Which; V-When<br />
b) I-Whose; II-Who; III-How; IV-What; V-Why<br />
c) I-Which; II-Why; III-When; IV-How; V-Whose<br />
d) I-Whom; II-What; III-Which; IV-Where; V-How<br />
e) I-How., II-When; III-What; IV-Why; V-Where<br />
6. Match the QUESTION WORDS with the appropriate<br />
sentences. All question words must be used.<br />
a) Where<br />
b) How<br />
c) Which<br />
d) What<br />
e) Why<br />
f) Who<br />
a) 1-whose, 2-who, 3-why, 4-how, 5-who<br />
b) 1-who, 2-which, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how<br />
c) 1-what, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-what<br />
d) 1-which, 2-who, 3-how, 4-what, 5-how<br />
e) 1-who, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how<br />
8. Complete as perguntas a seguir com Pronomes<br />
Interrogativos (Question Words).<br />
Complete com HOW OLD, HOW MANY, HOW<br />
MUCH, WHAT, WHO, WHERE, WHEN, HOW<br />
OFTEN, HOW LONG, WHICH, HOW:<br />
a) ____________ do you go to work? I go by bus.<br />
b) ____________ siblings do you have? I have only<br />
one.<br />
c) ____________ do you go to the beach? I go to the<br />
beach every summer.<br />
d) ____________ do you study for test? I study for a<br />
test a lot of time.
e) ____________ is your best friend? My best friend is<br />
Marcia.<br />
f) ____________ do you do on Sundays? I usually go<br />
out with my friends.<br />
g) ____________ have you been married? We've been<br />
married for 5 years.<br />
h) ____________ is your mother? Now, she's OK.<br />
i) ____________ do you have English classes? I have<br />
English classes on Mondays and on Wednesdays.<br />
j) ____________ do you like the most? Caetano<br />
Veloso or Milton Nascimento?<br />
k) ____________ is your teacher? I think he's 35 years<br />
old.<br />
l) _____________ do you go to school? I go to<br />
Colégio Objetivo.<br />
As old barriers break down, voyagers in the next century<br />
will enjoy more exotic locales, more exotic customs -<br />
and perhaps more exotic diseases. This year's Ebola virus<br />
outbreak in Zaire raises an issue as chilling now as it was<br />
in 1347, when traders sailing from the Black Sea port of<br />
Caffa to Messina, Sicily, brought back plague, which<br />
killed perhaps one-third of Europe's population. As it<br />
happens, plague also cropped up in 1994, in India. [Time, June<br />
12,]<br />
Scientists have for many years denounced astrology as<br />
unscientific, and there is no doubt that many so-called<br />
astrological "facts" are nonsense. But the question still<br />
remains, is there perhaps some truth in what astrologers<br />
say?<br />
Some years ago two French psychologists found<br />
evidence for a marked relationship between people's<br />
personality and the position of certain planets at the<br />
moment of their birth.<br />
Personality questionnaires were sent out to more than<br />
2000 men and women without prior selection; when they<br />
were returned, the birth dates were noted and the results<br />
were put through a computer. Many astrological<br />
predictions about the relationship between personality<br />
and birth dates did, in fact, begin to emerge very clearly.<br />
Hence three main groups were selected for special study,<br />
namely sportsmen, actors and scientists. Astrological<br />
expectations had suggested a connection between the<br />
competitive, assertive personality of the sportsman and<br />
the "war-like" planet Mars. Similarly the scientist,<br />
reserved and serious, had been connected with the<br />
"grave" planet Saturn, and the social, expansive nature of<br />
the actor was linked with the "jovial" planet Jupiter.<br />
Much to the surprise of everyone, the remarkable<br />
conclusion of the research showed that people of a<br />
certain group actually were born "under" a particular<br />
planet: sportsmen under Mars, scientists under Saturn<br />
and actors under Jupiter. By "under" is meant that they<br />
were born just after the rise of the planet or just before it<br />
set. To calculate these coincidences the place of birth of<br />
the people concerned had to be known, as well as the<br />
precise time of day when they were born.<br />
One further fact emerged very clearly from this research<br />
and that was that people who were born under the "water<br />
signs" of Cancer, Pisces and Scorpio showed a marked<br />
tendency to be very emotional - thus confirming another<br />
claim made by astrologers.<br />
9. Choose the question for the statement: 'Plague also<br />
cropped up in 1994, in India'.<br />
a) How long did plague crop up in India?<br />
b) How did plague crop up in 1994?<br />
c) When did plague crop up in India?<br />
d) What did plague crop up in India?<br />
e) Why did plague crop up in India?<br />
10. According to the text, to calculate which planet a<br />
person was born under, the astrologer needed to know:<br />
a) what their favourite sports were.<br />
b) how many were born on the same date.<br />
c) which profession they had chosen.<br />
d) how many were born in the same place.<br />
e) where and when they were born.<br />
ASTROLOGY: Fact or Fiction?<br />
33
THE LANGUAGE BARRIER<br />
Early last year, at a trade fair in Milan, a<br />
revolutionary telephone system was 1 unveiled.<br />
Developed by American and Japanese, the new machine<br />
provides instantaneous translation of the caller's speech.<br />
Say "hello" in English and it will come out as "alô" in<br />
Portuguese or the equivalent word in the language of<br />
your choice. It's remarkable! It might make you think<br />
that the whole business of language learning could soon<br />
become redundant. But 2 don't be hasty.<br />
3<br />
A sophisticated computer was programmed to<br />
perform language translation. 4<br />
It was instructed to<br />
translate "out of sight, out of mind" into Russian. 5 The<br />
Russian translation was 6 then fed into the computer and<br />
translated back into English. The result was: "invisible<br />
lunatic". A typical error. Natural language is so complex<br />
and ambiguous 7 that a 8 computer will invariably have<br />
difficulty in making sense of it. The new phone can deal<br />
with "hello" and other words well enough. But if asked<br />
to translate a sentence, its limitations soon become<br />
apparent.<br />
11. "The new telephone can deal with 'hello' and other<br />
words well enough." This sentence contains the answer<br />
to all question below EXCEPT one. Mark it.<br />
a) What can the new telephone deal with?<br />
b) What can deal with "hello" and other words well<br />
enough?<br />
c) How can the new telephone deal with "hello" and<br />
other words?<br />
d) Whose words can the telephone deal with well<br />
enough?<br />
e) Which words can the new telephone deal with well<br />
enough?<br />
The dream of "machine translation" (MT) is<br />
almost as old as the modern digital computer itself: the<br />
idea was promoted in 1949 and by the late 50's more<br />
than 20 MT projects were in development. By 1966 the<br />
Automatic Language Processing Advisory Committee<br />
concluded that "there's no immediate or predictable<br />
prospect of useful machine translation." Research funds<br />
were cut. In the late 70's MT was re-discovered.<br />
9 The new generation of programs is less<br />
ambitious.<br />
10<br />
They are limited to texts where the<br />
possibilities of error are minimal, such as technical<br />
reports and operating manuals.<br />
11<br />
Furthermore, the<br />
computers simply produce 12 a workable draft translation,<br />
which a human "post-editor" will then correct.<br />
13 In spite of their obvious limitations, MTs are<br />
extremely fast and reasonably accurate. 14 Yet, even the<br />
most optimistic scientists admit that it'll be at least 20<br />
years before computers are capable of translating more<br />
sophisticated texts.<br />
(Adapted from Speak Up - January 2012.)<br />
34
CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS<br />
Os Pronomes Indefinidos podem ser<br />
substantivos (indefinite pronouns), quando os<br />
substituem, ou adjetivos (indefinite adjectives), quando<br />
qualificam os substantivos.<br />
Exemplos de pronomes indefinidos<br />
A classic is something that everybody wants to have<br />
read and nobody wants to read. (Mark Twain, 1835-<br />
1910) Um clássico é algo que todo mundo quer ter lido<br />
e ninguém quer ler.<br />
Of those who say nothing, few are silent. (Thomas<br />
Neill) - Daqueles que nada dizem, poucos são<br />
silenciosos.<br />
Everything is funny as long as it is happening<br />
to somebody else. (Will Rogers, 1879-1935) - Tudo é<br />
engraçado desde que está acontecendo com outra pessoa.<br />
Everybody likes a kidder, but nobody lends him money.<br />
(Arthur Miller, 1915-2005) - Todo mundo gosta de uma<br />
brincalhona, mas ninguém lhe empresta dinheiro.<br />
I don't know anything about music. In my line, you don't<br />
have to. (Elvis Presley, 1935-1977) - Eu não sei nada<br />
sobre música. Na minha linha, você não precisa.<br />
Indefinido Pronomes singular ou plural?<br />
O maior problema com pronomes indefinidos é<br />
determinar se eles são singular ou plural. Aqui está uma<br />
lista:<br />
Singular<br />
Indefinite<br />
Pronouns<br />
Plural<br />
Indefinite<br />
Pronouns<br />
Indefinite<br />
Pronouns Which<br />
Can be Singular or<br />
Plural<br />
Little<br />
Much<br />
Neither<br />
Nobody<br />
No-one<br />
Nothing<br />
One<br />
Other<br />
Somebody<br />
Someone<br />
Something<br />
CALL WAITING<br />
EXERCISES<br />
Soon, teenagers will have no excuse for 3 not letting their<br />
parents know where they are - and why they'll be home<br />
late. Some European telecom firms - Sweden's Ericsson,<br />
and TIM, the mobile subsidiary of Telecom Italia - are<br />
developing cell phones especially for kids.<br />
The gimmick: 2 to prevent chatty kids ringing up their<br />
1 pals many time zones away, the new phones can be<br />
programmed to dial only 4 a few numbers, 5 like home, or<br />
a parent's office. The phones may debut late this year.<br />
And you can bet that by early next year some kid will<br />
have learned a way to subvert the controls. Newsweek,<br />
March 2,.<br />
Another<br />
Anybody<br />
Anyone<br />
Anything<br />
Each<br />
Either<br />
Enough<br />
Everybody<br />
Everyone<br />
Everything<br />
Less<br />
Both<br />
Few<br />
Fewer<br />
Many<br />
Others<br />
Several<br />
All<br />
Any<br />
More<br />
Most<br />
None<br />
Some<br />
Such<br />
1. A expressão "a few numbers" (ref.4) indica<br />
a) número controlado.<br />
b) grande quantidade.<br />
c) número insuficiente.<br />
d) número ilimitado.<br />
e) número incompleto.<br />
35
RELIGION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR<br />
1 Does life have meaning? What gives it<br />
meaning? Why do we act the way we do? What is the<br />
best way to live? How can we find peace?<br />
2 These are questions that people have struggled<br />
with throughout history. Philosophers, psychologists,<br />
sociologists, and physicists are among the many thinkers<br />
who have tried to give us answers. We look for answers<br />
within ourselves, but few are satisfactory. In the end, it is<br />
religion that gives most of the world answers to these<br />
questions.<br />
3 Hundreds of religions exist in the world, yet all<br />
religions try to answer the same questions. Every<br />
religion teaches basic ideas that help humans understand<br />
their nature and their behavior. Every religion describes<br />
two sides of human nature - the animal and the divine. It<br />
is these opposing sides that cause conflicts. Every<br />
religion gives people a method that they can follow to<br />
resolve the conflicts. All religions have a goal, which is<br />
in one form or another the transformation of humans<br />
from the animal to the divine. This spiritual<br />
transformation is common to all religions, though it has<br />
many names: nirvana, heaven, salvation.<br />
4 All cultures in the world have religious beliefs.<br />
For that reason, every part of life is affected by religions,<br />
whose teachings offer guidelines on ways to live.<br />
(WERNER, P. K. Mosaic: a content- based grammar. New York: Random<br />
House.)<br />
2. In the sentence "MANY thinkers have tried to give<br />
us answers," the capital word has a meaning close to:<br />
a) a few.<br />
b) few.<br />
c) little.<br />
d) several.<br />
e) much.<br />
DOUBLE STANDARD WITH ALCOHOL<br />
1 Two articles in THE GAZETTE JULY 8<br />
accurately reflect the unacceptable double standard the<br />
federal and provincial governments have toward the<br />
tobacco and alcohol industries.<br />
2 The story headed "Teen driver drunk in fatal<br />
crash" related to the sad results of mixing alcohol and the<br />
automobile, while that headed "Warnings on smokes<br />
may get 3 tougher" advised us that more 9 powerful<br />
tobacco health-warning labels may be required.<br />
3 The double standard exists through governmentimposed<br />
laws that restrict tobacco advertising while<br />
imposing much fewer limits on alcohol advertising, and<br />
in requiring health warning labels on tobacco products<br />
half the size of the package but not requiring warning<br />
labels on alcohol containers.<br />
4 Where are government-imposed warnings on<br />
alcohol products telling of the dangers of fetal alcohol<br />
syndrome? Where are the warnings that alcohol may lead<br />
to violence, 1 child abuse and family breakdown, that<br />
consuming alcohol and operating vehicles, boats and<br />
machinery may 2 cause death?<br />
5 Government and public opinion seem to be<br />
4 content to allow alcohol to be portrayed as a fun,<br />
5 benign substance. In fact, it causes 8 untold expense,<br />
6 hardship, sadness and death.<br />
6 With tobacco, the product has been demonized.<br />
With alcohol, it is the user who has been held<br />
responsible, while the product has been given a positive<br />
marketing spin with public and government 7 consent.<br />
7 The government must be forced by public<br />
opinion to look beyond the tax revenues derived from<br />
alcohol and to address its double standard. - (Robert<br />
Halpin, MONTREAL. August 8,1998.)<br />
3. The following sentences should be completed with<br />
FEW or LITTLE.<br />
I - Many of us tried but very ____ succeeded.<br />
II - To our surprise, changes in foreign policy were<br />
_____.<br />
III - That school is so expensive that only _____<br />
children can attend it.<br />
IV - That crane can lift objects weighing a _____<br />
hundred pounds.<br />
V - We had _____ chance of success.<br />
The sentence which must be completed which FEW are:<br />
a) I and IV, only.<br />
b) II and III, only.<br />
c) I, II and V, only.<br />
d) I, II, III and IV, only.<br />
e) II, III, IV and V, only.<br />
36
One important field in which the laser has many<br />
applications is communications. Scientists have found<br />
that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a<br />
result, telephone companies are now using 1 laser light<br />
signals to transmit telephone calls through extremely<br />
small cabinets which are capable of 2 carrying many more<br />
transmissions than the standard telephone cables. An<br />
additional advantage is that these systems using the laser<br />
light signals will also be able to transmit video telephone<br />
conversations in the future.<br />
Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the<br />
field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut<br />
3 razor-sharp; in fact, scientists have developed a laser<br />
knife which doctors can use for surgery. These 4 knives<br />
are now used for some general surgery because they cut<br />
sharply and because the beam seals off the blood vessels<br />
that it cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less<br />
significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in<br />
medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos<br />
were virtually impossible to remove without<br />
considerable difficulty and pain, now they can be<br />
removed relatively painlessly. - (Adapted from Michael Wenyon,<br />
Understanding Holography. New York: Arco Publishing Company, Inc, 1978)<br />
4. Which of the following sentences can be completed<br />
with the word MANY as in: "the laser has many<br />
applications"...<br />
a) The laser beam is being used by______ telephone<br />
companies.<br />
b) The laser beam has caused_______ advance in<br />
various areas.<br />
c) Science has gained_____ from the latest<br />
applications of the laser.<br />
d) ____ effort has resulted in significant technological<br />
improvement.<br />
e) Scientists have devoted______time to research in<br />
the field of communication.<br />
Somewhere Algum lugar<br />
Somehow<br />
Observação<br />
De algum modo,<br />
maneira<br />
Afirmativa<br />
Afirmativa<br />
SOME pode ser usado em frases interrogativas quando<br />
algo é oferecido; ou quando se espera uma resposta<br />
afirmativa.<br />
E.g.<br />
Some e derivados:<br />
I’d like to buy some<br />
bread.<br />
They need somthing<br />
to eat.<br />
I saw someone in<br />
that room.<br />
Would you like SOME coffee?<br />
Do you need SOME help?<br />
Would you like some coffee ?<br />
There is somebody looking for<br />
you.<br />
Where is he? He must have<br />
gone somewhere.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
WILDLIFE<br />
Asia’s Biggest Wildlife Traffickers<br />
Some e derivados:<br />
Pronomes<br />
Tradução<br />
Tipos de<br />
Frases<br />
Some Algum, alguns, Afirmativa<br />
Someone Alguém Afirmativa<br />
Somebody Alguém Afirmativa<br />
Something Alguma coisa, algo Afirmativa<br />
(BANGKOK) — Squealing tiger cubs stuffed into carryon<br />
bags. Luggage packed with hundreds of squirming<br />
tortoises, elephant tusks, even water dragons and<br />
American paddlefish. Officials at Thailand‘s gateway<br />
37
airport proudly tick off the illegally trafficked wildlife<br />
they have seized over the past two years.<br />
But Thai and foreign law enforcement officers tell<br />
another story: Officials working-hand-in-hand with<br />
traffickers ensure that other shipments through<br />
Suvarnabhumi International Airport are whisked off<br />
before they even reach customs inspection.<br />
It’s a murky mix. A 10-fold increase in wildlife law<br />
enforcement actions, including seizures, has been<br />
reported in the past six years in Southeast Asia. Yet, the<br />
trade’s Mr. Bigs, masterful in taking advantage of<br />
pervasive corruption, appear immune to arrest and<br />
continue to orchestrate the decimation of wildlife in<br />
Thailand, the region and beyond.<br />
And Southeast Asia’s honest cops don’t have it easy.<br />
“It is very difficult for me. I have to sit among people<br />
who are both good and some who are corrupt, says<br />
Chanvut Vajrabukka, a retired police general. “If I say,<br />
‘You have to go out and arrest that target,’ some in the<br />
room may well warn them,’” says Chanvut, who now<br />
advises ASEAN-WEN, the regional wildlife enforcement<br />
network.<br />
Several kingpins, says wildlife activist Steven Galster,<br />
have recently been confronted by authorities, “but in the<br />
end, good uniforms are running into, and often stopped<br />
by bad uniforms. It’s like a bad Hollywood cop movie.<br />
“Most high-level traffickers remain untouched and<br />
continue to replace arrested underlings with new ones,”<br />
says Galster, who works for the FREELAND<br />
Foundation, an anti-trafficking group. August 15, 2012 / www.time.com<br />
1. In the underlined sentence ‘“If I say, ‘You have to go<br />
out and arrest that target,’ some in the room may well<br />
warn them,”’, the pronoun some refers to:<br />
a) honest cops<br />
b) people who are good<br />
c) some people who are corrupt<br />
d) a retired police general<br />
e) that target<br />
d) many<br />
e) several<br />
Up a perilous tree, Britain's native red squirrels are being<br />
overrun by their larger cousins, North American gray<br />
squirrels. Brought to Britain as a novelty in 1876, grays<br />
outcompete reds for food. Only about 160,000 reds<br />
remain, against an onslaught of 1 some 2.5 million grays.<br />
Grays may have a secret ally. Some scientists suspect<br />
that grays 2 carry a virus called parapox, which is killing<br />
reds in northern and eastern England. But the cause and<br />
the origin of the disease are still unknown. 3 To beef up<br />
reds' chances, landowners are urged to plant the 4 proper<br />
tree mix. Red squirrels need conifer seeds in winter -<br />
they have difficulty digesting acorns, which grays<br />
5 readily wolf down.<br />
3. A palavra SOME (ref. 1) poderia ser substituída sem<br />
alteração do sentido por<br />
a) fully.<br />
b) partly.<br />
c) approximately.<br />
d) more than.<br />
e) average.<br />
A friend of mine was travelling in the train and opposite<br />
him sat a gentleman reading "The Times". Every now<br />
and then he took a complete sheet of the newspaper,<br />
crumpled it up, opened the window, threw it out and shut<br />
the window. After he had done this two or three times<br />
my friend said: "Excuse me, sir, but I am most interested<br />
in what you are doing. May I ask why you do it?"<br />
away."<br />
"Oh yes", he replied, "it keeps the elephants<br />
"But", my friend said, "there aren't any<br />
elephants here."<br />
"Of course not", came the answer. "That proves<br />
it works!"<br />
38<br />
Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada<br />
lacuna da questão a seguir:<br />
2. I have a __________ friends.<br />
a) ten<br />
b) few<br />
c) some<br />
4. The sentence "... there aren't any elephants here" in the<br />
affirmative form is<br />
a) there are many elephants here.<br />
b) there are plenty of elephants here.<br />
c) there are some elephants here.<br />
d) there are a few elephants here.<br />
e) there are a lots of elephants here.
5. (Unitau) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à<br />
denominação do pronome, em destaque, a seguir:<br />
ANY day is a good day for walking.<br />
a) adjetivo possessivo<br />
b) adjetivo indefinido<br />
c) adjetivo demonstrativo<br />
d) adjetivo relativo<br />
e) adjetivo definido<br />
Most people can remember a phone number for up to<br />
thirty seconds. When this short amount of time elapses,<br />
however, the numbers are erased from the memory. How<br />
did the information get there in the first place?<br />
Information that makes its way to the short term memory<br />
(STM) does so via the sensory storage area. The brain<br />
has a filter which only allows stimuli that is of<br />
immediate interest to pass on to the STM, also known as<br />
the working memory.<br />
There is much debate about the capacity and duration of<br />
the short term memory. The most accepted theory comes<br />
from George A. Miller, a cognitive psychologist who<br />
suggested that humans can remember approximately<br />
seven chunks of information. A chunk is defined as a<br />
meaningful unit of information, such as a word or name<br />
rather than just a letter or number. Modern theorists<br />
suggest that one can increase the capacity of the short<br />
term memory by chunking, or classifying similar<br />
information together. By organizing information, one can<br />
optimize the STM, and improve the chances of a<br />
memory being passed on to long term storage.<br />
When making a conscious effort to memorize something,<br />
such as information for an exam, many people engage in<br />
‘‘rote rehearsal’’. By repeating something over and over<br />
again, 2 one is able to keep a memory alive.<br />
Unfortunately, this type of memory maintenance only<br />
succeeds if there are no interruptions. As soon as a<br />
person stops rehearsing the information, it has the<br />
tendency to disappear. When a pen and paper are not<br />
handy, people often attempt to remember a phone<br />
number by repeating it aloud. If the doorbell rings or the<br />
dog barks to come in before a person has the opportunity<br />
to make a phone call, he will likely forget the number<br />
instantly. 3 Therefore, rote rehearsal is not an efficient<br />
way to pass information from the short term to long term<br />
memory. A better way is to practice ‘‘ 1 elaborate<br />
rehearsal’’. This involves assigning semantic meaning to<br />
a piece of information so that it can be filed along with<br />
other pre-existing long term memories.<br />
Fonte: http://www.englishclub.com/esl-exams/ets-toefl-practice-reading.htm<br />
(Adaptado)<br />
6. The word one in paragraph 3 (ref. 2) refers to<br />
a) quantity.<br />
b) memory.<br />
c) any person.<br />
d) exam.<br />
e) amount.<br />
7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a<br />
seguir referem-se aos Pronomes Indefinidos:<br />
1. You should try to handle this problem<br />
______________. (somehow/somebody)<br />
2. Adriana looks hungry. She should eat<br />
______________. (something/some)<br />
3. I heard that Diana lives _________________ in this<br />
town. (someone/somewhere)<br />
4. Drop by _______________ and have some tea with<br />
us. (something/sometime)<br />
5. Could you please give me ________________<br />
information? (some/something)<br />
8. Complete os espaços em branco com NO ou NONE:<br />
a) I've done it all by myself. I've had ______ help at<br />
all.<br />
b) It's _______ of your business. Mind with your own<br />
life.<br />
c) I answered all the questions in the quiz, but Jane<br />
answered _______ .<br />
d) As he gave me _______ help, I won't help him.<br />
e) _______ person can understand what I feel.<br />
f) Would you like some wine? No, thanks, I'd like<br />
_______ .<br />
Any e Derivados:<br />
Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases<br />
Any Algum, alguns,<br />
Interrogativa e<br />
negativa<br />
Anyone Alguém<br />
Interrogativa e<br />
negativa<br />
Anybody Alguém<br />
Interrogativa e<br />
negativa<br />
Anything Alguma coisa, algo Interrogativa e<br />
39
Anywhere<br />
Anyway<br />
Observação<br />
Algum lugar<br />
De algum modo,<br />
maneira<br />
negativa<br />
Interrogativa e<br />
negativa<br />
Interrogativa e<br />
negativa<br />
ANY pode ser usado em frases afirmativas contudo a<br />
tradução será:<br />
Any e Derivados:<br />
I don’t have any money.<br />
Is there anything I can do<br />
for you ?<br />
There isn’t anybody<br />
here.<br />
EXERCISES:<br />
Any: Qualquer<br />
Anything: Qualquer coisa<br />
Anybody: Qualquer pessoa<br />
Anywhere: Qualquer lugar<br />
9. CALVIN AND HOBBES<br />
Do you know anyone in<br />
this city ?<br />
Are you going anywhere<br />
?<br />
I did my exerecise<br />
anyway.<br />
Mark the sentence which must be completed with<br />
"anywhere".<br />
a) The manager had to go off _____ else for an<br />
appointment.<br />
b) The dangerous dog was approaching but there was<br />
_____ to hide.<br />
c) Britney says she didn't go _____ yesterday.<br />
d) This is part of the original castle build _____ around<br />
1700.<br />
e) Have you seen my glasses? I've looked _____ for<br />
them.<br />
Mr. Dursley was the director of a firm called Grunnings,<br />
which made drills. He was a big, beefy man with 1 hardly<br />
any neck, 2 although he did have a very large moustache.<br />
Mrs. Dursley was thin and blonde and had nearly twice<br />
the usual amount of neck, which came in very useful as<br />
she spent so much of her time craning over garden<br />
fences, spying on her neighbours. The Dursleys had a<br />
small son called Dudley and in their opinion 3 there was<br />
no finer boy anywhere.<br />
The Dursleys had everything they wanted, but they also<br />
had a secret, and their greatest fear was that somebody<br />
would discover it. They didn't think they could bear it if<br />
anyone found out about the Potters. Mrs. Potter was Mrs.<br />
Dursley's sister, but they hadn't met for several years; in<br />
fact, Mrs. Dursley pretended she didn't have a sister,<br />
because her sister and her good-for-nothing husband<br />
were as 4 unDursleyish as it was possible to be. The<br />
Dursleys shuddered to think what the neighbours would<br />
say if the Potters arrived in the street. The Dursleys knew<br />
that the Potters had a small son too, but they had never<br />
even seen him. This boy was another good reason for<br />
keeping the Potters away; they didn't want Dudley<br />
mixing with a child like that.<br />
J. K. Rowling's, Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone.<br />
10. A expressão HARDLY ANY (ref. 1) poderia ser<br />
traduzida por<br />
"International Herald Tribune", August 30, 2001.<br />
a) raramente visto.<br />
b) dificilmente algum.<br />
c) bom tamanho.<br />
d) quase nenhum.<br />
e) especialmente longo.<br />
40
11. (Uel) Assinale a alternativa que preenche<br />
corretamente a lacuna da frase a seguir.<br />
"Why didn't you buy that sweater? It was such a good<br />
offer!"<br />
"Because I didn't have ...... money on me."<br />
a) a<br />
b) no<br />
c) any<br />
d) some<br />
e) none<br />
No one Ninguém advérbio<br />
Nobody Ninguém De<br />
Nowhere Nenhum lugar negação<br />
Observação<br />
* Os derivados de NO devem ser usados em frases que<br />
não tenham elementos negativos. A frase ficará<br />
negativa após seu uso.<br />
OBSERVAÇÕES:<br />
* A Língua Inglesa não admite dupla negativa nas<br />
orações, coisa muito comum e, às vezes, obrigatória em<br />
nosso idioma. Enquanto, em Português, falamos:<br />
Não tenho nada a dizer.<br />
na Língua Inglesa se diz:<br />
I have nothing to say.<br />
ou ainda, em <strong>Inglês</strong>, pode-se dizer:<br />
There isn't anything to do in this city.<br />
o que, literalmente, significa:<br />
Não há coisa alguma para fazer nesta cidade.<br />
Deste modo, concluímos que, na língua Inglesa, há duas<br />
maneiras de elaborar orações com pronomes indefinidos,<br />
evitando a dupla negativa:<br />
I don't have any money on me today.<br />
(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)<br />
ou<br />
I have no money on me today.<br />
(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)<br />
No e Derivados:<br />
I told nobody about the secret.<br />
There is no one in the<br />
classroom.<br />
He can do nothing for me.<br />
There is no way to<br />
see him now.<br />
She has no money.<br />
You are going<br />
nowhere.<br />
A diferença entre Pronomes Indefinidos e Adjetivos<br />
Indefinidos<br />
Quando uma palavra como ( all, any, anyone…), etc,<br />
é utilizado como um adjetivo, receberá o nome<br />
adjectivo indefinido (Indefinite Adjective).<br />
All in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é um<br />
pronome indefinido.)<br />
All personnel in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é<br />
um adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica a palavra<br />
personnel)<br />
Please take some to Mrs Chandler. (pronome<br />
indefinido)<br />
Please take some lemons to Mrs Chandler. (Este é um<br />
adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica lemons.)<br />
Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases<br />
No Nenhum Frases<br />
Nothing Nada Sem<br />
None Ninguém Outro<br />
Observação:<br />
No geral, é bem mais simples do que parece. Quando<br />
um Pronome Indefinido estiver antecedendo a um<br />
SUBSTANTIVO, ele está modificando ou<br />
qualificando este substantivo. Portanto, tem função<br />
de ADJETIVO INDEFINIDO.<br />
41
42<br />
EXERCISES<br />
12 The phrase “there is no possibility” (l. 49) can be<br />
exactly rephrased as<br />
a) it’s possible for anyone.<br />
b) there isn’t any possibility.<br />
c) hardly anybody can do it.<br />
d) there isn’t much possibility.<br />
e) none of the possibilities would be used.<br />
13 “There is no debate”<br />
This sentence can be exactly rephrased as<br />
a) There isn’t much debate.<br />
b) There isn’t little debate.<br />
c) There isn’t any debate.<br />
d) There is little debate.<br />
e) There isn’t a lot of debate.<br />
"Miss Emlyn read us some of it. I asked<br />
Mummy to read some more. I liked it. It has a<br />
wonderful sound. A brave new world. There isn't<br />
anything really like that, is there?"<br />
"You don't believe in it?"<br />
"Do you?"<br />
"There is always a brave new world," said Poirot, "but<br />
only, you know, for very special people. The lucky ones.<br />
The ones who carry the making of that world within<br />
themselves."<br />
[Agatha Christie, Hallowe'en Party, pp.85-86]<br />
14. Choose another way of saying "There isn't anything<br />
really like that."<br />
a) There is nothing really like that.<br />
b) There aren't many things really like that.<br />
c) There aren't no things really like that.<br />
d) There is anything hardly really like that.<br />
e) There are a few things really like that.<br />
Hamlet<br />
The following is a short outline of Shakespeare's most<br />
famous play, Hamlet. Hamlet is the chief character in the<br />
play. The ghost of Hamlet's father appears and tells<br />
Hamlet how Claudius had murdered him by pouring<br />
poison into his ears as he lay asleep. The ghost orders<br />
Hamlet to revenge the murder. Hamlet promises that he<br />
will do so without delay. But he does delay. He thinks a<br />
great deal about what he has heard, and he thinks instead<br />
of acting. He believes what the ghost has said, but feels<br />
that he needs further proof of the murder.<br />
In order to satisfy himself that the king is guilty, Hamlet<br />
arranges to have a play performed at court. In this play<br />
one of the actors pretends to poison another in just the<br />
same way as the king has poisoned Hamlet's father. As<br />
soon as Claudius sees this, he is frightened, and gets up<br />
and goes out. Hamlet now is quite certain of Claudius's<br />
guilt, but he still hesitates. Although he has opportunities<br />
to kill his uncle, he finds reasons why he should not do<br />
so yet. Once Hamlet finds him praying, and can kill him<br />
easily. He does not do so because he thinks that to kill<br />
the king at his prayers would be to send his soul straight<br />
to heaven.<br />
When the fight takes place, Hamlet at first seems to be<br />
winning. The king offers him the cup of poisoned wine.<br />
He refuses it, but the queen takes it and drinks. Laertes<br />
and Hamlet go on fighting, Laertes wounds Hamlet, and<br />
as they struggle together they somehow change swords.<br />
Now Hamlet wounds Laertes. The queen falls, dying.<br />
Laertes, himself near death, tells Hamlet about the<br />
poisoned sword and wine. Hamlet, acting at last instead<br />
of thinking about acting, rushes at the guilty king and<br />
kills him. He has revenged the murder of his father, but a<br />
few minutes later he, too, is dead.<br />
15. Put in the missing words:<br />
I - I want _____ more tea, please.<br />
II - _____ I go fishing.<br />
III - It doesn't rain _____.<br />
IV - I'm sorry, but I have _____ to give you.<br />
V - _____ knows it's wrong.<br />
a) I - some; II - Every time; III - someday; IV -<br />
nothing; V - Somebody<br />
b) I - any; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -<br />
anything; V - Everybody<br />
c) I - some; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -<br />
nothing; V - Everybody<br />
d) I - any; II - Every day; III - sometimes; IV - nothing;<br />
V - Everyone<br />
e) I - some; II - Everywhere; III - every time; IV -<br />
anything; V - Somebody
A KEY HURDLE: THE ENGLISH TEST<br />
Most colleges and universities in the United<br />
States require international students to take the TOEFL -<br />
or Test of English as a Foreign Language - before they<br />
can be 1 granted admission. Written and administered by<br />
Educational Testing Service (ETS), a private, not-forprofit<br />
company based in Princeton, New Jersey, the<br />
TOEFL is 2 designed to test your ability to understand<br />
standard North American English. It was developed<br />
specifically to help American and Canadian schools<br />
make sure that their international applicants could follow<br />
courses taught in English.<br />
TOEFL scores range from 200 to 667. 3 Since<br />
the test is a measure of proficiency and not of<br />
knowledge, no one passes or fails a TOEFL. Instead,<br />
minimum scores are determined by each college and<br />
university. A top-tier university usually requires a score<br />
of 600 or better.<br />
COMPUTER TESTING<br />
In all but 16 countries and territories, the test is now<br />
given in a computer-based version (CBT). The CBT is<br />
quite different from the paper-and-pencil version. Instead<br />
of filling in ovals on paper, students answer questions on<br />
the screen of their computer, by using either a keyboad<br />
or a mouse. In some of the reading passages, students<br />
respond to questions by clicking on words in the text.<br />
There is a new range of scores, too, in the computer<br />
version - from 40 to 300.<br />
Some parts of the exam will also be "computeradaptive",<br />
which means that the computer will select<br />
questions based on your performance, rather than giving<br />
you questions in a prearranged sequence. If you answer<br />
many questions correctly, you will be given more<br />
difficult questions and your score will go up. If you<br />
answer too many incorrectly, the computer will choose<br />
easier questions for you and your score will go down.<br />
(From NEWSWEEK, 1998, p. 8B)<br />
16. Escolha a alternativa que mantém o mesmo<br />
significado de "NO ONE" em "...no one passes or fails a<br />
TOEFL".<br />
a) Anybody.<br />
b) Everybody.<br />
c) Nobody.<br />
d) Somebody.<br />
e) Someone.<br />
17. Assinale a alternativa correta.<br />
Those organisms pose ______ danger to human life.<br />
a) any<br />
b) none<br />
c) no<br />
d) not<br />
e) no one<br />
18. Complete o diálogo:<br />
- Would you like __________ apples?<br />
- No, thank you, I don't want __________ apple.<br />
- And you?<br />
- Yes, I'd like __________.<br />
a) some - any - any<br />
b) an - any - no<br />
c) any - no - some<br />
d) some - any - some<br />
e) an - some - any<br />
19. Complete os espaços em branco com os Pronomes<br />
Indefinidos SOME, ANY e NO:<br />
a) I'm sorry I can't lend you ______ money. I'm broke.<br />
b) Do you want _______ coffee? Yes, I want _______ .<br />
c) I don't have _______ opinion about her.<br />
d) _______ students did their homework. They're too<br />
lazy.<br />
e) Is there _______ drugstore near here?<br />
f) I saw _______ person here. I think you must be<br />
mistaken.<br />
g) Would you like _______ tea or coffee? No, I would<br />
like _______ coffee.<br />
h) Can you lend me _______ "reais"? I'll give you back<br />
next payment.<br />
20. Reescreva as orações a seguir, usando as palavras<br />
entre parênteses:<br />
a) They didn't make any noise. (no)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
b) There is no bread. (any)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
43
c) I've got no cheese. (any)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
d) They haven't seen any ghosts in the haunted house.<br />
(no)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
e) I don't want any help from you. (no)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
f) I'd like no coffee. (some)<br />
_______________________________________<br />
21. Complete os espaços em branco com SOME ou<br />
ANY:<br />
a) _______ child can be adopted. It depends mainly<br />
only you.<br />
b) Ann met _______ of her friends in Rio de Janeiro.<br />
c) Could you please bring me _______ water? I'm very<br />
thirsty.<br />
d) The room was crowded. There weren't _______<br />
places anymore.<br />
e) Did you see _______ good film last week?<br />
f) I didn't do _______ homework yesterday.<br />
22. Complete com os pronomes indefinidos e seus<br />
derivados (SOMEBODY, SOMETHING,<br />
SOMEWHERE, NOBODY, NOWHERE, NOTHING,<br />
ANYBODY, ANYTHING, ANYWHERE):<br />
"Shakespeare in Love" is a witty, sexy and merrily<br />
literate delight, with an enormously clever premise that<br />
only gets better as the film 1 funfolds. The screenplay,<br />
originating as Marc Norman's brainstorm and turned by<br />
Tom Stoppard 2 into a 3 razor-sharp dialogue reminiscent<br />
of his "Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead", dares<br />
to imagine 4 whatever it likes about the link between<br />
Shakespeare's artistic passions and his mad yearning for<br />
a certain aristocratic beauty. Meanwhile, this 5 tirelessly<br />
inventive comedy envisions an Elizabethan theatre filled<br />
with the same backbiting and conniving we enjoy today<br />
and has great fun presenting the creation of "Romeo and<br />
Juliet " problems and all. - Fonte: New York Times,<br />
March 2013<br />
23. The expression "whatever it likes" (ref.4) could be<br />
translated as<br />
a) qualquer que.<br />
b) seja lá o que for.<br />
c) nem tudo que.<br />
d) todos que.<br />
e) nem sempre que.<br />
24. Indicate the alternative that best completes the<br />
following sentence.<br />
"Vote for ____________ candidate you like."<br />
a) wherever<br />
b) whenever<br />
c) whoever<br />
d) whomever<br />
e) whichever<br />
a) The classroom is empty. There is _________ there.<br />
b) I'm sorry, but I can't do __________ for you.<br />
c) Would you like to go __________? Yes, we can go<br />
__________ to relax.<br />
d) __________ is knocking at the door. It must be<br />
Wilson.<br />
e) My mother told me that __________ called me last<br />
night. But I can't imagine who it is.<br />
f) Are you going __________? No, I'm going<br />
__________ .<br />
g) Unfortunately I live with __________, but I'd like to<br />
live with __________ .<br />
44
CAPÍTULO VI - PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS<br />
Pronomes Demonstrativos (Pronomes Substantivos e<br />
Adjetivos) -Demonstrative Pronouns and Demonstrative<br />
Adjectives.<br />
Os Demonstrative Pronouns servem para apontar, indicar<br />
e mostrar alguma coisa, lugar, pessoa ou objeto. Esses<br />
pronomes podem atuar como adjetivos, antes do<br />
substantivo, ou como pronomes substantivos.<br />
Pronoun<br />
Pronoun<br />
THIS<br />
THESE<br />
THAT<br />
THOSE<br />
Este, Esta, Isto<br />
Estes, Estas<br />
Tradução<br />
Aquele, Aquela, Aquilo Isso, Essa,<br />
Esse<br />
Aqueles, Aquelas, Esses, Essas.<br />
Os pronomes demonstrativos são THIS, THAT, THESE<br />
e THOSE.<br />
Como todos os pronomes que substituem substantivos.<br />
Pronomes demonstrativos são utilizados para substituir<br />
as pessoas ou coisas específicas que foram mencionadas<br />
anteriormente (ou são entendidas a partir do contexto).<br />
Obsereve os exemplos abaixo para perceber com mais<br />
clareza as funções (Substantivo e Adjetivo) dos<br />
pronomes demonstrativos na Língua Inglesa.<br />
1) This is my pencil. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Este é o<br />
meu lápis.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)<br />
2) This pencil is red. (demonstrative adjective) - (Este lápis<br />
é vermelho.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />
3) These are your copybooks. (demonstrative pronoun) -<br />
(Estes são os teus cadernos.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />
substantivo)<br />
4) These copybooks are new. (demonstrative adjective) -<br />
(Estes cadernos são novos.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />
adjetivo)<br />
5) That is my house. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Aquela é a<br />
minha casa.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)<br />
6) That house is new. (demonstrative adjective) -<br />
(Aquela casa é nova.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />
7) Those are German cars. (demonstrative pronoun) -<br />
(Aqueles são carros alemães.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />
substantivo)<br />
8) Those cars are expensive. (demonstrative adjective)<br />
- (Aqueles carros são caros.) (pronome<br />
demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />
OBSERVAÇÕES<br />
Exemplos retirados da Internet.<br />
1. Já vimos que this significa este, esta e isto, porém<br />
na expressão isto é, o isto é traduzido por that e não<br />
por this (that is = isto é).<br />
2. Na Língua Portuguesa, as expressões (este um,<br />
aquele um) são incorretas, porém, na Língua Inglesa,<br />
expressões como this one, these ones, that one, those<br />
ones são corretas e muito usadas com o sentido de:<br />
aquele(s), aquela(s), aquilo, este(s), esta(s), isto,esse(s),<br />
essa(s), isso.<br />
Veja alguns exemplos abaixo.<br />
This book is mine, that one is yours. [Este livro é meu,<br />
aquele é (o) seu.<br />
I don't want these apples; I prefer to take those ones.<br />
[Eu não quero estas maçãs, prefiro levar aquelas<br />
(maçãs).]<br />
Don't sit on that couch, this one is more comfortable.<br />
[Não sente naquele sofá, este (aqui) é<br />
confortável.]<br />
DEMONSTRATIVOS NÃO MUITO COMUNS:<br />
mais<br />
1. SUCH - TAL, TAIS, ESSE, ESSES, ESSA, ESSAS,<br />
ISSO, TÃO<br />
• We can have animals such as cat and dog in our<br />
house. (Nós podemos ter animais tais como gato e<br />
cachorro em nossa casa.)<br />
• I don't want to hear such songs. [Eu não quero<br />
escutar tais (essas) músicas.]<br />
45
• I have never seen such beautiful flowers. (Eu nunca<br />
vi flores tão bonitas.)<br />
• Rita is such a beautiful woman. (Rita é uma mulher<br />
tão bonita.)<br />
OBSERVAÇÃO:<br />
Quando depois de such vier um substantivo no<br />
singular, qualificado ou não, ele deve ser seguido por<br />
um artigo indefinido (a, an).<br />
• Megan Fox is such a beautiful woman.<br />
(subst. sing.)<br />
• I have never seen such beautiful flowers, não é<br />
necessário o artigo indefinido, pois flowers está no<br />
plural.<br />
2. THE ONE, THE ONES - O, A, OS, AS, O QUE,<br />
OS QUE, A QUE, AS QUE.<br />
3. THE FORMER... THE LATTER - O<br />
PRIMEIRO... O SEGUNDO.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
Driverless automobiles - The car that parks itself<br />
The American company has been testing this<br />
system as part of a collaborative research project with<br />
several European carmakers. 4 They have put a fleet of<br />
150 experimental vehicles on the roads. When they<br />
tested a group of these, the Americans found the<br />
technology let drivers brake much earlier, helping avoid<br />
collisions. A driverless car would be able to react even<br />
faster.<br />
Another member of the research group has been<br />
testing driverless cars on roads around Munich—<br />
including belting down some of Germany’s high-speed<br />
autobahns. 5 The ordinary-looking models use a variety<br />
of self-contained guidance systems. These include<br />
cameras mounted on the upper windscreen, which can<br />
identify road markings, signs and various obstacles<br />
likely to be encountered on roads. - From the print<br />
edition: Science and Technology Jun 29 th 2013<br />
1. In the fragment, “The ordinary-looking models (…)<br />
likely to be encountered on roads” (ref. 5), the<br />
demonstrative “These” refers to<br />
a) cameras.<br />
b) models.<br />
c) signs.<br />
d) obstacles.<br />
e) systems.<br />
Work after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful as<br />
smoking, study finds<br />
Conal Urquhart and agencies<br />
July 28, 2012<br />
Working after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful<br />
for babies as smoking, according to a new study. Women<br />
who worked after they were eight months pregnant had<br />
babies on average around 230g lighter than those who<br />
stopped work between six and eight months.<br />
The University of Essex research – which drew on data<br />
from three major studies, two in the UK and one in the<br />
US – found the effect of continuing to work during the<br />
late stages of pregnancy was equal to that of smoking<br />
while pregnant. Babies whose mothers worked or<br />
smoked throughout pregnancy grew more slowly in the<br />
womb.<br />
Past research has shown babies with low birth weights<br />
are at higher risk of poor health and slow development,<br />
and may suffer from a variety of problems later in life.<br />
Stopping work early in pregnancy was particularly<br />
beneficial for women with lower levels of education, the<br />
study found – suggesting that the effect of working<br />
during pregnancy was possibly more marked for those<br />
doing physically demanding work. The birth weight of<br />
babies born to mothers under the age of 24 was not<br />
affected by them continuing to work, but in older mothers<br />
the effect was more significant.<br />
The researchers identified 1,339 children whose mothers<br />
were part of the British Household Panel Survey, which<br />
was conducted between 1991 and 2005, and for whom<br />
data was available. A further sample of 17,483 women<br />
who gave birth in 2000 or 2001 and who took part in the<br />
Millennium Cohort Study was also examined and showed<br />
similar results, along with 12,166 from the National<br />
46
Survey of Family Growth, relating to births in the US<br />
between the early 1970s and 1995.<br />
One of the authors of the study, Prof. Marco<br />
Francesconi, said the government should consider<br />
incentives _____1_____ employers to offer more flexible<br />
maternity leave to women who might need a break<br />
before, _____2_____ after, their babies were born. He<br />
said: “We know low birth weight is a predictor of many<br />
things that happen later, including lower chances of<br />
completing school successfully, lower wages and higher<br />
mortality. We need to think seriously about parental<br />
leave, because – as this study suggests – the possible<br />
benefits of taking leave flexibly before the birth<br />
_____3_____ quite high.”<br />
The study also suggests British women may be working<br />
for _____4_____ now during pregnancy. While 16% of<br />
mothers questioned by the British Household Panel<br />
Study, which went as far back as 1991, worked up to one<br />
month before the birth, the figure was 30% in the<br />
Millennium Cohort Study, whose subjects were born in<br />
2000 and 2001.<br />
(www.guardian.co.uk)<br />
2. In the excerpt from the first paragraph – than those<br />
who stopped work between six and eight months –, the<br />
word those refers to<br />
a) smoking.<br />
b) babies.<br />
c) months.<br />
d) women.<br />
e) pregnancy.<br />
LGBT rights in Brazil<br />
Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people<br />
in Brazil enjoy most of the same legal protections<br />
available to non-LGBT people.<br />
On May 5, 2011, the Supreme Federal Court voted in<br />
favor of allowing same-sex couples the same 112 legal<br />
rights as married couples. 2 The decision was approved<br />
by 10–0 with one abstention, and it will give same-sex<br />
couples in stable partnerships the same financial and<br />
social rights enjoyed by those in opposite-sex<br />
relationships.<br />
1 The list of various LGBT rights in Brazil has expanded<br />
since the end of the military dictatorship in 1985, and the<br />
creation of the new constitution of Brazil of 1988. In<br />
2009, a survey conducted in 10 Brazilian cities found<br />
that 7.8% of men identified as gay, with bisexual males<br />
accounting for another 2.6% of the total population (for a<br />
total of 10.4%). The Brazilian lesbian population was<br />
4.9% of females, with bisexual women reaching 1.4%<br />
(for a total of 6.3%). There are no nation-wide statistics.<br />
According to the Guinness World Records, the São<br />
Paulo Gay Pride Parade is the world's largest LGBT<br />
Pride celebration, with 4 million people in 2009. Brazil<br />
had 60.002 same-sex couples in the same home,<br />
according to the Brazilian Census of 2010 (IBGE). The<br />
South American country has 300 active LGBT<br />
organizations. –<br />
Adapted from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LGBT_rights_in_Brazil.<br />
Acess on August 22nd, 2012.<br />
3. In the sentence “The decision was approved by 10–0<br />
with one abstention, and it will give same-sex couples in<br />
stable partnerships the same financial and social rights<br />
enjoyed by those in opposite-sex relationships” (ref. 2),<br />
the word those could be substituted by<br />
a) social rights.<br />
b) financial rights.<br />
c) people.<br />
d) rights.<br />
What is World Challenge?<br />
World Challenge is a global competition and its<br />
objective is to find projects or small businesses that have<br />
shown innovation and made a difference to the local<br />
community. Since it began, in January 2004, World<br />
Challenge has received lots of nominations from all over<br />
the world. These include, for example, projects that have<br />
helped farmers in Peru or improved the lives of people in<br />
the slums of Colombia. Each year thousands of people<br />
vote to say who they think deserves to win. One of the<br />
2007 nominees was from a rural community in the<br />
Brazilian Amazon. Marajo Island is the largest fresh<br />
water island in the world, and for years the 200,000<br />
people who live there have worked in the fishing<br />
industry during the dry season, when the river is full of<br />
fish. But during the rainy season the fish disappear. That<br />
is also the time when the Andiroba trees deposit their<br />
seeds. These seeds are carried by the rivers and many<br />
end up on the beaches of Marajo. For years the<br />
fishermen from Marajo have considered these seeds a<br />
problem but a Brazilian company saw an opportunity to<br />
make money out of them. In 2004, this company<br />
organized a cooperative to collect the seeds and extract<br />
their oil for the cosmetics industry. Life on the island has<br />
47
improved for many families since 2004. This project has<br />
made a huge difference for the families of the 1,000<br />
people working in the business. - (Based on:<br />
www.theworldchallenge.co.uk. 03/11/2010.)<br />
engineering at the University of Illinois at Urbana-<br />
Champaign, a lead author of the study, published in the<br />
journal Science. - (www.independent.co.uk. Adaptado.)<br />
4. In “These include, for example, projects that have<br />
helped farmers in Peru”, the underlined word refers to<br />
a) slums.<br />
b) people.<br />
c) nominations.<br />
d) communities.<br />
5. In the excerpt of the fourth paragraph – This is a way<br />
to truly integrate them. – the word this refers to<br />
a) two different worlds.<br />
b) electronics.<br />
c) biology.<br />
d) control a voice activated device.<br />
e) blurring of electronics and biology.<br />
How computers will soon get under our skin<br />
48<br />
By Steve Connor, Science Editor<br />
12 August 2011<br />
It may soon be possible (…)<br />
The “epidermal electronic system” relies on a highly<br />
flexible electrical circuit composed of snake-like<br />
conducting channels that can (…)<br />
A simple stick-on circuit can monitor a person’s heart<br />
rate and muscle movements as well as conventional<br />
medical monitors, but with the benefit of being<br />
weightless and almost completely undetectable.<br />
Scientists said it may also be possible to build a circuit<br />
for detecting throat movements around the larynx in<br />
order to transmit the information wirelessly as a way of<br />
recording a person’s speech, even if they are not making<br />
any discernible sounds.<br />
Tests have already shown that such a system can be used<br />
to control a voice-activated computer game, and one<br />
suggestion is that a stick-on voicebox circuit could be<br />
used in covert police operations where it might be too<br />
dangerous to speak into a radio transmitter. “The<br />
blurring of electronics and biology is really the key point<br />
here,” said Yonggang Huang, professor of engineering at<br />
Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois. “All<br />
established forms of electronics are hard, rigid. Biology<br />
is soft, elastic. It’s two different worlds. This is a way to<br />
truly integrate them.”<br />
Engineers have built test circuits mounted on a thin,<br />
rubbery substrate that adheres to the skin. The circuits<br />
have included sensors, light-emitting diodes, transistors,<br />
radio frequency capacitors, wireless antennas,<br />
conductive coils and solar cells. “We threw everything in<br />
our bag of tricks on to that platform, and then added a<br />
few other new ideas on top of those, to show that we<br />
could make it work,” said John Rogers, professor of<br />
PSYCHOLOGY OF MONEY<br />
Want Happiness? Don’t Buy More Stuff — Go on<br />
Vacation. When it comes to spending money on things or<br />
experiences, the research is clear: doing brings more<br />
happiness than owning.<br />
By Gary Belsky & Tom Gilovich | July 21, 2011<br />
Given that it’s vacation season for many folks, we<br />
thought it a good time to devote this Mind Over Money<br />
post to a brief discussion of what personal finance is<br />
ultimately all about. Some people, of course, really enjoy<br />
counting their money, deriving great satisfaction simply<br />
from watching their bottom line grow, often quite<br />
removed from any thought of what they might do with<br />
their riches. But for most of us, money is just a token for<br />
what we can do with it — pay the mortgage or rent, send<br />
kids to college, buy a TV or travel to Italy. And for<br />
nearly all of us, money is finite; there isn’t enough to do<br />
all we want, so we must be selective. That raises a<br />
crucial question: if we want to maximize the happiness<br />
or satisfaction we get from our money, how should we<br />
spend it?<br />
6. No primeiro parágrafo do texto, o pronome<br />
demonstrativo this empregado em — this Mind Over<br />
Money post — refere-se a<br />
a) post.<br />
b) mind.<br />
c) money.<br />
d) vacation.<br />
e) discussion.
NOT SO PERFECT AFTER ALL<br />
For the past four decades or so, Botswana has been<br />
Africa’s golden boy. The former British possession has<br />
grown as fast as almost any country in the world. It has<br />
built an enviable reputation for good governance and<br />
political stability. It has a decent record on civil liberties<br />
and a relatively free press. Once one of the world´s<br />
poorest countries, it now ranks among the richer middleincome<br />
ones. A lot has to do with the discovery of<br />
diamonds, of which it is the world´s biggest producer,<br />
soon after independence in 1996. But unlike many other<br />
mineral-rich countries, it has invested wisely. It has been<br />
ranked as Africa’s least corrupt country.<br />
But for the past two months it has been shaken by its first<br />
nationwide public-sector strike. Botswana´s 2m people,<br />
generally a deferential lot, were shocked when their<br />
normally unarmed police used tear-gas and rubber<br />
bullets to disperse rioting secondary-school pupils after<br />
they went on the rampage in April. The government<br />
closed all state schools, though they have since reopened.<br />
The affair started as an ordinary pay dispute. Permitted<br />
for the first time to join trade unions under a new law,<br />
the country’s 120,000 public-sector workers promptly<br />
demanded a 16% pay rise after a three-year wage freeze.<br />
The government, pleading poverty following a slump in<br />
the diamond market during the global recession, offered<br />
just 5% conditional on future economic growth. Eager to<br />
flex their muscles, the newly formed unions stood their<br />
ground. But the government, the country´s biggest<br />
employer, accounting for 40% of formal jobs, also<br />
refused to budge.<br />
On April 18th the unions called an all-out strike claiming<br />
that 80% responded. Even at its peak, says the<br />
government, no more than half of its employees walked<br />
out, leaving most ministries and services operating more<br />
or less normally. But the government has dealt with the<br />
dispute with a heavy hand, firing 1,400 striking health<br />
workers, including some 50 doctors, claiming they were<br />
providing an “essential service” and as such were banned<br />
under the constitution from striking. Worn down by<br />
almost two months without pay, the unions have agreed<br />
to accept the government´s revised unconditional 3%<br />
offer, provided all sacked workers are reinstated. This<br />
the government is refusing to do. - The Economist, 11-<br />
06-11.<br />
7. In the last sentence of the 4 th paragraph, “This” in<br />
“This the government is refusing to do” most likely<br />
refers to the act of<br />
a) authorizing a 16% pay increase for Botswana’s<br />
public-sector workers.<br />
b) increasing the number of workers in the public<br />
sector.<br />
c) giving certain public-sector workers their jobs back.<br />
d) offering a wage increase of more than 3% to<br />
Botswana’s 120,000 public-sector workers.<br />
e) paying the public-sector workers for the time that<br />
they were on strike.<br />
As we all know, electricity is a fundamental need. On a<br />
daily basis, we consume electricity even without us<br />
knowing it. Just a simple task such as listening to your<br />
music player consumes electricity. Today, most of our<br />
electric generators and power plants are fed with fossil<br />
fuels such as petroleum and coal. However, due to the<br />
exponential increase of power demand, fossil fuel<br />
supplies are slowly being depleted. Not only that, but<br />
also burning fossil fuels has given off greenhouse gases<br />
and other unwanted byproducts. Because of this, the<br />
search for alternative energy sources is now a necessity.<br />
One of the most promising alternative energy sources<br />
today is Wind Powered Generators. So, what is a windpowered<br />
generator? Basically it is the use of wind as a<br />
mechanical force needed to power an electric generator.<br />
Utilizing wind as an energy source is not exactly a new<br />
idea. The ancient Persians were the first to use wind to<br />
pump water, cut wood, and grind food and others by<br />
building windmills. Even today you can find windmills<br />
still being used on some farms. It was the use of wind as<br />
an electric source that came into existence much later.<br />
The first practical wind powered generators were built in<br />
1970, but yet we rarely see them in widespread use<br />
today, why? Let’s look at the advantages and<br />
disadvantages of the wind powered generator. Disponível em:<br />
http://mysolarcellhome.org/articles/pros-and-cons-of-wind-powered-generators.<br />
8. All the statements below, with the exception of one,<br />
make use of "that" as a relative pronoun or a conjunction.<br />
Select THE EXCEPTION.<br />
a) The major disadvantage of wind powered generators<br />
is that wind power varies greatly from one place to<br />
another and from day to day and season to season.<br />
b) Another advantage is that it can be implemented<br />
using several small turbines connected together.<br />
49
50<br />
c) Sometimes wind may be strong enough to supply<br />
energy, but that strength cannot be maintained due<br />
to changes in weather patterns.<br />
d) Another disadvantage is that the structure of most<br />
practical wind powered generators is huge and<br />
bulky.<br />
e) Basically it is the use of wind as a mechanical force<br />
that is needed to power an electric generator.<br />
Moral Harassment<br />
What is moral harassment?<br />
Many researchers are now trying to define and<br />
understand psychological or moral harassment at work.<br />
Among these, we have retained a definition from a<br />
renowned expert in the field, French psychiatrist Marie-<br />
France Hirigoyen, here freely translated:<br />
"If a person or a group of individuals treats you in a<br />
manner that is hostile, whether through actions, words<br />
or in writing, and if those actions affect your dignity,<br />
your physical or psychological well-being, as well as<br />
causing a deterioration in your workplace or even<br />
jeopardizing your employment, you are the victim of<br />
psychological harassment."<br />
How to recognize moral harassment?<br />
According to German psychologist Dr. Heinz Leymann,<br />
the following are some of the effects and behaviours of<br />
moral harassment (for which he uses the term<br />
"mobbing"):<br />
Effects on the victim's possibilities to communicate<br />
(management gives you no possibility to communicate,<br />
you are silenced, verbal attack against you regarding<br />
work assignments, verbal threats, verbal activities in<br />
order to reject you, etc.)<br />
Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain social<br />
contacts (colleagues do not talk with you any longer or<br />
you are even forbidden by management to talk to them,<br />
you are isolated in a room far away from others, you are<br />
"sent to Coventry", etc.)<br />
Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain his<br />
personal reputation (gossiping about you, others<br />
ridicule you, others make fun about a handicap or your<br />
ethnic heritage, or your way of moving or talking, etc.)<br />
Effects on the victim's occupational situation (you are<br />
not given any work assignment at all, you are given<br />
meaningless work assignments, etc.)<br />
Effects on the victim's physical health (you are given<br />
dangerous work assignments, others threaten you<br />
physically or you are attacked physically, you are<br />
sexually harassed in an active way, etc.)<br />
What are the consequences of moral harassment at<br />
work?<br />
On The Victim And Witnesses<br />
Moral harassment can lead to an untimely end to a<br />
career. The following example shows how such a course<br />
of events can lead to an abrupt, premature departure:<br />
Emotional instability: anguish, discouragement,<br />
frustration, feelings of helplessness, a loss of selfesteem,<br />
of ambition, of motivation. Physical health problems:<br />
tiredness, headaches, lack of sleep, intestinal and other<br />
physical discomforts. Mental health problems:<br />
depression, professional burn-out, suicidal thoughts.<br />
Loss of credibility: reputation destroyed, victim’s<br />
professionalism questioned. Job loss: disability leave,<br />
resignation or dismissal. Incapacity to go back to<br />
regular work: abandoning the job market. Involuntary<br />
witnesses may feel uneasy, insecure and powerless. […]<br />
(Source: http://www.prevention-violence.com/en/int-111.asp)<br />
9. O termo these no texto refere-se:<br />
a) a assédio moral ou psicológico.<br />
b) às vítimas de assédio.<br />
c) aos pesquisadores do assunto.<br />
d) aos locais onde ocorrem assédio.<br />
e) aos praticantes de assédio.<br />
Up from the bottom of the pile<br />
Something rather exciting is happening in Latin America<br />
Aug 16th 2007<br />
Much of the news coming out of Latin America<br />
in recent years has been of radical populists proclaiming<br />
"revolution" or, as Venezuela's Hugo Chávez would have<br />
it, "21st century socialism". In their widely propagated<br />
caricature, a tiny white elite in Latin America oppresses<br />
an indigenous majority whose poverty has been<br />
exacerbated by the free-market reforms imposed by the<br />
IMF and the United States.<br />
So it might be hard to believe that in many<br />
countries in the region, and especially in Brazil and<br />
Mexico, Latin America's two giants, things are in fact<br />
going better today than they have done since the mid-<br />
1970s. The region is in its fourth successive year of<br />
economic growth averaging a steady 5%. In most places
inflation is in low single digits. And for the first time in<br />
memory, growth has gone hand-in-hand with a currentaccount<br />
surplus, holding out hope that it will not be<br />
scotched by a habitual Latin American balance-ofpayments<br />
crunch.<br />
What is more, financial stability and faster<br />
growth are starting to transform social conditions with<br />
astonishing speed. The number of people living in<br />
poverty is falling, not only because of growth but also<br />
thanks to the social policies of reforming democratic<br />
governments. The incomes of the poor are rising faster<br />
than those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality<br />
is at its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico.<br />
In both these countries a new lower-middle<br />
class is emerging from poverty. Low inflation, achieved<br />
through more disciplined public finances and trade<br />
liberalisation, has brought falling interest rates. Credit<br />
has at last returned. So these new consumers are buying<br />
cars and DVD players or taking out mortgages. No<br />
wonder Latin Americans are in an optimistic mood:<br />
earlier this year a poll by the Pew Global Attitudes<br />
Project found a greater increase in personal satisfaction<br />
in Brazil and Mexico over the past five years than in any<br />
of the other 45 countries it surveyed.<br />
(www.economist.com/PrinterFriendly.cfm?story_id=9653053. Adaptado.)<br />
10. In the following excerpt of the third paragraph of<br />
the text - "The incomes of the poor are rising faster than<br />
those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality is at<br />
its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico" - the<br />
word "those" refers to<br />
a) the poor.<br />
b) the rich.<br />
c) the incomes.<br />
d) rising faster.<br />
e) Brazil and Mexico.<br />
TEENS LIFE QUALITY AFFECTED BY A LACK OF<br />
SLEEP<br />
According to a new 2 survey of teenagers across the U.S.,<br />
many of them are losing out on quality of life because of<br />
a lack of sleep.<br />
The poll by the National Sleep Foundation<br />
(NSF) found that as consequence of insufficient sleep,<br />
teens are falling asleep in class, lack the energy to<br />
exercise, feel depressed and are driving while feeling<br />
3 drowsy.<br />
The 1 poll results support previous studies by<br />
Brown Medical School, and Lifespan affiliates Bradley<br />
Hospital and Hasbro Children's Hospital, which found<br />
that adolescents are not getting enough sleep, and<br />
suggest that 13 this can lead to a number of physical and<br />
emotional impairments.<br />
Mary A. Carskadon, PhD, with Bradley<br />
Hospital and Brown Medical School, 6 chaired the<br />
National Sleep Foundation poll taskforce and has been a<br />
leading authority on teen sleep for more than a decade.<br />
Carskadon, director of the Bradley Hospital<br />
Sleep and Chronobiology Sleep Laboratory and a<br />
professor of psychiatry and human behavior at Brown<br />
Medical School, says the old adage 12 'early to bed, early<br />
to rise' presents a real 4 challenge for adolescents.<br />
Her research on adolescent circadian rhythms<br />
indicates that the internal clocks of adolescents undergo<br />
maturational changes making them different from 14 those<br />
of children or adults.<br />
But teens must still meet the demands of earlier<br />
school start times that make it nearly impossible for them<br />
to get enough sleep.<br />
Carskadon's work has been instrumental in<br />
influencing school start times across the country.<br />
Carskadon's newest finding indicates that, in<br />
addition to the changes in their internal clocks,<br />
adolescents experience slower sleep pressure, which may<br />
contribute to an overall shift in teen sleep cycles to later<br />
hours.<br />
Judy Owens, MD, a national authority on<br />
children and sleep, is the director of the pediatric sleep<br />
disorders center at Hasbro Children's Hospital and an<br />
associate professor of pediatrics at Brown Medical<br />
School, and says the results are especially important in<br />
light of the fact that 90% of the parents polled 7 believed<br />
that their adolescents were getting enough sleep during<br />
the week.<br />
She says the message to parents is that teens are<br />
8 tired; but parents can help by eliminating sleep stealers<br />
such as 9 caffeinated drinks and TV or computers in the<br />
teen's bedroom, as well as enforcing reasonable bed<br />
times.<br />
A major, report last year by Carskadon, Owens,<br />
and Richard Millman, MD, professor of medicine at<br />
Brown Medical School, indicated that adolescents 10 aged<br />
13 to 22 need 9 to 10 hours of sleep each night.<br />
51
52<br />
According to the National Center on Sleep<br />
Disorders Research at the National Institutes of Health,<br />
school-age children and teenagers should get at least 9<br />
hours of sleep a day.<br />
Other studies have also shown that young<br />
people between 16 and 29 years of age were the most<br />
likely to be involved in 5 crashes caused by the driver<br />
falling asleep.<br />
The NIH also says without enough sleep, a<br />
person has trouble focusing and responding quickly and<br />
there is growing evidence linking a chronic lack of sleep<br />
with an 11 increased risk of obesity, diabetes, heart<br />
disease and infections. http://www.news-medical.net/?id=16969 -<br />
03/7/06.<br />
11. Os vocábulos "this" (ref. 13) e "those" (ref. 14)<br />
referem-se, respectivamente,<br />
a) aos problemas físicos dos adolescentes - ao fato de<br />
que crianças são diferentes de adolescentes.<br />
b) à sugestão dos pesquisadores - ao ritmo circadiano<br />
de adolescentes.<br />
c) a que adolescentes não estão dormindo<br />
suficientemente - aos "relógios" internos de crianças<br />
ou adultos.<br />
d) ao estudo feito previamente sobre o sono - às<br />
circunstâncias da pesquisa.<br />
e) à qualidade de vida dos adolescentes - às mudanças<br />
experimentadas por crianças e adultos.<br />
FORCE OF NATURE<br />
"It seems like a hippie entrepreneur's dream<br />
come true: an ecostore with cash registers powered by<br />
rooftop Wind turbines, skylights instead of light bulbs<br />
and photovoltaic solar cells on the roof to help power the<br />
bakery's oven. It's so environmentally friendly that even<br />
the toilet water is collected from raindrops outside. 2 Only<br />
this is not some pipe dream of a fringe activist. The<br />
vision comes from Tesco, the world's third largest<br />
retailer. Tesco is pumping £100 million into<br />
environmental technologies to reduce the amount of<br />
energy they use by 50 percent, compared with 2000<br />
levels, by 2010. 3<br />
In addition to building 80 new<br />
ecostores across Britain over the next year - the greenest<br />
of which will be constructed of recycled materials and<br />
will burn food waste for electricity - they're also making<br />
small changes that could have big effects. They're paying<br />
customers not to use plastic bags, which they expect will<br />
cut consumption by 25 percent in two years.<br />
Tesco is not the only commercial firm that has<br />
taken an interest in saving the planet, and making a<br />
killing 4 besides. Renewable Energy Corp., a Norwegian<br />
solar-energy company, had the world's largest-ever<br />
renewable energy IPO in May. It was 15 times<br />
oversubscribed and raised more than $1 billion, valuing<br />
REC at nearly $7 billion. You wouldn't mistake REC's<br />
CEO Erik Thorsen for a New Age Joni Mitchell. "I don't<br />
have anything against helping the environment," says<br />
Thorsen. 5 "But the main driver for us is profit."<br />
Something weird is happening in the once<br />
marginal world of environmentalism. The green cause is<br />
no longer the preserve of woolly-minded liberals and<br />
fringe activists. Its tenets are being actively pursued by<br />
business leaders, stockholders and investment managers.<br />
In the popular mind-set, natural disasters 1 such as New<br />
Orleans's Hurricane Katrina, floods in Eastern Europe<br />
and swirling desert sands in Beijing are now linked to a<br />
change in climate that threatens our way of life and our<br />
grandchildren's future. Europe's second record-breaking<br />
heat wave in three years - with the hottest July in U.K.<br />
history and more than 40 dead in France and Spain 6 - has<br />
only cemented this relationship. Environmental concerns<br />
have grown so widespread that no politician can ignore<br />
them. (Adapted from Newsweek, August 14, 2006)<br />
12. The word "THIS" in "- has only cemented THIS<br />
relationship" (ref. 6), refers to<br />
a) 40 dead in France and Spain.<br />
b) the hottest July in U.K. history.<br />
c) natural disasters and climate changes.<br />
d) politicians and our future generations.<br />
e) the heat wave and floods in Europe.<br />
THE VANISHING ART OF BRAZIL'S INDIANS<br />
By Alan Riding - The New York Times. Saturday April 30, 2005<br />
PARIS - Long before Jean-Jacques Rousseau idealized<br />
the "noble savage" in the late 18th century, the Brazilian<br />
Indian was entrenched in the French imagination. As<br />
early as 1505, just five years after the Portuguese<br />
discovered Brazil, the first Indian was brought to France.<br />
Then, in 1550, 50 Indians were imported to people a<br />
reconstructed Indian village in Normandy as a curiosity<br />
to entertain the royal court.<br />
But for French thinkers, the Indians also displayed<br />
unique qualities, notably the innocence of their<br />
nakedness, their generosity, their indifference to
possessions and, yes, their cleanliness. And this led first<br />
Montaigne and later Montesquieu, Diderot and Rousseau<br />
to meditate afresh on the human condition. Then, in the<br />
mid-20th century, another Frenchman, Claude Lévi-<br />
Strauss, helped found modern anthropology through<br />
research carried out among Brazilian Indians.<br />
Now, in a sense, the Indians have returned to France, in a<br />
new exhibition called "Indian Brazil: The Arts of the<br />
Amerindians of Brazil". The show, which has been<br />
drawing crowds to the Grand Palais in Paris, runs<br />
through June 27 and also includes objects collected by<br />
Lévi-Strauss in the 1930s. It is the centerpiece of a lively<br />
program of Brazilian art, music, dance and movies called<br />
Year of Brazil in France.<br />
Still, compared with displaying, say, Mayan treasures,<br />
this is not an easy show to present. In 1500, Brazil's<br />
Indians were Stone Age hunters and fishermen living in<br />
small villages and never constituting what might be<br />
termed a civilization. They were certainly exotic, but<br />
they displayed no obvious wealth.<br />
As it happens, in recent decades, archaeologists have<br />
found evidence of more settled communities near the<br />
mouth of the Amazon, some dating back 12,000 years.<br />
Ceramic works, some 1,000 years old, have also been<br />
excavated. Thus, "Indian Brazil" opens with a surprising<br />
collection of pre-Columbian urns: some large vases<br />
decorated with abstract designs, several resembling<br />
human figures, others evoking real or imagined animals.<br />
The rest of this exhibition reflects a culture still alive,<br />
with objects distant from us in spirit, but not in time. Yet,<br />
just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers, and<br />
animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this<br />
culture. The ancient stone sculptures of Mesoamerica<br />
will be around for centuries; the arts of Brazil's Indians<br />
may not.<br />
13. Releia o último parágrafo do texto e com base na<br />
seguinte frase, responda à questão:<br />
"Yet, just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers,<br />
and animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this<br />
culture".<br />
A palavra THOSE refere-se a<br />
a) exhibition.<br />
b) ancient stone sculptures.<br />
c) wood, bark, reeds, feathers and animal skins.<br />
d) objects.<br />
e) culture.<br />
Cause and Effect: Acne, a Visible Outbreak of Stress<br />
By Eric Nagourney<br />
Acne has long been known to cause stress. Now, a new<br />
study offers evidence that has long been suspected - that<br />
stress causes acne - may also be true.<br />
Researchers at Stanford put the question to the test by<br />
examining students with acne problems on two<br />
occasions: once during a relatively stress-free time and<br />
again during an exam period. They also administered<br />
standardized questionnaires intended to assess stress<br />
levels. The researchers, whose report appears in The<br />
Archives of Dermatology, found that "changes in acne<br />
severity correlate highly with increasing stress."<br />
For people who use acne medicine, the lesson may be to<br />
pay close attention to what is going on in their lives, said<br />
the senior researcher, Dr. Alexa B. Kimball. "If they<br />
know that a stressful time is coming up," Dr. Kimball<br />
said, "that's an important time to be particularly<br />
compliant with their medicine." Doctors treating acne<br />
patients may also want to take stressful conditions into<br />
account in deciding when to time a change in<br />
prescription, she said. The findings are based on a study<br />
of 22 students - 15 men and 7 women - with serious acne<br />
problems. Acne affects 85 percent of the population at<br />
some point in life. Why stress may cause the skin to<br />
erupt is unclear. Some research suggests that it may<br />
provoke a greater release of hormones associated with<br />
acne. The researchers also looked at whether changes in<br />
peoples' daily lives - in sleep, for example, or eating<br />
habits - played a role. Even when these were factored<br />
out, the study said, the students' acne became worse. The<br />
role of stress in acne should not be surprising, Dr.<br />
Kimball said. She noted that some patients responded<br />
well to biofeedback, which is intended to reduce stress.<br />
Stress has also been linked to numerous other medical<br />
problems and has been shown to affect wound healing.<br />
The New York Times. nytimes.com. August 5, 2003<br />
14. In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, Even<br />
when these were factored out, the study said, the<br />
students' acne became worse., the word these refers to<br />
a) changes in people's lives.<br />
b) eating habits.<br />
c) the researchers.<br />
d) hormones associated with acne.<br />
e) the students who participated of the study.<br />
53
The New York Times on the web<br />
The Rush to Enhancement: Medicine Isn't Just for the<br />
Sick Anymore<br />
By Sherwin B. Nuland<br />
Until the mid-1960s, medical research was<br />
primarily driven by the desire to solve the problems of<br />
sick people. Although Aristotle was what might be<br />
termed today a pure laboratory investigator, with no<br />
thought of the clinical usefulness of his findings, the vast<br />
majority of those physicians later influenced by his<br />
contributions to biology were trying to solve the<br />
mysteries of human anatomy and physiology for the<br />
distinct purpose of combating sickness. The discovery of<br />
blood circulation in the 17th century, the elucidation of<br />
the anatomical effects of disease in the 18th, the<br />
introduction of antisepsis and anesthesia in the 19th, the<br />
development of antibiotics and cardiac and transplant<br />
surgery in the 20th- all of these were the direct results of<br />
physicians and others having recognized a specific group<br />
of challenges that stood in the way of making sick people<br />
better. Armed with knowledge of the disease processes,<br />
they entered their laboratories to address specific clinical<br />
issues. Their goal was improving the lot of actual<br />
patients, often their own.<br />
The rise of molecular biology since the late<br />
1950s has had the gradual and quite unforeseen effect of<br />
turning the eyes of medical scientists increasingly toward<br />
the basic mechanisms of life, rather than disease and<br />
death. Of course, this has always been the orientation of<br />
all non-medical biologists, studying growth,<br />
reproduction, nutrition or any of the other characteristics<br />
shared by all living things.<br />
But now the boundaries have become blurred,<br />
between research that will alter the approach to disease<br />
and research that will alter the approach to life itself.<br />
While until very recently the bedside usually determined<br />
what was done in the medical research laboratory, the<br />
findings coming out of the laboratory nowadays are just<br />
as likely to tell the clinician what he can do at the<br />
bedside. The tail often wags the dog. In fact, the tail is<br />
becoming the dog.<br />
(Texto condensado e adaptado. Encontra-se na íntegra no endereço http://<br />
nytimes.com / library / review / 051098medicine-review.html)<br />
15. Na frase do segundo parágrafo, "Of course, this has<br />
always been the orientation of all non-medical<br />
biologists...", a palavra "this" refere-se a<br />
a) research in molecular biology.<br />
b) gradual and unforeseen effect.<br />
c) medical scientists.<br />
d) study of basic mechanisms of life.<br />
e) study of disease and death.<br />
After six months of bathing and washing my<br />
clothes in the little creek winding around camp, the time<br />
had come for me to leave the Amazon jungle. As my<br />
plane headed toward the runway, I thought of the<br />
interminable and ever-changing sounds of the forest, of<br />
the strong rains heard arriving miles away; of the howler<br />
monkeys, whose calls could so easily be confused with<br />
strong winds; of the powerful singing of the "forest<br />
captain" birds, and of the buzz and whir of the millions<br />
of insects. But most of all, I thought of the vast areas of<br />
virgin forest that now were wasteland.<br />
I had just participated in a project that was to<br />
determine the minimum size of forest fragment<br />
necessary to save native species of animals and plants<br />
from extinction. With this information, scientists could<br />
then work to form preservation areas in the forest<br />
fragments left behind by cattle ranchers who, until some<br />
years ago, had received subsidies from the government<br />
to "develop" the Amazon region. Today most of these<br />
ranches are abandoned: scrub grass and ruined houses<br />
remain as a sorry reminder of a wrongheaded<br />
governmental policy.<br />
According to the Brazilian government,<br />
Amazonia contains 185,000 km 2 of deforested and<br />
abandoned land. Yet the government still has not learned<br />
that deforested land in the Amazon region is largely<br />
unsuitable for agriculture, and according to the World<br />
Wildlife Fund for Nature (WWF), during the last 6 years<br />
the government's agrarian reform program has authorized<br />
the clearing of 23,000 km 2 of native forest. The country<br />
(and its ecosystem) could have been better served by<br />
giving landless peasants title to some of the countless<br />
hectares of unproductive farmland around the country.<br />
The "Biological Dynamics of Forest Fragments"<br />
project, in which I took part, was until 1989 called the<br />
"Minimum Critical size of Ecosystems". It was initiated<br />
by ecologist Dr. Thomas Lovejoy in 1979 and was<br />
originally funded by the WWF in partnership with<br />
Brazil's National Institute for Research in the Amazon<br />
(INPA).<br />
(FROM Speak Up, February 2000)<br />
54
16. The word THIS in "with this information scientists<br />
could then work" refers to the<br />
a) utilization of many valuable native species<br />
b) necessity of urgently saving birds from extinction<br />
c) size of the forest needed for wildlife reserves<br />
d) destruction of thousands of native species<br />
Chemistry of a killer: Is it in brain?<br />
By Anita Manning<br />
USA TODAY<br />
1 What makes one out-of-control teen-ager grow<br />
up to live a normal life while another turns to murder?<br />
2 A growing body of research suggests the answer<br />
may lie in a part of the brain that controls planning,<br />
reasoning and impulse control. Studies are revealing<br />
physiological differences between the brains of normal<br />
people and those of people who kill.<br />
3 "There is clearly a biological predisposition to<br />
violence," says psychologist Adrian Raine of the<br />
University of Southern California."We know there are<br />
murderers who don't have the usual signs - a history of<br />
child, abuse, poverty, domestic violence, broken homes -<br />
1 and yet they commit violence. Research suggests the<br />
cause 2 may lie internally, in terms of abnormal biological<br />
functioning."<br />
4 Raine led studies comparing the brains of 41<br />
murderers with 3 those of 41 nonviolent people matched<br />
by age and gender. He found that "murderers have<br />
poorer functioning of the prefrontal cortex, the part of<br />
the brain that sits above eyes, behind the forehead. It's a<br />
part of the brain that controls regulating behaviors - the<br />
part that says 'wait a minute.' "<br />
5 In another study, Raine divided the murderes<br />
into two groups: 4 those from healthy, stable family<br />
backgrounds and those from abusive, dysfunctional<br />
homes. "It's the murderers from the good home<br />
environment who have the poorest brain functioning," he<br />
says. (USA TODAY, April 29, 1999. 2A.)<br />
17. Os pronomes "those" (ref.3) e "those" (ref.4)<br />
referem-se, respectivamente, a<br />
a) people - murderers.<br />
b) brains - studies.<br />
c) people - studies.<br />
d) murderers - people.<br />
e) brains - murderers.<br />
55
CAPÍTULO VII - PRONOMES RELATIVOS<br />
Os Pronomes Relativos são usados em inglês para empregar who em vez de whom.<br />
relacionar uma oração com outra, dando um sentido<br />
Significado: Que<br />
único a duas orações distintas.<br />
1 - Um pronome relativo é usado para iniciar a descrição<br />
de um substantivo. (Esta discrição é chamada de Omissão: Se for complemento<br />
adjective clause ou uma relative clause.)<br />
Antecedente: Pessoa<br />
The lady who made your dress is waiting outside. (O<br />
substantivo/sujeito é The Lady. Pronome relativo é Who.<br />
Adjective clause que identifica o substantivo/sujeito.)<br />
E.g.<br />
I saw the dog which ate the cake. (O substantivo a ser<br />
identificado é o cão.)<br />
Where is the man who found the map ?<br />
Sua escolha do pronome relativo é determinada pelo fato<br />
de ele se referir a uma pessoa ou uma coisa..<br />
2 - Os pronomes relativos podem exercer a função de<br />
sujeito ou objeto do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que<br />
quando o pronome relativo for seguido por um verbo, ele<br />
exrce função de sujeito. Caso o pronome relativo for<br />
seguido por um substantivo ou pronome, ele exerce<br />
função de objeto.<br />
- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />
exercer a função de sujeito do verbo, usa-se who ou that.<br />
The boy who / that arrived is blond. (O menino que<br />
EXERCISES: Who<br />
chegou é loiro.)<br />
(…)<br />
- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome<br />
relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who,<br />
whom, that ou pode-se omitir (Zero Clause) o pronome<br />
relativo. Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando<br />
o relativo exercer função de objeto.<br />
Pronomes Relativos:<br />
1 - WHO<br />
Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />
exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,<br />
that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo. Contudo,<br />
essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo exercer<br />
função de objeto.<br />
Lembre-se de que na linguagem informal pode-se<br />
56<br />
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />
The student who saw the accident is here.<br />
Peter is the psychologist who she told you about.<br />
Nos exemplos A&B, o pronome relativo aparece<br />
antecedendo os verbos (see - find), exercendo assim, a<br />
função de sujeito destes verbos. Não podendo ser<br />
omitidos da frase. Porém, no exemplo C, o verbo TELL<br />
tem o seu próprio sujeito (she), o que indica que o<br />
pronome relativo funciona como objeto deste verbo.<br />
Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem alterar seu<br />
significado<br />
Baron opines that reports on the "obesity<br />
epidemic" or Avian Flu are valid stories but often don't<br />
include information that will help viewers live healthier<br />
lifestyles. "There needs to be information about nutrition,<br />
weight management, smoking cessation, exercise,<br />
lowering blood pressure and cholesterol, and preventing<br />
and screening cancer and heart disease", he says.<br />
Luckily, there are plenty of trusted sources for<br />
medical news and information that can be just as<br />
convenient as the 10 p.m. newscast. Two Web sites to<br />
check out are that of the American Academy of Family<br />
Physicians at www.familydoctor.org, and WebMD. But<br />
he stresses that all medical conditions should be properly<br />
assessed by an actual doctor.<br />
"More than anything, I believe that people need<br />
to have a good relationship with a primary care physician
whom they trust, who takes the time to answer questions,<br />
and who cares enough to stay informed", he says.<br />
(www.forbes.com/2006/07/26/questionablehealthnews_cx_sy_0727htow_print.html)<br />
1. No trecho do último parágrafo do texto "...and who<br />
cares enough to stay informed,..." a palavra WHO referese<br />
a) ao Dr. Baron.<br />
b) às pessoas.<br />
c) ao médico.<br />
d) aos telespectadores.<br />
e) ao físico.<br />
English as an international language<br />
About one hundred years ago many educated people<br />
4learned and spoke French when they 5met people from<br />
other countries. Today most people speak English when<br />
they meet foreigners. It has become the new international<br />
language. There are more people who speak English as a<br />
second language than people who speak English as a first<br />
language. Why is this?<br />
There are many reasons why English has become so<br />
popular. One of them is that English has become the<br />
language of business. Another important reason is that<br />
popular American culture (like movies, music, and<br />
McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It<br />
has 6brought its language with it.<br />
Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world<br />
so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a<br />
language that the people of the earth have in common.<br />
Our world has become very global and we need to<br />
communicate with one another. 2On the other hand,<br />
English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it<br />
brings 3its culture with it. Do we really need that?<br />
Scientists have already 7tried to create an artificial<br />
language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any<br />
one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't<br />
become popular. But maybe the popularity of English<br />
won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more<br />
people in the world 1who speak Chinese than any other<br />
language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new<br />
international language.<br />
www.5minuteenglish.com<br />
Accessed on June 19th<br />
2. The word “who” (ref. 1) refers to:<br />
a) world<br />
b) chinese<br />
c) language<br />
d) scientists<br />
e) people<br />
Fire at Antarctica station kills 2 Brazilian sailors<br />
Two Brazilian sailors died and one was injured Saturday<br />
after a fire broke out at a naval research station in<br />
Antarctica, authorities reported. The fire occurred at the<br />
Comandante Ferraz Station on King George Island, said<br />
Adm. Julio Soares de Moura Neto, commander of the<br />
Brazilian Navy. The three sailors were trying to<br />
extinguish a fire that broke out in the engine room of the<br />
facility. Brazilian military police are investigating the<br />
cause. The station is home to researchers who conduct<br />
studies on the effects of climate change in Antarctica and<br />
its implications on the planet, according to the Ministry<br />
of Science and Technology and Innovation. Researchers<br />
at the base also study marine life and the atmosphere.<br />
Adaptado de http://articles.cnn.com, consulta em 26/02/2012.<br />
3. In the sentence “The station is home to researchers<br />
who conduct studies...”, the word who refers to<br />
a) station.<br />
b) researchers.<br />
c) home.<br />
d) studies.<br />
e) Ministry of Science and Technology and Innovation.<br />
"Human Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with<br />
every aspect of the relationship between computers and<br />
people. The annual meeting of the British Computer<br />
Society's HCI group is recognized as one of the main<br />
venues for discussing recent trends and issues. A broad<br />
range of HCI related topics are covered, including user<br />
interface design, user modelling, tools, hypertext,<br />
CSCW, and programming. Both research and<br />
commercial perspectives are considered, making the<br />
event essential for all researchers, designers and<br />
manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments<br />
in HCI. "<br />
(Catálogo de Publicações da Oxford University Press, Engineering, April to<br />
June)<br />
57
4. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao referente do<br />
pronome relativo em destaque a seguir:<br />
Both research and commercial perspectives are<br />
considered, making the event essential for all<br />
researchers, designers and manufacturers WHO need to<br />
keep abreast of developments in HCI.<br />
a) research and commercial perspectives<br />
b) developments in HCI<br />
c) interface design, user modelling, tools,<br />
d) hypertext, CSCW, and programming<br />
e) recent trends and issues<br />
f) all researchers, designers and manufacturers<br />
2- WHICH<br />
Quando o antecedente for coisa/animal e o pronome<br />
relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se<br />
which, that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.<br />
Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo<br />
exercer função de objeto.<br />
Significado: Que<br />
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />
Omissão: Se for complemento<br />
Antecedente: Animal ou coisa<br />
E.g.<br />
Those are the dogs which came from Argentina.<br />
Did you see the new car which he bought last week ?<br />
No exemplo A, o pronome relativo aparece antecedendo<br />
ao verbo (COME), exercendo assim, a função de sujeito<br />
deste verbo. Não podendo ser omitido da frase. Porém,<br />
no exemplo B, o verbo (BUY) tem o seu próprio sujeito<br />
(he), o que indica que o pronome relativo funciona como<br />
objeto deste verbo. Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem<br />
alterar seu significado.<br />
58<br />
Which<br />
EXERCISES<br />
Will we ever… understand why music makes us feel<br />
good?<br />
19 April 2013<br />
Philip Ball<br />
No one knows why music has such a potent effect on our<br />
emotions. But thanks to some recent studies we have a<br />
few intriguing clues. Why do we like music? Like most<br />
good questions, this one works on many levels. We have<br />
answers on some levels, but not all.<br />
We like music because it makes us feel good. Why does<br />
it make us feel good? In 2001, neuroscientists Anne<br />
Blood and Robert Zatorre at McGill University in<br />
Montreal provided an answer. Using magnetic resonance<br />
imaging they showed that people listening to pleasurable<br />
music had activated brain regions called the limbic and<br />
paralimbic areas, which are connected to euphoric<br />
reward responses, like those we experience from sex,<br />
good food and addictive drugs. Those rewards come<br />
from a gush of a neurotransmitter called dopamine. As<br />
DJ Lee Haslam told us, music is the drug.<br />
(www.bbc.com. Adaptado.)<br />
5. No trecho do segundo parágrafo – which are<br />
connected to euphoric reward responses –, a palavra<br />
which refere-se a<br />
a) pleasurable music.<br />
b) sex, good food and addictive drugs.<br />
c) limbic and paralimbic areas.<br />
d) magnetic resonance imaging.
e) euphoric reward responses.<br />
TO BLOG OR NOT TO BLOG<br />
But last year the blog experienced a Cinderellalike<br />
transformation due to a young Iraqi architecture<br />
graduate writing under the pseudonym Salam Pax. His<br />
blog, "Where is Raed?", providing an eyewitness account<br />
of life in Baghdad during and after the final months of<br />
the Saddam regime, became extremely popular for a<br />
huge international audience. It finally gave the web log,<br />
according to Richard Clark, the editor of "Web User",<br />
the UK's best-selling internet magazine, the prominence<br />
it deserves. Salam Pax has created a precedent many<br />
people hope will be followed. But in reality, few blogs<br />
provide insight on global events. For many bloggers, the<br />
objective is simply to entertain.<br />
In the vast world of blogs - which now includes<br />
photoblogs for amateur photographers and moblogs,<br />
updated in real time with photos from mobile phones -<br />
Richard Clark's own personal favorites are chosen for<br />
their literary appeal. His regular reads include a cynical<br />
account of working life as a manager in a call centre, an<br />
Australian student's views on British culture and the<br />
difficulties of a British woman in Belgium with what she<br />
claims is an intensely annoying boyfriend. To find the<br />
blogs that amuse you, he recommends following the<br />
links on the page of a popular blog: most bloggers<br />
compulsively link to other blogs, but there are also lots<br />
of sites that list blogs according to popularity.<br />
(FROM: "Speak Up", April 2004. Adapted)<br />
5. The word WHICH in "which now includes..." (ref. 1)<br />
refers to<br />
a) real time photographers.<br />
b) photos from mobile phones.<br />
c) photoblogs for amateurs.<br />
d) the vast world of blogs.<br />
MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN<br />
ACCEPTABLE FACE<br />
by Maria Burke<br />
IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16<br />
IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based<br />
on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a<br />
team of American scientists has discovered that is<br />
possesses a property unique among such materials: it is<br />
easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.<br />
Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based<br />
on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend<br />
on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce<br />
the best results, all the particles must be made to point in<br />
the same direction, a process which is time-consuming<br />
and expensive.<br />
For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually<br />
made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,<br />
which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer<br />
Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and<br />
the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic<br />
properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend<br />
on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was<br />
true at magnetic fields of about 1<br />
tesla - similar to normal operating conditions - but not at<br />
very low fields. The researchers embedded particles of'<br />
the material, which also contains atoms of barium,<br />
copper and oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.<br />
Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver<br />
for industry. However, the synthesis of the new<br />
superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves<br />
mercury, a hazardous substance.<br />
Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal<br />
Physical Review B.<br />
6. O pronome relativo WHICH, destacado no texto,<br />
refere-se a:<br />
a) altas temperaturas<br />
b) propriedades<br />
c) supercondutores<br />
d) partículas<br />
e) ítrio e bismuto<br />
BRAZIL PRESIDENT: ETHANOL PRODUCTION<br />
BOOM WON'T HARM AMAZON<br />
(AP) Rio de Janeiro - Brazil's president said his<br />
nation's booming ethanol business won't hurt the<br />
Amazon rain forest, dismissing criticism that the<br />
alternative fuel could cause deforestation. Silva, referring<br />
to concerns raised during his European visit last week,<br />
said Monday that it is unjustified to think that increased<br />
production of sugar cane for ethanol could prompt more<br />
jungle clearing. He said that Amazon weather conditions<br />
aren't favorable for the sugar cane used to produce<br />
ethanol.<br />
59
While there are few sugarcane-ethanol<br />
plantations in the Amazon, environmentalists have<br />
voiced concerns that a global ethanol boom could<br />
accelerate rain forest destruction if trees are cleared to<br />
make room for crops. Some soy plantations in central<br />
Brazil are being transformed to sugarcane ethanol<br />
operations and environmentalists say that could lead soy<br />
farmers to move into the Amazon for their crop, which is<br />
also in high demand worldwide, particularly from China.<br />
Cuba's Fidel Castro and Venezuela's Hugo<br />
Chavez have irked Brazilians by arguing that ethanol<br />
production would cause hunger by shifting food crops to<br />
energy use - an allegation Silva denies. But they have not<br />
focused on environmental complaints.<br />
Brazilian ethanol makers produced 17 billion<br />
liters (4.5 billion gallons) last year, and exported 3.4<br />
billion liters (900 million gallons). Billions of dollars are<br />
pouring into the nation to increase production. Brazil is<br />
the world's N0. 1 sugar producer and exporter, and the<br />
leading exporter of ethanol made from sugarcane. It also<br />
is the world's second-largest ethanol producer, trailing<br />
the United States, and is ramping up production of<br />
soybean-based biodiesel.<br />
(www.iht.com/articles/ap/2007/07/10/business. Adaptado.)<br />
7. No trecho do segundo parágrafo do texto - "Some<br />
soy plantations in central Brazil are being transformed to<br />
sugarcane ethanol operations and environmentalists say<br />
that could lead soy farmers to move into the Amazon for<br />
their crop, which is also in high demand worldwide,<br />
particularly from China." - a palavra "which" refere-se<br />
a) ao etanol de cana.<br />
b) aos produtores de soja.<br />
c) à soja.<br />
d) à Amazônia.<br />
e) à China.<br />
3-THAT<br />
Observe que o pronome THAT pode ser usado tanto<br />
como substituto de WHO, WHICH ou WHOM em todos<br />
os exemplos vistos até agora.<br />
Embora, quando usarmos uma oração apositiva, ou o<br />
pronome preposicionado, o THAT não será usado.<br />
Significado: Que<br />
Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />
60<br />
Omissão: Se for complemento<br />
Antecedente: Pessoa, animal, coisa ou a mistura de tudo.<br />
E.g.<br />
The group that arrived this morning was from Argentina.<br />
Maria Luiza doesn’t know that his father is badly sick at<br />
Samu, does she ?<br />
Where is the pin number that I asked you to keep ?<br />
Definitely this is not the kind of result that I’d like to see.<br />
A PATCH FOR LOVE<br />
EXERCISES: That<br />
Hormone-delivering patches could help endangered<br />
animals breed<br />
1 For years, people have been able to wear<br />
patches (skin adhesives like band-aids) that help them<br />
quit smoking, prevent seasickness or replace hormones<br />
in their aging bodies. But now patches might help out<br />
when it comes to the birds and the bees - especially the<br />
birds. Rebecca L. Holberton, a biologist at the University<br />
of Mississippi, is developing a patch 1that can safely<br />
deliver hormones to encourage reproduction in<br />
endangered birds.<br />
2 Free of surgical complications that may affect<br />
other methods, the patch delivers hormones directly<br />
through the skin and is light and easy to make: it is<br />
derived from Band-Aids. The hormone is mixed with<br />
vegetable oil and added to the gauze. The completed<br />
patch is attached just under the wing; it falls off three to<br />
four days later.<br />
3 In 1975 the New Zealand Department of<br />
Conservation gathered kakapos from their habitats and<br />
transported them to islands that are now regulated for<br />
nonnative predators. In 1980, with the discovery of a<br />
female still alive, breeding efforts began. But 2regardless<br />
of all the booming, foghornlike calls of the males, the<br />
females are interested in food first, sex later. They care<br />
for their chicks alone and will often hold off breeding<br />
unless fruit is abundant. When the birds are too<br />
concerned about food to mate, the patch might change<br />
their attitude. "It could possibly be used whenever the<br />
food crop is bad," Holberton remarks.<br />
(From Scientific American, August 1999, p.14)
8. A palavra THAT (ref. 1) poderá ser substituída por:<br />
a) who.<br />
b) whose.<br />
c) which.<br />
d) whom.<br />
e) where.<br />
Research shows that sunscreens may not be as effective<br />
as hoped at preventing sunburn. Users may1 be spending<br />
long hours in the sun with a false sense of security, and<br />
though2 lotions may protect against sunburning UVB<br />
rays, it does little to block out the potentially more<br />
dangerous UVA rays. Another worry3 is the long-term<br />
effects of the chemicals contained in the suntan lotion<br />
themselves. To make spending time outdoors safer, a<br />
company called Frogskin, Inc., located in Scottsdale,<br />
Arizona, is marketing a line of clothing called 4Frogware<br />
that5, wet or dry, protects the user from the damaging<br />
effects of the sun more effectively than sunscreens.<br />
6"Our T-shirts give you the same amount of<br />
protection from the sun that a heavy sweat shirt would",<br />
says Jan Steinberg, president of Frogskin. "But who<br />
wants to wear a sweat shirt in the water?" A typical<br />
cotton T-shirt, for instance, has a sun protection factor<br />
(SPF) of 5; a Frogskin T-shirt has a SPF of 30.<br />
Frogwear, says the maker, blocks out 98.5% of all UVB<br />
rays and 97% of all UVA rays. The fabric, which is<br />
lighter than cotton but more durable, also helps keep you<br />
cool, by wicking perspiration away from the skin. 7In<br />
addition, Frogwear absorbs very little water when wet<br />
and dries quickly. Prices range8 from $ 18 for a hat to $<br />
50 for a sports jacket.<br />
Newsweek, September 18, 1994<br />
9. The word THAT (ref.:5) can be replaced with...<br />
a) what.<br />
b) whose.<br />
c) which.<br />
d) who.<br />
e) whichever.<br />
Why Bilinguals Are Smarter<br />
Speaking two languages 5rather than just one has<br />
obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized<br />
world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show<br />
that 10the advantages of bilingualism are even more<br />
fundamental than being able to converse with 11a wider<br />
range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you<br />
smarter. It can have a profound effect on your brain,<br />
improving cognitive skills not related to language and<br />
even protecting from dementia in old age.<br />
This view of bilingualism is 1remarkably different from<br />
12the understanding of bilingualism through much of the<br />
20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers<br />
long considered a second language to be an interference,<br />
cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic<br />
and intellectual development. They were not wrong<br />
about the interference: there is ample evidence that in a<br />
bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even<br />
when he is using only one language, thus creating<br />
situations in which one system obstructs the other. But<br />
this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so<br />
much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the<br />
brain to resolve internal conflict, giving the mind a<br />
workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.<br />
Bilinguals, 2for instance, seem to be more adept than<br />
monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles.<br />
In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and<br />
Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual<br />
preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red<br />
squares presented on a computer screen into two digital<br />
bins — one marked with a blue square and the other<br />
marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children<br />
had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the<br />
bin marked with the blue square and red squares in the<br />
bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with<br />
comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort<br />
by shape, which was more challenging because it<br />
required placing the images in a bin marked with a<br />
conflicting color. 13The bilinguals were quicker at<br />
performing this task.<br />
6The collective evidence from a number of such studies<br />
suggests that the bilingual experience improves the<br />
brain’s 3so-called executive function — a command<br />
system that directs the attention processes that we use for<br />
planning, solving problems and performing various other<br />
mentally demanding tasks. These processes include<br />
ignoring distractions to stay focused, switching attention<br />
willfully from one thing to another and holding<br />
information in mind — like remembering a sequence of<br />
directions while driving.<br />
14Why does the fight between two simultaneously active<br />
language systems improve these aspects of cognition?<br />
Until recently, researchers thought 7the bilingual<br />
advantage was centered primarily in an ability for<br />
61
inhibition that was improved by the exercise of<br />
suppressing one language system: this suppression, it<br />
was thought, would help train the bilingual mind to<br />
ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation<br />
increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have<br />
shown that bilinguals perform better than monolinguals<br />
4even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like<br />
threading a line through an ascending series of numbers<br />
scattered randomly on a page.<br />
The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain<br />
from infancy to old age (and 8there is reason to believe<br />
that it may also apply to those who learn a second<br />
language later in life).<br />
In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International<br />
School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-monthold<br />
babies exposed to two languages from birth were<br />
compared with peers raised with one language. In an<br />
initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an<br />
audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a<br />
screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of<br />
the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set<br />
of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the<br />
opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a<br />
bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their<br />
anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other<br />
babies did not.<br />
Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years.<br />
In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English<br />
bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar<br />
Gollan of the University of California, San Diego, found<br />
that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism —<br />
measured through a comparative evaluation of<br />
proficiency in each language — were more resistant than<br />
others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms<br />
of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of<br />
bilingualism, the later the age of occurrence.<br />
Nobody ever doubted the power of language. 9But who<br />
would have imagined that the words we hear and the<br />
sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep<br />
imprint?<br />
Adapted from http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/thebenefitsof-bilingualism.html<br />
10. The relative pronoun THAT can be omitted in all the<br />
sentences below, EXCEPT<br />
a) The collective evidence from a number of such studies<br />
suggests that the bilingual experience improves the<br />
brain’s so-called executive function. (ref. 6)<br />
62<br />
b) [...] the bilingual advantage was centered primarily<br />
in ability for inhibition that was improved by the<br />
exercise of suppressing one language system. (ref. 7)<br />
c) [...] there is reason to believe that it may also apply<br />
to those who learn a second language later in life.<br />
(ref. 8) [...]<br />
d) But who would have imagined that the words we<br />
hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving<br />
such a deep imprint? (ref. 9)<br />
Couple Sells Ads to Pay for Wedding<br />
Monday, August 16, 1999 (Reuters) - Talk about a<br />
marriage of love and money.<br />
1 Tom Anderson and Sabrina Root paid for their<br />
$14,000 wedding this weekend by selling advertising<br />
space at the ceremony and reception.<br />
2 Everything from the wedding rings to a week at<br />
a penthouse in Cancun, Mexico, were donated after<br />
Anderson got 24 companies to sponsor the nuptials in<br />
exchange for having their names appear six times from<br />
the invitations to the thank-you cards.<br />
3 Anderson, 24, a bartender, spent his own money<br />
for his wife's $1,400 engagement ring while Root, 33, a<br />
hair stylist, paid $1,600 for the dress.<br />
4 The 1groom got the idea of corporate<br />
sponsorships 3while working in a small struggling<br />
animation studio that often had to barter for services.<br />
5 "So I was in a sales mode, and I got to<br />
thinking", he told the Philadelphia Inquirer, 2which ran a<br />
photo of the couple sitting among their corporatesponsored<br />
wedding "gifts" in its Sunday edition.<br />
6 The bride's perfume came from a local<br />
distributor, and coffee was provided gratis from a<br />
neighborhood supplier.<br />
7 Advertisers had their names appear on the<br />
invitations and thank-you cards, on cards at the buffet,<br />
on scrolls at the dinner table, in an ad placed in a local<br />
independent newspaper and in a verbal "thank you" that<br />
followed the first toast.<br />
8 The Inquirer said the groom had bought two<br />
addresses on the Internet's World Wide Web, namely:<br />
sponsoredwedding.com and weddingsponsors.com.
11. The word "which" (ref.2) can be substituted by<br />
a) that.<br />
b) who.<br />
c) whose.<br />
d) where.<br />
e) when.<br />
"C. P. Snow, the British scientist and novelist, sounded<br />
the alarm in the 1950 about the dangers of two cultures:<br />
"Literary intellectuals at one pole, at the other scientists.<br />
"Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power<br />
have become realities that define everyday life; yet many<br />
supposedly well-educated people do not understand how<br />
they work. Despite the growing use of computers in<br />
classrooms, American universities are still graduating<br />
millions of technological illiterates."<br />
12. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao<br />
referente do pronome relativo, em destaque, a seguir:<br />
Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power have<br />
become realities THAT define everyday life<br />
a) every day<br />
b) life<br />
c) intelectuals<br />
d) realities<br />
e) scientists<br />
Smog is a fact of life in most cities, but several Italian<br />
municipalities think they’ve found a way to beat it. A<br />
new type of sidewalk brick breaks down carbon<br />
monoxide, a poisonous byproduct of automobile engines<br />
that also contributes to global warming.<br />
13. The word that has been omitted between “think” (l.<br />
2) and “they’ve found” (l. 2) is<br />
a) what.<br />
b) when.<br />
c) which.<br />
d) that.<br />
e) whose.<br />
Despite a continuing reduction in the size of the nation's<br />
Armed Forces, 200,000 young men and women are still<br />
enlisting annually. But the reduction, along with an<br />
increasing need for men and women who can operate<br />
high-tech equipment, has significantly changed the<br />
military's recruitment strategies. Military recruiters have<br />
grown familiar with the kinds of sophisticated<br />
advertising techniques and computerized geographic and<br />
market analysis that are routinely used to sell<br />
commercial products. As a result, recruiters can focus<br />
on the communities 'that' are likely to yield the most<br />
qualified applicants.<br />
14. No texto, 'that' refere-se a<br />
a) strategies.<br />
b) applicants.<br />
c) recruiters.<br />
d) communities.<br />
e) young men and women.<br />
DOES AMERICA HAVE A SOUL?<br />
1 Since the publication of "Care of the soul" four<br />
years ago, I've traveled the country giving talks, signing<br />
books, and having conversations on talk radio. I have<br />
learned there are large numbers of Americans (maybe<br />
not the majority) who are passionate about, or at least<br />
interested in, shaping their lives to be humane,<br />
individual, socially tolerant and contributing, and<br />
spiritual by some definition. They are hungry for<br />
whatever it is that makes life worth living and are<br />
concerned about their own souls and the soul of their<br />
country.<br />
2 One moment in my travel stands out. I was<br />
giving a talk in a large auditorium in New England when<br />
a woman sitting in the balcony stood up and told the<br />
story of having just quit her job. She had young children<br />
and was full of anxiety about her financial future, but she<br />
knew the work she had been doing was hurting her soul,<br />
so she made the tough decision to take the leap and hope<br />
for something better. The audience reacted to her story<br />
with wild foot-stomping, whistles, screams, and<br />
prolonged applause. I was shocked by their intensity,<br />
their obvious identification with her plight, but I have<br />
since witnessed these emotions in other parts of the<br />
country. From Mother Jones magazine.<br />
63
15. In the passage "large numbers of Americans (maybe<br />
not the majority) WHO are passionate about" (par.1) the<br />
word WHO could be replaced by<br />
a) which.<br />
b) whom.<br />
c) that.<br />
d) whose.<br />
e) the word cannot be replaced.<br />
4-WHOM<br />
Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />
exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,<br />
that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.<br />
O pronome relativo WHOM só pode ser usado com a<br />
função de OBJETO do verbo. Portanto, evita-se seu uso<br />
nas sentenças em que o relativo antecede a um verbo.<br />
Este pronome de ser usado obrigatoriamnte nas<br />
sentenças em que o pronome relativo está<br />
PREPOSICIONADO, como no exemplo C, abaixo.<br />
Significado: Que<br />
Função: Complemento (objeto)<br />
Omissão: Se for complemento<br />
Antecedente: Pessoa apenas<br />
E.g.<br />
Nildaima is the stewardess whom I needed to see.<br />
Those lawyers are the ones whom she sent to court.<br />
This is the writer from whom we got the book as an<br />
example.<br />
EXERCISES: Whom.<br />
16. “Here are some realities of the working world that<br />
often surprise people who are beginning their first job”<br />
(l. 4-6) About “that” and “who”, it’s correct to say:<br />
a) “that” can be replaced by “who”.<br />
b) “who” could be replaced by whom.<br />
c) “that” refers to people.<br />
d) which could substitute for both of them.<br />
e) both “that” and “who” cannot be omitted.<br />
64<br />
5-WHOSE<br />
O pronome relativo whose (cujo, cuja, cujos, cujas)<br />
estabelece uma relação de posse, e é usado com qualquer<br />
antecedente. Esse pronome é sempre seguido por um<br />
substantivo e nunca pode ser omitido.<br />
Este pronome em muitos dos casos, pode concordar com<br />
o termo consequente da sentença, não exercendo assim, a<br />
função anafórica, muito comum com pronomes.<br />
Significado: Cujo (a) (s)<br />
Função: Relacionar posse (s)<br />
Omissão: Nunca é omitido<br />
Antecedente: Qualquer coisa ou pessoa<br />
E.g.<br />
The chemist whose lab was set on fire lives near my<br />
house.<br />
English teachers whose pronunciation is not good<br />
shouldn’t teach without a previous test.<br />
A RACIAL GAP<br />
EXERCISES: Whose<br />
Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower<br />
rate than whites. What can be done?<br />
Doctors have long known that lung cancers,<br />
which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier<br />
toll among black Americans, particularly black men,<br />
than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black<br />
men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of<br />
white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white<br />
women). It also has to do with differences in income and<br />
access to medical care. But there has always been a<br />
lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to<br />
either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in<br />
"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster<br />
that disturbing conclusion.<br />
Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely<br />
hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even<br />
so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have<br />
a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size<br />
give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant
growth is surgically removed.<br />
(Time, October 25th, 1999)<br />
17. In the sentence, "about 20% of lung cancer patients<br />
are found to have a tumor WHOSE biological<br />
characteristics..." the capital word refers to<br />
a) patients<br />
b) blacks.<br />
c) tumor.<br />
d) lung cancer.<br />
e) about 20%.<br />
18.<br />
and written a letter to her. I started writing to her when I<br />
was 10 and she was living at Lake Ranch in the interior<br />
of British Columbia. Her letters were full of what Uncle<br />
Willi was doing. He was a cowboy and he rode quarter<br />
horses every day, moving cattle and watching out for<br />
rattle-snakes.<br />
Her correspondence was like a novel 1whose main<br />
characters were my family, and I still have every letter.<br />
My letters were full of school in Victoria and family and<br />
ballet. I learned to 2pack mine with 3whatever I thought<br />
was important. She would write back with questions and<br />
slowly I learned how to tell a story. I also learned about<br />
the paraphernalia of letter writing, keeping my address<br />
book current, having a ready supply of paper, envelopes<br />
and stamps.<br />
(KOVACH, P. R. Special delivery. The globe and the mail, Canada, July 12,<br />
2011. – Texto adaptado.)<br />
19. O pronome whose (ref. 1) refere-se<br />
a) à escola.<br />
b) a romance.<br />
c) às personagens.<br />
d) à família.<br />
e) à carta.<br />
6-WHERE<br />
O pronome relativo where (onde, em que, no que, no<br />
qual, na qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado para se referir<br />
a lugar ou lugares.<br />
Este pronome relativo somente aceita ser substituido ou<br />
poderá substituir a expressão IN WHICH.<br />
"A man named", no primeiro quadrinho, é equivalente a<br />
a) a man whose name is.<br />
b) a man that the name is.<br />
c) a man who the name is.<br />
d) a man whom the name is.<br />
e) a man that is name.<br />
Special delivery<br />
The other day in our mailbox there was a letter from<br />
Auntie Anne. She is nearing 80 and does not know how<br />
important Facebook has become. She is not interested in<br />
Twittering and does not see the use of Internet. She is<br />
addicted to pen and paper.<br />
Every other week for the past 30 years I have sat down<br />
Significado: Onde…<br />
Função: Referencial<br />
Omissão: Não<br />
Antecedente: lugar<br />
Zênite is the cursinho where most of the brilliant<br />
students are.<br />
Vitória da Conquista is the city where Mister has been<br />
living since 90s.<br />
Zênite is the cursinho in which most of the brilliant<br />
students are.<br />
Vitória da Conquista is the city in which Mister has been<br />
65
66<br />
living since 90s.<br />
EXERCISES: Where.<br />
KIDS AND TV: PARENTS DON'T PRACTICE WHAT<br />
EXPERTS PREACH<br />
One-third of the youngest children in the United<br />
States - babies through age 6 - 20live in homes where the<br />
television is on almost all the time, says a study that<br />
2highlights the immense disconnect between what<br />
pediatricians advise and what parents allow.<br />
TV in the bedroom is not even that rare for the<br />
youngest children anymore. Almost one child in five<br />
under 2 has a set, even though the American Academy of<br />
Pediatrics advises against any TV watching at that age.<br />
Eight in 10 children younger than 6 watch TV,<br />
play video games or use the computer on a typical day.<br />
They average about two hours of screen time, compared<br />
with 48 minutes when they are being read to, the<br />
14Kaiser Family Foundation concludes in a study<br />
released Wednesday.<br />
The number of youngsters glued to the screen<br />
has not changed much since the foundation's first report<br />
on the topic in 2003. However, in this follow-up, Kaiser<br />
asked parents - in a survey and in focus-group sessions -<br />
why they and their children use TV and other electronic<br />
media the way 8they do.<br />
Instead, a generation of parents raised on TV is<br />
largely encouraging the early use of television, video<br />
games and computers by their own children, often<br />
starting in infancy.<br />
These parents say TV teaches how to share and<br />
the ABCs when they do not have the time. Television<br />
3provides time for parents to cook or take a shower.<br />
1They use screen time as a reward or, paradoxically, to<br />
help kids wind down at bedtime.<br />
7Despite studies that link bedroom TVs to kids'<br />
sleep problems, the most common reason cited for giving<br />
children their own set was that 9it freed up other TVs so<br />
parents or their other children could watch shows of their<br />
choice.<br />
The report by 15the California-based<br />
foundation, 10which analyzes health care 4issues, comes<br />
at a time of great debate about the impact of TV and<br />
other multimedia on youngsters. Just last week,<br />
16specialists called together by the National Institutes of<br />
Health urged more research on how electronic media<br />
affect children at different ages.<br />
Those specialists sigh at the notion that parents<br />
could not get by without TV. "People have made dinner<br />
for millennia, but we've only had television for 50<br />
years," said Dr. Dimitri Christakas of the University of<br />
Washington. "Television's not inherently good or bad. ...<br />
The real 5goal now has to be not to de-technologize<br />
childhood, but how to optimize children's experiences<br />
with 11it."<br />
The pediatrics group recommends no TV or<br />
other electronic media for kids younger than 2 - advice<br />
that just 26 percent of parents followed, Kaiser found -<br />
and no more than two hours of total "screen time" daily<br />
for older children.<br />
17The organization is not anti-TV, said 18Dr.<br />
Daniel Broughton of the Mayo Clinic, an academy<br />
member who co-wrote the recommendations. But before<br />
age 2 is the time of the brain's most rapid development,<br />
and interaction - the live give-and-take that TV cannot<br />
provide - is crucial during that period, he said.<br />
Some studies also link TV watching at younger<br />
ages to youngsters' attention disorders. After a child<br />
reaches 2, the idea is to 6balance a little TV with riding<br />
bikes, playing with friends, household chores and the<br />
other activities of childhood, Broughton said.<br />
"We want parents to watch with their kids," he<br />
added. 13One reason is that viewing ethnic stereotypes<br />
or bad behavior on TV can become instructive, when<br />
parents explain why children should not copy what<br />
12they saw.<br />
Adapted from http://edition.cnn.com/2006/HEALTH/parenting. May 24, 2006<br />
20. In the expression "(...) live in homes where the<br />
television is on almost all the time" (ref. 20), "where"<br />
could be rephrased CORRECTLY with:<br />
a) Live in homes in which the television is on almost<br />
all the time.<br />
b) Live in homes that the television is on almost all the<br />
time.<br />
c) Live in homes which the television is on almost all<br />
the time.<br />
d) Live in homes the television is on almost all the<br />
time.<br />
e) Live in homes in that the television is on almost all<br />
the time.
Brazil is setting up Telecenters. These come in all shapes<br />
and forms. 2Their main goal is to provide training and<br />
shared access to the modern information and<br />
communication technologies. A single computer<br />
connected to the Internet that provides free or paid public<br />
access to its capabilities is an embryonic telecenter.<br />
Conversely, an advanced telecenter can act as a business<br />
incubator, a distance-work facility and a cultural and<br />
educational center. Telecenters can be private<br />
enterprises, state owned or community based.<br />
Combinations of these models are flourishing around<br />
Brazil. The preferred model adopted by the Federal<br />
government is the same one adopted by the São Paulo<br />
City Government. The government uses its own<br />
buildings to create telecenters in areas 1where the need is<br />
particularly great. The program is run by the government<br />
officials, along with all equipment purchases and support<br />
services for maintenance of the telecenter network. The<br />
community being served is invited to participate in the<br />
telecenter's steering committee. The main challenge to<br />
this model is government transition.<br />
- Adapted from .<br />
8 – WHAT<br />
(o que) pode ser usado como pronome relativo e pode<br />
exercer função de sujeito ou objeto.<br />
I don't know what happened yesterday. (Não sei o<br />
que aconteceu ontem.)<br />
What is this? (O que é isto?)<br />
ORAÇÕES SUBORDINADAS - SUBORDINATE<br />
CLAUSES<br />
As orações subordinadas (subordinate clauses), também<br />
chamadas de orações dependentes (dependent clauses),<br />
exercem uma função sintática em relação a uma outra<br />
oração, chamada de oração principal, que requer<br />
complemento para que seu significado seja completo.<br />
Desse modo, as orações subordinadas estão sempre<br />
ligadas a outra oração, visto que sozinhas também não<br />
possuem um sentido completo em si. Em inglês, há dois<br />
tipos de orações subordinadas: Relative or Adjective<br />
Clauses e Adverbial Clauses.<br />
Orações Relativas - Relative / Adjetive Clauses<br />
21. In reference 1, the pronoun WHERE refers to<br />
a) São Paulo city.<br />
b) Brazil.<br />
c) buildings.<br />
d) telecenters.<br />
e) areas.<br />
7- WHEN<br />
O pronome relativo when (quando, em que, no qual, na<br />
qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado referindo-se a dia(s),<br />
mês, meses, ano(s), etc.<br />
Significado: Quando…<br />
Função: Referencial de tempo.<br />
Omissão: Naõ é bom ser omitido<br />
Antecedente: Datas, meses, dias…<br />
I will always remember the day when we met each other.<br />
(Sempre me lembrarei do dia em que nos conhecemos.)<br />
We will get married when you get a job. (Nós iremos<br />
casar quando você conseguir um emprego.)<br />
As orações relativas (relative/adjective clauses) realizam<br />
a mesma função de um adjetivo: complementam um<br />
substantivo ou um pronome da oração principal, que é<br />
chamado de antecedente. Para adicionarmos informações<br />
ao antecedente, usamos ospronomes<br />
relativos (who, whom, whose, which e that). Há dois<br />
tipos de orações relativas: as restritivas (defining relative<br />
clauses) e as explicativas (non-defining relative clauses).<br />
A escolha do pronome relativo dependerá do tipo de<br />
oração (restritiva ou explicativa) e da função que<br />
exercem (sujeito, objeto ou ideia de posse). A partir de<br />
agora, estudaremos cada uma das orações relativas<br />
separadamente:<br />
Defining Relative Clauses - Orações Restritivas<br />
Essas orações definem ou diferenciam o antecedente, ou<br />
seja, elas servem para definir sobre quem ou sobre o que<br />
estamos falando. Observe suas características:<br />
Não são antecedidas de vírgula.<br />
Do you know the student who is talking to Luis Àvila?<br />
(Você conhece o estudante que está falando com o<br />
Àvila?)<br />
67
I was invited to a party which was not very excited.<br />
(Fui convidado para uma festa que não estava muito<br />
animada.)<br />
I was introduced to a woman who can speak six<br />
languages. (Conheci uma mulher que sabe falar seis<br />
idiomas.)<br />
Christopher Columbus was the<br />
man who discovered America.<br />
(Cristóvão Colombo foi o homem que descobriu a<br />
América.)<br />
Gustavo is the journalist who writes for the Times.<br />
(Gustavo é o jornalista que escreve para o Times.)<br />
The man who lives next door is my grandfather. (O<br />
homem que mora na casa ao lado é meu avô.)<br />
Orações Apositivas. (EXPLICATIVAS)<br />
Non-defining Relative Clauses - Orações Explicativas<br />
Fornecem informações adicionais, mas não essenciais<br />
sobre o antecedente. Observe suas características:<br />
As orações explicativas (non-defining) são usadas entre<br />
vírgulas. Pode haver apenas uma vírgula quando a<br />
oração relativa for a segunda.<br />
John's mother, who lives in Scotland, has six<br />
grandchildren. (A mãe do João, que mora na Escócia,<br />
tem seis netos.)<br />
Tony's sister, who smokes like a chimney, is a painter.<br />
(A irmã do Tony, que fuma como um chaminé, é<br />
pintora.)<br />
You should take up swimming, which is a good sport.<br />
(Você deveria dedicar-se à natação, que é um bom<br />
esporte.)<br />
As orações adjetivas podem ser omitidas, uma vez que<br />
contêm informações adicionais que não são necessárias<br />
para a compreensão da oração.<br />
1. WHO Deve ser usado se o antecedente for pessoa.<br />
2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não for<br />
pessoa<br />
68<br />
E.g.<br />
Her son, who lives in Campinas, sold me the camera.<br />
Bats, which in their majority are black, like to<br />
hunt at night.<br />
OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.<br />
No caso de orações apositivas o pronome usado NÃO<br />
poderá ser omitido nem substituído por THAT.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
Apart from being about murder, suicide, torture, fear and<br />
madness, horror stories are also concerned with ghosts,<br />
vampires, succubi, incubi, poltergeists, demonic pacts,<br />
diabolic possession and exorcism, witchcraft,<br />
spiritualism, voodoo, lycanthropy and the macabre, plus<br />
such occult or quasi occult practices as telekinesis and<br />
hylomancy. Some horror stories are serio-comic or<br />
comic- grotesque, but none the less alarming or<br />
frightening for that.<br />
From late in the 18th c. until the present day – in short,<br />
for some two hundred years – the horror story (which is<br />
perhaps a mode rather than an identifiable genre) in its<br />
many and various forms has been a diachronic feature of<br />
British and American literature and is of considerable<br />
importance in literary history, especially in the evolution<br />
of the short story. It is also important because of its<br />
connections with the Gothic novel and with a multitude<br />
of fiction associated with tales of mystery, suspense,<br />
terror and the supernatural, with the ghost story and the<br />
thriller and with numerous stories in the 19th and 20th c.<br />
in which crime is a central theme.<br />
The horror story is part of a long process by which<br />
people have tried to come to terms with and find<br />
adequate descriptions and symbols for deeply rooted,<br />
primitive and powerful forces, energies and fears which<br />
are related to death, afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil,<br />
violence and destruction.<br />
Writers have long been aware of the magnetic attraction<br />
of the horrific and have seen how to exploit or appeal to<br />
particular inclinations and appetites. It was the poets and<br />
artists of the late medieval period who figured out and<br />
expressed some of the innermost fears and some of the
ultimate horrors (real and imaginary) of human<br />
consciousness. Fear created horrors enough and the<br />
eschatological order was never far from people’s minds.<br />
Poets dwelt on and amplified the ubi sunt motif and<br />
artists depicted the spectre of death in paint, through<br />
sculpture and by means of woodcut. The most potent and<br />
1frightening image of all was that of hell: the abode of<br />
eternal loss, pain and damnation. There were numerous<br />
“visions” of hell in literature.<br />
Gradually, imperceptibly, during the 16th c. hell was<br />
“moved” from its traditional site in the center of the<br />
earth. It came to be located in the mind; it was a part of a<br />
state of consciousness. This was the 2beginning of the<br />
growth of the idea of a subjective, inner hell, a<br />
psychological hell; a personal and individual source of<br />
horror and terror, such as the chaos of a disturbed and<br />
tormented mind, the pandaemonium of psychopathic<br />
conditions, rather than the abode of lux atra and<br />
3everlasting pain with its definite location in a<br />
measurable cosmological system.<br />
The horror stories of the late 16th and early 17th c. (like<br />
the ghost stories) are provided for us by the playwrights.<br />
The Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedians were deeply<br />
interested in evil, crime, murder, suicide and violence.<br />
They were also very interested in states of extreme<br />
5suffering: pain, fear and madness. They found new<br />
modes, new metaphors and images, for presenting the<br />
horrific and in doing so they created simulacra of hell.<br />
One might cite perhaps a thousand or more<br />
instances from plays in the period c. 1580 to c. 1642 in<br />
which hell is an all- purpose, variable and diachronic<br />
image of horror whether as a place of punishment or as a<br />
state of mind and spirit. Horrific action on stage was<br />
commonplace in the tragedy and revenge tragedy of the<br />
period. The satiety which Macbeth claimed to have<br />
experienced when he said: “I have supp’d full of<br />
horrors;/ Direness, familiar to my slaughterous thoughts,<br />
/Cannot once start me…” was representative of it.<br />
During the 18th c. (as during the 19th ), in orthodox<br />
doctrine taught by various “churches” and sects, hell<br />
remained a place of eternal fire and punishment and the<br />
abode of the Devil. For the most part writers of the<br />
Romantic period and thereafter did not re-create it as a<br />
visitable place. However, artists were drawn to<br />
“illustrate” earlier conceptions of hell. William Blake did<br />
102 engravings for Dante’s Inferno. John Martin<br />
illustrated Paradise Lost and Gustave Doré applied<br />
himself to Dante and Milton. The actual hells of the 18th<br />
and 19th c. were the gaols, the madhouses, the slums and<br />
bedlams and those lanes and alleys where vice, squalor,<br />
depravity and unspeakable misery created a social and<br />
moral chaos: terrestrial counterparts to the horrors of<br />
Dante’s Circles.<br />
Gothic influence traveled to America and affected<br />
writers such as Edgar Allan Poe, whose tales are short,<br />
intense, sensational and have the power to inspire horror<br />
and terror. He depicts extremes of fear and insanity and,<br />
through the operations of evil, gives us glimpses of hell.<br />
Poe’s long-term influence was immeasurable (and in the<br />
case of some writers not altogether for their good), and<br />
one can detect it persisting through the 19th c.; in, for<br />
example the French symbolistes (Baudelaire published<br />
translations of his tales in 1856 and 1857), in such<br />
British writers as Rossetti, Swinburne, Dowson and R. L.<br />
Stevenson, and in such Americans as Ambrose Bierce,<br />
Hart Crane and H.P. Lovecraft.<br />
Towards the end of the 19th c. a number of British and<br />
American writers were 4experimenting with different<br />
modes of horror story, and this was at a time when there<br />
had been a steadily growing interest in the occult, in<br />
supernatural agencies, in psychic phenomena, in<br />
psychotherapy, in extreme psychological states and also<br />
in spiritualism.<br />
The enormous increase in science fiction since the 1950s<br />
has diversified horror fiction even more than might at<br />
first be supposed. New maps of hell have been drawn<br />
and are being drawn; new dimensions of the horrific<br />
exposed and explored; new simulacra and exempla<br />
created. Fear, pain, suffering, guilt and madness (what<br />
has already been touched on in miscellaneous “hells”)<br />
remain powerful and emotive elements in horror stories.<br />
In a chaotic world, which many see to be on a disaster<br />
course, through the cracks, “the faults in reality”, we and<br />
our writers catch other vertiginous glimpses of “chaos<br />
and old night”, fissiparating images of death and<br />
destruction.<br />
From: CUDDON, J. A. The Penguin Dictionary of Literary Terms and Literary<br />
Theory. London: Penguin, 1999.<br />
22. In the sentences In a chaotic world, which many see<br />
to be on a disaster course, through the cracks”, “the<br />
faults in reality”, we and our writers catch other<br />
vertiginous glimpses of “chaos and old night”, “The<br />
satiety which Macbeth claimed to have experienced (… )<br />
was representative of it.” and “…people have tried to<br />
come to terms with and find adequate descriptions and<br />
symbols for deeply rooted, primitive and powerful<br />
69
70<br />
forces, energies and fears which are related to death,<br />
afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil, violence and<br />
destruction.” one finds relative clauses classified<br />
respectively as<br />
a) defining, non-defining, defining.<br />
b) non-defining, defining, non-defining.<br />
c) defining, non-defining, defining.<br />
d) non-defining, defining, defining.<br />
23. In the sentence “Gothic influence traveled to<br />
America and affected writers such as Edgar Allan Poe,<br />
whose tales are short, intense, sensational and have the<br />
power to inspire horror and terror.” one may find at least<br />
one<br />
a) noun clause.<br />
b) adjective clause.<br />
c) time clause.<br />
d) contrast clause<br />
European drama has a less continuous history<br />
than epic and poetry; it has sometimes flourished and<br />
sometimes declined. The first surviving drama was in<br />
Greek, performed in Athens in the 5c BC: the work of<br />
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides (tragedy) and of<br />
Aristophanes (comedy). The main Latin contribution was<br />
the comedy of Terence and Plautus in the 2c BC. The<br />
later Roman Republic and the Empire produced no<br />
significant drama; Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote<br />
tragedies based on the Greek model which were intended<br />
for reading to a select audience and not for the public<br />
stage. The later Roman theatre became increasingly<br />
devoted to elaborate and often decadent spectacle. The<br />
Christians opposed it and in the 6c the barbarian<br />
invasions brought it to an end. The revival of the theatre<br />
began in the 11c with the introduction of brief<br />
dramatized episodes into the Mass on the occasion of<br />
major festivals. These gradually developed into complete<br />
plays, performed in public places by the trade guilds and<br />
known as mystery plays or mysteries. These were<br />
succeeded in the 15c by morality plays, allegorical<br />
presentations of human virtues and vices in conflict.<br />
The high point of drama in English came in the<br />
late 16c and early 17c, with such writers as Shakespeare<br />
(especially with his tragedies), Marlowe, Jonson, and<br />
Webster. In the later 17c, the Restoration theatre was<br />
mainly devoted to the witty and often scurrilous comedy<br />
of manners and intrigue. The French classical theatre had<br />
its great period at the same time, with the tragedies of<br />
Corneille and Racine, and the comedies of Moliere. A<br />
long decline in Britain, briefly broken by the 18c<br />
comedies of the Anglo- Irish playwrights Oliver<br />
Goldsmith and Richard Sheridan, ended in a revival at<br />
the end of the 19c by the Irish dramatists Oscar Wilde<br />
and George Bernard Shaw. Prominent playwrights of the<br />
20c include such experimenters in the theatre of the<br />
absurd as Harold Pinter and Samuel Beckett. The latter<br />
belongs as much to the French theatre, which has<br />
produced plays of challenge and 1QUESTIONING by<br />
Jean-Paul Sartre, Jean Giraudoux, and Eugene Ionesco.<br />
Dramatists in the 20c US have looked at the predicament<br />
of modern humanity in a complex, pluralistic society,<br />
notably Eugene O'Neill, Tennessee Williams, and Arthur<br />
Miller. Some of the foremost modern plays are those of<br />
Henrik Ibsen in Norway, August Strindberg in Sweden,<br />
and Ivan Turgenev and Anton Chechov in Russia.<br />
Dramatists are affected, like all writers, by the<br />
presuppositions and fashions of their time and place.<br />
Medieval drama derives from the 2PREVAILING<br />
popular Catholic Christianity, Elizabethan and Jacobean<br />
drama reflects contemporary views of status, honour, and<br />
revenge, Victorian drama displays the manners and<br />
attitudes of the new middle class. Conventions also<br />
affect the structure of plays. In the 16c and 17c,<br />
European drama was often obedient to the demand for<br />
the three unities, adding the unity of place to the unities<br />
of time and action attributed to Aristotle. Dramatists in<br />
English usually disregarded these restraints, supported<br />
the main plot with a subplot, and ranged widely through<br />
time and space. The practice of reading a play instead of<br />
seeing it produced is comparatively late; the majority of<br />
early plays were not printed, and the texts which<br />
appeared were often careless and poorly produced. When<br />
Jonson had his collected plays carefully printed as his<br />
Works (1616), he aroused some ridicule but helped<br />
establish the play as a literary text, probably<br />
3INFLUENCING the publication of Shakespeare's plays<br />
in the First Folio (1623). The printed play became in its<br />
own right a branch of literature, with the result that<br />
theatrical and textual scholarship has been applied to the<br />
work of early dramatists. As time passed, playwrights<br />
gave more consideration to the reader. Stage directions<br />
evolved from laconic indications of entrances and exits<br />
to detailed descriptions of scenes and actions, including<br />
sketches of the appearance and nature of the characters.<br />
The effect is sometimes of an excerpt from a novel in the<br />
present tense. Dramatists in general have become more<br />
self-explanatory and less inclined to entrust their work<br />
solely to the reactions of a live audience.
Although great variety in dramatic structure is<br />
possible, most plays have a connected plot that develops<br />
through conflict to a climax followed by resolution. Even<br />
when the story is known to the audience, the dramatist<br />
creates a mood of tension and suspense by the responses<br />
of characters to the changing situation. The factors apply<br />
to both tragedy and comedy. The suspense can be<br />
terrifying or mirthful and the resolution one of sadness or<br />
relief. Because the play is witnessed in short and<br />
continuous time, the dramatist needs to be economical,<br />
4TELESCOPING events that in reality would develop<br />
over a longer period and 5INTRODUCING meetings<br />
and juxtapositions that might seem remarkable outside<br />
the theatre. Divisions into acts and scenes may mark the<br />
passage of time and emphasize major developments. A<br />
play requires continuous action, not necessarily vigorous,<br />
but moving into new situations and relationships. Long<br />
set speeches and philosophical discourses are seldom<br />
effective.<br />
In spite of the fact that some types of drama,<br />
such as ritual performances and representations of myth,<br />
deliberately avoid a human focus, characterization is the<br />
device in most dramas. Characters may be depicted as<br />
great people, leaders of the community and powerful in<br />
its destiny, or, as is often the case in modern drama, as<br />
ordinary persons. They must be quickly presented to the<br />
audience and become familiar in a short time. They are<br />
created through the words they speak, their actions in the<br />
play, and what other characters report of them. Leading<br />
characters are supported by minor roles, and the quality<br />
of a dramatist is shown partly by skill in making such<br />
roles credible and individual.<br />
Early drama was written in verse, ranging from<br />
the poetry of ancient Greek tragedy and Shakespeare to<br />
the colloquial rhythms of the medieval mysteries. The<br />
type of verse changes from one period to another. Blank<br />
verse was dominant in 16c and early 17c English drama,<br />
the heroic couplet in Restoration tragedy, and the<br />
alexandrine in French classical drama. Prose dialogue<br />
was also used by Shakespeare and his contemporaries,<br />
and by the end of the 17c was the normal medium for<br />
English drama. In the 20c, there was a revival of verse<br />
drama. It was short-lived, however, partly through the<br />
decline of popular interest in poetry and partly through<br />
the failure of the dramatists to develop an idiom that<br />
could be sustained without 6BECOMING artificial and<br />
forced. Modern prose dialogue has tended to become<br />
more colloquial and naturalistic, in contrast to the<br />
stylized diction of early 19c prose drama. In the 20c,<br />
some writers have given close attention to specific<br />
dialects and registers: Synge listened to Irish peasant<br />
speech and Clifford Odets to conversation in New York<br />
bars. However, dramatic dialogue can never simply<br />
reproduce normal speech. The repetitions, hesitations,<br />
and redundancies of normal conversation would be<br />
intolerable on the stage.<br />
From: McArthur, Tom (ed.). The Oxford Companion to the English Language.<br />
Oxford: OUP, 1998.<br />
24. In the sentences: "Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote<br />
tragedies based on the Greek model WHICH WERE<br />
INTENDED FOR READING TO A SELECT<br />
AUDIENCE AND NOT FOR THE PUBLIC STAGE".<br />
and "... most plays have a connected plot THAT<br />
DEVELOPS TRHOUGH CONFLICT" the parts in<br />
capital words should be classified respectively as<br />
a) non-defining relative clause and nondefining relative<br />
clause.<br />
b) defining relative clause and nondefining relative<br />
clause.<br />
c) defining relative clause and defining relative clause.<br />
d) non-defining relative clause and defining relative<br />
clause.<br />
APÓS PREPOSIÇÃO.<br />
1. WHOM Deve ser usado se o antecedente for<br />
pessoa<br />
2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não<br />
for pessoa<br />
E.g.<br />
Jesus is the One through whom God<br />
made the universe.<br />
That’s the building near which I live.<br />
OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.<br />
Quando o pronome relativo (WHOM ou WHICH)<br />
estiver precedido por<br />
uma preposição, ele NÃO poderá ser omitido nem<br />
substituído por THAT.<br />
71
USO ESPECIAL DE THAT<br />
APÓS:<br />
Um superlativo<br />
This is the most interesting book that I have ever read.<br />
These are the oldest computers that I have ever seen.<br />
Um pronome indefinido como: much, many, all, few,<br />
etc..<br />
Most of the students are out, there are only a few that<br />
came.<br />
Pronomes relativos (em diferentes casos)<br />
Sua escolha do pronome relativo não é apenas<br />
determinada pelo fato de ele se referir a pessoas ou<br />
coisas. Ele também é determinado pelo papel que o<br />
pronome relativo desempenha na sentença.<br />
Por exemplo:<br />
People<br />
Subjective Objective Possessive<br />
or<br />
Case Case Case<br />
Things<br />
People who<br />
(The<br />
boy who ran<br />
g the bell)<br />
whom<br />
(The<br />
boy whom yo<br />
u met)<br />
whose<br />
(The<br />
boy whose bik<br />
e was stolen)<br />
Things which<br />
(The<br />
candle whic<br />
which<br />
(The<br />
candle which<br />
whose<br />
(The<br />
candle whose<br />
h melted) you made) wick had<br />
snapped)<br />
People<br />
or<br />
Things<br />
that<br />
(The<br />
dog that bit<br />
the<br />
postman)<br />
that<br />
(The<br />
dog that the<br />
postman<br />
hates)<br />
whose<br />
(The<br />
dog whose bar<br />
k sounds like<br />
cough)<br />
Preposições com WHICH e WHOM<br />
Quando WHOM ou WHICH é o objeto de uma<br />
preposição, você pode começar a sentença adjetiva com<br />
a preposição (em oposição ao pronome relativo). Por<br />
exemplo:<br />
1. The council will meet Professor Dobbs, from<br />
whom they expect an apology.<br />
(O conselho se reunirá com o Professor Dobbs, de quem<br />
espera um pedido de desculpas.)<br />
2. My greatest concern was the tide, against which<br />
we stood little chance.<br />
(Minha maior preocupação era a maré, contra a qual<br />
tinhamos poucas chances.)<br />
Não é um erro deixar a preposição no final da cláusula,<br />
mas esteja ciente de que alguns leitores podem pensar<br />
que parece um pouco informal, especialmente se a<br />
preposição também termina a frase.<br />
Portanto, na escrita formal, para tentar evitar que termina<br />
uma frase com uma preposição. No entanto, se isso faz<br />
com que sua frase soa pomposa, então tente reformular a<br />
sua frase ou apenas deixe a sua preposição no final.
CAPÍTULO VIII – RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS<br />
Um pronome recíproco expressa uma ação mútua ou um<br />
relacionamento.<br />
Em <strong>Inglês</strong>, os pronomes recíprocos são:<br />
• Each other<br />
• One another<br />
1. Jack and Jill hate each other. (Jack e Jill odeiam um ao<br />
outro.) - (Note: Jack hates Jill, and Jill hates Jack. The<br />
action is reciprocated.)<br />
2. The crayfish starting attacking one another.The team<br />
members played their hearts out for one another.<br />
3. They gave each other presents.<br />
Each Other ou One Another?<br />
Aqui está uma resposta rápida: Se o antecedente<br />
representa duas coisas, usar each other. Se são mais do<br />
que dois, use one another.<br />
Aqui está uma explicação mais longa:<br />
Um pronome recíproco é utilizado quando pelo menos<br />
uma coisa retribui a ação de um outro (ou seja, faz a<br />
mesma coisa de volta). Como resultado, o antecedente de<br />
um pronome recíproco (ou seja, o que remete a) é<br />
sempre algo plural. Por exemplo:<br />
1. Our dog and cat love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente<br />
de each other é o nosso cão e gato, que é plural.) •<br />
2. They love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente de each<br />
other é THEY, que é plural. Neste exemplo, que se refere<br />
ao nosso cão e gato.)<br />
Each Other's – não - Each Others'<br />
Os pronomes each other e one another são entidades<br />
singulares (apesar de ter antecedentes plural). Portanto,<br />
ao mostrar posse, o apóstrofo vem antes do S. Esta é uma<br />
regra 100%.<br />
4. Do you two admire each other's courage? (Note: Each<br />
other é tratado como singular. Portanto, o apóstrofo<br />
possessivo é colocado antes do S.)<br />
5. Do you three admire one another's courage? (Note:<br />
One another é tratado como singular. Portanto, o<br />
apóstrofo possessivo é colocado antes do S.)<br />
73
CAPÍTULO IX - CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE)<br />
O Caso Possessivo ocorre com:<br />
1. Nomes de Pessoas<br />
2. Nomes de Animais<br />
3. Espaços de Tempo<br />
4. Lugares<br />
5. Organizações<br />
6. Não ocorre com coisas e objetos.<br />
e.g. Paul’s and Mary’s eyes are light blue.<br />
5. Nomes próprios terminados em S: Segue regra<br />
normal ( ‘S ).<br />
Porém se for um nome clássico é suficiente o ( ‘ ).<br />
e.g. Prince Charles’ friends are very elegant.<br />
Moses’ Law is followed by the Jews.<br />
Para construirmos uma frase com o caso possessivo<br />
precisaremos primeiro saber se os elementos usados<br />
estão classificados nos itens acima entre os números de 1<br />
a 5. Se for possível, então começaremos a fazer o caso<br />
possessivo colocando em primeiro lugar o POSSUIDOR<br />
seguido de ( ‘ ) ou ( ‘S) e depois o OBJETO<br />
POSSUÍDO.<br />
E.g.<br />
I know my teacher’s<br />
name<br />
They want Mary’s<br />
address.<br />
You need a<br />
rest.<br />
REGRAS:<br />
day’s<br />
Conquista’s streets are very<br />
narrow.<br />
Zénite’s classrooms are very<br />
comfortable.<br />
1. Plural terminado em S: Quando a palavra for um<br />
plural terminado em S basta acrescentar ( ‘ ).<br />
e.g. My parents’ new house is so beautiful.<br />
2. Plural não terminado em S: Segue a regra geral.<br />
e.g. My children’s names are Monaliza and Karoline.<br />
3. Posse coletiva: Apenas o úiltimo nome recebe o ( ‘S ).<br />
e.g. Paul and Mary’s mother is from Argentina.<br />
4. Posse individual: Todos os possuidores recebem ( ‘S ).<br />
ATENÇÃO:<br />
Não se usa o artigo definido THE antes de possessivos<br />
ou nomes próprios.<br />
Usando apóstrofos incorretamente com Plurais.<br />
Não adicione um apóstrofo para uma palavra só porque a<br />
palavra termina com a letra s. Este é um erro comum, e é<br />
um crime gramatical. (Em outras palavras, os leitores<br />
vão pensar que você é ruim, se você continuar fazendo<br />
isso.)<br />
Este erro é mais comumente visto quando as pessoas<br />
formam o plural dos substantivos, mas isso acontece com<br />
verbos também;<br />
Examples: e.g., He eat's pies.<br />
I like pig's. Dog's look up to us.<br />
Cat's look down on us.<br />
Usar apóstrofos em expressões de tempo.<br />
(Coprretamente)<br />
Apóstrofos podem ser usados em expressões de tempo<br />
(também chamados de expressões temporais) como:<br />
day's pay and two weeks' notice s.<br />
A grande questão com estes é onde colocar o apóstrofo.<br />
A decisão é muito simples: o apóstrofo vai antes do S<br />
para uma única unidade de tempo (por exemplo, one<br />
day's pay) e depois do S quando é mais do que um (por<br />
exemplo, two days' pay).<br />
74
Examples:<br />
Usando apóstrofos para Posse.<br />
I never did a day's work in my life. It was all<br />
fun. (Thomas Edison, 1847-1931) Eu nunca fiz um dia<br />
de trabalho na minha vida. Era tudo diversão. (Thomas<br />
Edison, 1847-1931)<br />
<br />
<br />
Apóstrofos são usados para mostrar posse. Por exemplo:<br />
The dog's kennel<br />
The dogs' kennel<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
It's not worth it for just two minutes' pleasure. Não vale a<br />
pena isso, por apenas dois minutos de prazer.<br />
It's not always about time. Nem sempre é sobre o tempo.<br />
I live a stone's throw away. Eu vivo a poucos passos de<br />
distância.<br />
A grande questão é se a colocar o apóstrofo antes do S<br />
ou depois dos S. A regra básica é a seguinte: o apóstrofo<br />
vai antes do S para um único possuidor (por exemplo,<br />
one dog's kennel - o canil de um cão) e após os S quando<br />
é mais do que um possuidor (e.g., two dogs' kennel)<br />
Usando apóstrofos para substituir letras.<br />
Um apóstrofo pode ser utilizado para substituir uma ou<br />
mais letras (por exemplo,., isn't, - can't). A nova palavra<br />
formada é chamado uma contracção. Contrações não são<br />
normalmente utilizadas em correspondência formal.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Nestes exemplos, o cão e os cães são os possuidores.<br />
Eles não têm nada a ver com o canil. Essa palavra pode<br />
ser singular ou plural. Não faz diferença alguma para<br />
onde vai o apóstrofo. Por exemplo:<br />
One dog's dinner<br />
One dog's dinners<br />
Two dogs' dinner<br />
<br />
<br />
When I was born I was so surprised I didn't talk for a<br />
year and a half. (Gracie Allen, 1906-1964) Quando eu<br />
nasci eu fiquei tão surpreso que não falei por um ano e<br />
meio.<br />
Life is something that happens when you can't get to<br />
sleep. (Fran Lebowitz) A vida é algo que acontece<br />
quando você não consegue dormir.<br />
<br />
Two dogs' dinners<br />
Esta regra parece bastante simples, mas há exceções. A<br />
exceção mais notável é quando o plural não termina em<br />
S (por exemplo, children, women, people, men -<br />
crianças, mulheres, pessoas, homens).<br />
Estas palavras têm o apóstrofo antes do S (mesmo que<br />
sejam plurais). Por exemplo:<br />
children's toys<br />
As contrações são mais comumente usadas na escrita<br />
informal para refletir como nós falamos. Estas duas<br />
contrações são vilões notórios gramática: it's & you're.<br />
Usando apóstrofos em Plurais incomuns<br />
<br />
women's hat<br />
EXERCISES<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
A primeira coisa a dizer sobre esse assunto é que<br />
apóstrofos não são normalmente utilizados para mostrar<br />
os plurais, e muitos de seus leitores vão odiá-lo, se você<br />
usar um apóstrofo para esta finalidade. No entanto, há<br />
momentos em que ele ajuda, usando um apóstrofo para<br />
mostrar um plural. Por exemplo:<br />
There are two i's in skiing.<br />
You use too many but's in your writing.<br />
Claro, existem outras maneiras de escrever estas<br />
sentenças. Por exemplo:<br />
There are two Is in skiing.<br />
You use too many "but"s in your writing.<br />
CURIOSITY: a path toward knowledge?<br />
4<br />
Curiosity's virtue is its greed. It wonders, often<br />
indiscriminately, about everything it focuses on.<br />
Curiosity carries you, limited by time and space, beyond<br />
the immediate. It knows no boundaries, and it pushes<br />
you to learn about everything that's still unknown or<br />
unfamiliar to you. 1 It can as easily direct itself to the<br />
ancient Egyptians as to the wriggling pond-life under<br />
your microscope. But that's also its vice, for it's usually<br />
directed to very particular interests - say, to ballet or to<br />
bugs. You therefore have to make strenuous efforts to<br />
extend its range, so that your wonder about ballet<br />
75
ecomes knowledge about dance, or so that your<br />
fascination with bugs turns into a lifelong love affair<br />
with the entire natural world.<br />
When you were a child, your eagerness to learn<br />
defined your behavior. You were full of wonder about<br />
everything - touching, holding, maybe wrecking<br />
anything that came into your reach. And as soon as you<br />
could talk you were full of questions: 2 why is the sky<br />
blue? why is up up? why can't tomorrow be yesterday?<br />
You found everything "curiouser and curiouser", as<br />
Alice found it in Wonderland. Adults tried to answer<br />
your endless questions (even if you sometimes drove<br />
them crazy with them), for they knew that by rewarding<br />
your natural inquisitiveness and by satisfying your<br />
excitement to know, they'd help you to learn and, equally<br />
important, to acquire a taste for learning throughout your<br />
life.<br />
Yet you must keep this in mind about<br />
knowledge: it isn't the same thing as information.<br />
Knowledge is information that has been given<br />
organization, meaning, and use. 3 Facts exist by<br />
themselves. Knowledge is a human creation.<br />
5 Hydrogen and chlorine are elements of nature.<br />
That's a fact. Your understanding that, when combined,<br />
these two elements create new substances, such as<br />
hydrochloric acid, which has certain characteristics that<br />
hydrogen and chlorine independently don't have,<br />
constitutes knowledge.<br />
Knowledge differs from information as music<br />
differs from sound. An orchestra warming up doesn't<br />
make music; it makes only noise. It makes music when<br />
the conductor takes over and each performer follows the<br />
score in cooperation with one another. Music is sound<br />
given form and significance. Similarly, knowledge is<br />
information given structure and meaning. The facts in<br />
your head become knowledge when you put them<br />
together so that they're related to one another and, put<br />
together, take on meaning that is large than the mere<br />
facts alone. Nothing has meaning by itself. Information<br />
has to gain meaning from the application of human<br />
thought. To attain knowledge, you must struggle<br />
endlessly to derive meaning from information.<br />
Curiosity can be every student's best friend. It's<br />
the inner signal of what your mind and spirit want to<br />
know at any particular time. You ask questions and<br />
pursue your curiosity for a single reason: to create<br />
knowledge. (Adapted from BANNER, Jr., M.J. and CANNON, H.C. The<br />
elements of learning. New Haven: Yale Press,.)<br />
1. Mark the option in which the apostrophe S is used as<br />
in "curiosity's virtue" (ref. 4).<br />
a) "it's the inner signal";<br />
b) "that's still unknown";<br />
c) "it's usually directed";<br />
d) "that's a fact";<br />
e) "student's best friend".<br />
Most tourists in Rio spend most of their time<br />
downtown or in the city's "Zona Sul", or southern zone,<br />
where the "Rua dos Oitis" is located. But in the 50 weeks<br />
of the year not devoted to "Carnaval" or New Year's Eve,<br />
it can be easy to 1 miss the party. It takes some guidance<br />
to develop the sense of where the "Cariocas" will be<br />
exercising their native "joie de vivre".<br />
A working knowledge of Portuguese is an easy<br />
in, but even lacking that, with a little advance work and a<br />
few English-speaking Brazilian contacts you can get<br />
involved .......... the action and have an idea of the real<br />
scene.<br />
I received my initial orientation at home in New<br />
York, from acquaintances and friends of friends. Many<br />
Brazilians, gregarious by nature, are happy enough to<br />
help steer a traveler, especially if they think they may be<br />
coming north sometime to collect .......... a return of the<br />
favor. 3 Local advice is also comforting, of course, given<br />
Rio's reputation for crime. 4 While the danger does not<br />
seem to 2 dampen 5 anyone's partying spirit, violence is<br />
much feared and the threat is much discussed .......... the<br />
locals.<br />
Frequent travelers to Rio may share 6 tips too.<br />
Before and after its peak travel season, the city attracts a<br />
number of regular visitors seduced by the charm of the<br />
Brazilians and the culture of their proudest city. These<br />
repeaters readily brave long flights, like the 12-hour trip<br />
from New York with not a single nonstop to be found.<br />
(Adapted from: KUGEL, Seth. The New York Times, 20 Feb.)<br />
2. The use of 'S is the same in ANYONE'S PARTYING<br />
SPIRIT (ref. 5) and in<br />
a) Everyone's invited for Carnival in Rio.<br />
b) The American's luggage was checked carefully.<br />
c) My friend Jeremy's arrived.<br />
d) Nobody's pleased with the situation.<br />
e) The Mexican tourist's coming tomorrow.<br />
76
Texto 1: Teen depression<br />
Depression is defined as an illness when the<br />
feelings of sadness, hopelessness, and despair persist and<br />
interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.<br />
Though the term "depression" can describe a<br />
normal human emotion, it also can refer to a mental<br />
health illness. Depressive illness in children and teens is<br />
defined when the feelings of depression persist and<br />
interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.<br />
Depression is common in teens and younger<br />
children. About 5 percent of children and adolescents in<br />
the general population suffer from depression at any<br />
given point in time. Children under stress, who<br />
experience loss, or who have attentional, learning,<br />
conduct or anxiety disorders are at a higher risk for<br />
depression. Teenager girls are at especially high risk, as<br />
are minority youth. Depressed youth often have<br />
problems at home. In many cases, the parents are<br />
depressed, as depression tends to run in families. Over<br />
the past 50 years, depression rises, so does the teen<br />
suicide rate.<br />
It is important to remember that the behavior of<br />
depressed children and teenagers may differ from the<br />
behavior of depressed adults. The characteristics vary,<br />
with most children and teens having additional<br />
psychiatric disorders, such as behavior disorders or<br />
substance abuse problems.<br />
Mental health professionals advise parents to be<br />
aware of signs of depression in their children. Some of<br />
these signs may be: frequent sadness, tearfulness, crying;<br />
hopelessness; decreased interest in activities or inability<br />
to enjoy previously favorite activities; persistent<br />
boredom; low energy; social isolation; poor<br />
communication; poor concentration; extreme sensitivity<br />
to rejection or failure, and increased irritability, anger, or<br />
hostility; among others.<br />
(Extraído de: www.focusas.com/Depression.html)<br />
Texto 2: Adolescent Depression: Helping depressed<br />
teens<br />
It's not unusual for young people to experience<br />
"the blues" or feel "down in the dumps" occasionally.<br />
Adolescence is always an unsetting time, with the many<br />
physical, emotional, psychological and social changes<br />
that accompany this stage of life.<br />
Unrealistic academic, social, or family<br />
expectations can create a strong sense of rejections and<br />
can lead to deep disappointment. When things go wrong<br />
at schools or at home, teens often overreact. Many young<br />
people feel that life is not fair or that things "never go<br />
their way." They feel "stressed out" and confused. To<br />
make matters worse, teens are bombarded by conflicting<br />
messages from parents, friends and society. Today's<br />
teens see more of what life has to offer - both good and<br />
bad - on television, at school, in magazines and on the<br />
Internet. They are also forced to learn about the threat of<br />
AIDS, even if they are not sexually active or using drugs.<br />
Teens need adult guidance more than ever to<br />
understand all the emotional and physical changes they<br />
are experiencing. When teens' moods disrupt their ability<br />
to function on a day-to-day basis, it may indicate a<br />
serious emotional or mental disorder that needs attention<br />
- adolescent depression. Parents or caregivers must take<br />
action.<br />
Depressions can be difficult to diagnose in teens<br />
because adults may expect teens to act moody. Also,<br />
adolescents do not always understand or express their<br />
feelings very well. They may not be aware of the<br />
symptoms of depression and may not seek help.<br />
(Extraído de www.nmha.org/infoctr/factsheets/24.cfm)<br />
3. De acordo com o texto 1, indique a alternativa que<br />
expressa o mesmo significado da expressão em destaque<br />
na sentença:<br />
It is important to remember that THE BEHAVIOR OF<br />
DEPRESSED CHILDREN may change.<br />
a) the depressed children's behavior<br />
b) the behavior's depressed children<br />
c) the behavior of the depressed children's<br />
d) the children's depressed behavior<br />
e) the depressed behavior's children<br />
It's Not the Carbs, Stupid<br />
In the mid-19 th century, William Banting first<br />
popularized the low carbohydrate weight-loss plan that<br />
has once again grabbed the media's collective attention.<br />
Banting was a well-meaning London undertaker who<br />
grew so fat in middle age that he could not descend a<br />
staircase face first, for fear of being toppled by his<br />
copious paunch. His friend and physician, the noted<br />
British aural surgeon William Harvey, prescribed a<br />
regimen focused on meat, small amounts of fruit and<br />
77
78<br />
liberal lashings of Claret, sherry and Madeira, which<br />
helped Banting drop 35 pounds in 38 weeks.<br />
(BY ELLEN RUPPEL SHELL Newsweek, August 5, )<br />
4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />
caso possessivo, como no substantivo "media" em "the<br />
media's collective attention".<br />
a) mens' garment.<br />
b) womens' wear.<br />
c) mental's disturbance.<br />
d) children's clothes.<br />
e) disappointment's feeling.<br />
Woody Allen's 'Sweet and Lowdown' has received great<br />
critical acclaim, 1 not least in the perceptive review of it<br />
by Jonathan Romney. 2 But not even he has discussed the<br />
aspect of the film I found the most intriguing.<br />
That 'Interiors' was made as a tribute to Bergman was<br />
immediately recognised, but no review I have seen has<br />
pointed out that 'Sweet and Lowdown' reflects not only<br />
Allen's love of jazz, but also his love for Fellini. In this<br />
case, the homage takes the form of appropriating and<br />
reworking the plotline of 'La Strada (1954)'.<br />
Samantha Morton's superb performance as the mute<br />
Hattie in Allen's film has caused comparisons to be made<br />
with the blind heroine of Chaplin's 'City Lights (1931)',<br />
but it's even more relevant to recall that Giulietta<br />
Masina's Gelsomina in 'La Strada' was also<br />
Chaplinesque. Both Hattie and Gelsomina are loveable<br />
characters with more than a touch of simple-mindedness,<br />
and each is exploited by a travelling performer, the man<br />
they love. What makes this more than a passing parallel<br />
is the fact that both films 3 lead to the same conclusion, a<br />
scene in which the man comes to the belated realisation<br />
that the woman he abandoned had been the love of his<br />
life, and also discovers that he has lost her.<br />
If I found 'Sweet and Lowdown' immensely fascinating<br />
without being wholly satisfying, it was because I was at<br />
once convinced that it is a variation on a film which<br />
cannot be matched, and which for me is Fellini's greatest.<br />
(Fonte: Sight and Sound,)<br />
5. 0 possessivo, usado como em "Woody Allen's Sweet<br />
and Lowdown", está correto em todas as alternativas<br />
abaixo, EXCETO em<br />
a) There was a two hours' delay at the airport in<br />
London.<br />
b) Anthony Burgess's A Clockwork Orange is a<br />
milestone in modern literature.<br />
c) In our last holidays we had to cope with our young<br />
relatives' weird ideas.<br />
d) Elizabeth I's interest on sea voyages brought<br />
development to England.<br />
e) Maggie and Millie's eyebrows are so thin you can<br />
hardly see them.<br />
6. Complete the sentence with the CORRECT<br />
alternative:<br />
__________________ father is in Europe.<br />
a) The Mary's and George's<br />
b) Mary's and George<br />
c) Mary and George's<br />
d) Mary's and Georges's<br />
e) The Mary and George's<br />
7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a seguir<br />
referem-se ao Genitive Case.<br />
1. On weekends we like to have dinner at<br />
________________. (Jack'/Jack's)<br />
2. ___________________ dog is very well-mannered.<br />
(Camila and Ana's/Camila's and Ana')<br />
3. I've examined ____________________ grades.<br />
(Claudio' and Tom's/Claudio's and Tom's)<br />
4. Have you seen ___________________ sister?<br />
(Vinicius's/Vinicius')<br />
5. Have you seen the ___________________ toys?<br />
(child's/children's)<br />
6. ____________________ father is an old friend of<br />
mine. (James'/James's)<br />
7. ____________________ father is a world-known<br />
musician. (John's and Paul's/John and Paul's)<br />
8. Reescreva as orações usando o Caso Genitivo ('s, s'):<br />
a) The explanation of the teacher wasn't so clear.<br />
_______________________________________<br />
b) The car of Charles is a brand new one.<br />
_______________________________________
c) Did you know that the nationality of Richard Burton<br />
is Welsh?<br />
_______________________________________<br />
d) The dresses of the princess are so beautiful.<br />
_______________________________________<br />
e) The documents of Mary and John have been lost.<br />
_______________________________________<br />
10. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à tradução<br />
mais adequada da frase a seguir:<br />
a) My mother's maid has just bought the dog's meat.<br />
b) Minha mãe e a empregada acabam de comprar a<br />
carne do cachorro.<br />
c) A empregada de minha mãe acaba de comprar a<br />
carne do cachorro.<br />
d) Minha mãe acabou de fazer a carne do cachorro.<br />
e) Minha mãe fará compras com a empregada e o<br />
cachorro.<br />
f) Minha mãe é empregada e comprou carne de<br />
cachorro.<br />
f) The ball of the boys was American.<br />
_______________________________________<br />
One of the great themes of American history emerges<br />
from the epochal story of Americans confronting and<br />
1 coming to terms with a huge wild country. Quite unlike<br />
the Old World, where people had occupied the land for<br />
as long as history could recall, and where adjustment to<br />
environment came so 4 gradually as to be almost<br />
imperceptible, Americans' encounter with their land was<br />
abrupt and violent, consuming much of the nation's<br />
energies, and 5 powerfully gripping its collective<br />
imagination. 3 It has been said that America is a nation<br />
with abundance of geography but a shortage of history,<br />
and there is some truth in both statements. It took less<br />
than four hundred years to subdue more than three<br />
million square miles of territory; in fact, Americans<br />
occupied the bulk of their national domain within the last<br />
century and a half. Even today, much of the United<br />
States remains only semipopulated and semitamed. 2 It is<br />
no wonder that the struggle to conquer America's<br />
physical geography looms so large in the nation's<br />
memory. Just as Americans have reshaped the face of<br />
their land, the people themselves have been shaped and<br />
reshaped by constant intimate encounters with that land.<br />
11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />
lacuna.<br />
The__________uncle was dead.<br />
a) writer.<br />
b) bwriters.<br />
c) writer of.<br />
d) writer's.<br />
e) writers of the.<br />
9. The phrases "Americans' encounter" the nation's<br />
energies" and "America's physical geography" are<br />
examples of<br />
a) passive voice.<br />
b) the infinitive.<br />
c) the gerund,<br />
d) the genitive.<br />
e) indirect speech.<br />
79
CAPÍTULO X – SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS<br />
Verbo é a classe de palavras que nomeia, descreve um<br />
estado ou uma ação. A maioria dos verbos em <strong>Inglês</strong> é<br />
dividida em verbos regulares (regular verbs) e verbos<br />
irregulares (irregular verbs).<br />
Os verbos irregulares são os que não são conjugados<br />
da mesma maneira que os regulares e para os quais<br />
não existe uma regra geral; para cada verbo irregular<br />
há uma regra. Em <strong>Inglês</strong>, toda a sentença precisa ter<br />
um verbo, pelo menos.<br />
Começaremos a estudar os verbos a partir do Verbo<br />
"to be", que é um dos verbos mais básicos em língua<br />
inglesa.<br />
Verbo to be - Verb to be<br />
O verbo to be significa ser e estar em português e,<br />
além desses dois significados, este verbo é muito<br />
usado no sentido de ficar(tornar-se). Observe os usos<br />
e as formas deste verbo:<br />
- USOS:<br />
Usa-se o verbo to be:<br />
1. Para identificar e descrever pessoas e objetos:<br />
• Richard is my friend. (Ricardo é meu amigo.)<br />
• I am Italian. (Eu souItaliano.)<br />
• I'm from Spain. (Eu sou da Espanha.)<br />
• It is a computer. (Isto éum computador.)<br />
2. Nas expressões de tempo, idade* e lugar:<br />
• It was raining this morning. (Hoje de manhã estava<br />
chovendo.)<br />
• It is sunny today. (Hoje o dia estáensolarado.)<br />
• I am twenty years old. (Tenho vinte anos.)<br />
cojugada no presente afirmativo sofre acréscimo de “S”.<br />
Se o verbo terminar em S, SH, CH, X, O ou Z,<br />
acrescenta-se “ES”. (para a 3ª pessoa do singular<br />
apenas). Se o verbo termina em Y antecedido por uma<br />
consoante, o Y é retirado e as letras “IES” são<br />
acrescentadas. (Para a 3ª pessoa do singular apenas).<br />
E.g.<br />
1. I live in Vit. Da Conquista with my family.<br />
2. He needs to stay with us tonight.<br />
3. She goes to school twice a week.<br />
4. The teacher studies hard every day.<br />
5. The teachers study hard every day.<br />
Obs. O verbo TO HAVE tem uma forma especial para a<br />
3ª pessoa do singular no presente afirmativo que é: HAS.<br />
E.g.<br />
1. He has a beautiful car.<br />
2. The Solar System has nine planets<br />
Muitos verbos expressam ações físicas<br />
Aqui estão algumas frases com os verbos destacados.<br />
(Esses verbos expressam<br />
She sells pegs and lucky heather. - (Neste exemplo, a<br />
palavra SELL é um verbo. Ele exprime a actividade<br />
física de vender.).)<br />
1. The doctor wrote the prescription. - (Neste exemplo, a<br />
palavra WROTE é um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade<br />
física para escrever.)<br />
2. Alison bought a ticket. - (A palavra BOUGHT é um<br />
verbo. Ela expressa a atividade física para comprar.)<br />
80<br />
SIMPLE PRESENT:<br />
O Simple Present (Presente do Indicativo em português)<br />
é formado a partir do infinitivo sem TO, exceto para o<br />
verbo TO BE (e estruturas compostas com este verbo) e<br />
verbos ANÔMALOS. A 3ª pessoa do singular quando<br />
Verbos que expressam atividade mental também.<br />
Como nós vimos no início, os verbos não expressam<br />
necessariamente ações físicas como os acima. Eles<br />
podem expressar ações mentais.
1. She considers the job done. - (A palavra considers é<br />
um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental a considerar.)<br />
2. Peter guessed the right number. - (A palavra GUESS é<br />
um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental de adivinhar.)<br />
ATENÇÃO:<br />
Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do<br />
singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas<br />
frases afirmativas.<br />
Presente Simples:<br />
Forma Interrogativa:<br />
Faz-se a interrogativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO e<br />
DOES, que é o auxiliar da 3ª pessoa do singular.<br />
Veja quadro.<br />
DO<br />
DOES<br />
DO<br />
ATENÇÃO:<br />
I<br />
YOU<br />
HE<br />
SHE<br />
IT<br />
WE<br />
YOU<br />
THEY<br />
WORK ?<br />
STUDY ?<br />
SWIM ?<br />
SING ?<br />
HURT ?<br />
GO ?<br />
UNDERSTAND ?<br />
STAY ?<br />
Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do<br />
singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas<br />
frases afirmativas.<br />
Forma Negativa :<br />
Faz-se a forma negativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO<br />
NOT (DON”T) e DOES NOT (DOESN”T).<br />
Veja mais alguns exemplos nas três formas.<br />
1. Do you live near here ?<br />
2. Does your sister study English ?<br />
3. We don’t know how to speak Chinese.<br />
4. They want us to stay with them.<br />
5. People like to go to the beach on Summer.<br />
ATENÇÃO:<br />
As palavras DO e DOES quando são utilizadas em<br />
sentenças afirmativas, apresentarão uma função<br />
ENFÀTICA ao verbo principal das sentenças.<br />
Dando uma atenção especial ao sentido positivo da frase.<br />
Poderemos substituir DO e DOES nas sentenças pelo<br />
equivalente enfático, REALLY.<br />
Mister does love his son Misterzinho.<br />
Mister really love his son Misterzinho.<br />
The Beatles.<br />
Help me if you can I'm feeling down<br />
And I do appreciate you being 'round<br />
Help me get my feet back on the ground<br />
Won't you please, please, help me, help me, help me?<br />
Veja quadro.<br />
I<br />
YOU<br />
HE<br />
SHE<br />
IT<br />
DO NOT (DON’T)<br />
DOES NOT (DOESN’T)<br />
WORK<br />
STUDY<br />
SWIM<br />
SING<br />
HURT<br />
Presente Simples:<br />
Definição:<br />
Usaremos o Presente Simples quando se tratar de um<br />
hábito, algo que acontece com frequência considerável,<br />
ações genéricas, um fenômeno natural ou uma verdade<br />
cientificamente comprovada.<br />
Veja mais alguns exemplos:<br />
WE<br />
YOU<br />
THEY<br />
DO NOT (DON’T)<br />
GO<br />
UNDERSTAND<br />
STAY<br />
We study English in a private school.<br />
They go to the club almost every Sunday.<br />
It always rains in the Rain Forest.<br />
The moon moves around the Earth.<br />
81
The Earth doesn’t have a flat form.<br />
ATENÇÃO:<br />
Quando expressarmos uma verdade univesal (The earth<br />
goes around the sun) – ou verdade cientificamente<br />
comprovada (Water boils at at 71 Celcius on the Everest)<br />
– é importantíssimo que o façamos no Simple Present<br />
Tense.<br />
Presente Simples:<br />
Verbo TO BE e ANÔMALOS<br />
TO BE:<br />
Este verbo é sem dúvida o mais irregular da língua<br />
inglesa. Ele tem uma conjugação especial no presente e<br />
no passado, tem sua própria forma negativa dispensando<br />
assim os auxiliares e também tem sua própria forma<br />
interrogativa. Veja quadro.<br />
Interro<br />
Affirmative Negative<br />
PESSOA<br />
gative<br />
Form<br />
Form<br />
Form<br />
1ª<br />
am<br />
I am I’m I<br />
I am not Am I ?<br />
Singular<br />
not<br />
2ª<br />
are You<br />
you<br />
You are You’re You<br />
Are<br />
Singular<br />
not aren’t<br />
?<br />
3ª<br />
is<br />
He is He’s He<br />
He isn’t Is he ?<br />
Singular<br />
not<br />
3ª<br />
is<br />
She<br />
she<br />
She is She’s She<br />
Is<br />
OU<br />
Singular<br />
not OU isn’t<br />
?<br />
3ª<br />
is<br />
It is It’s It<br />
It isn’t Is it ?<br />
Singular<br />
not<br />
1ª<br />
are We<br />
We are We’re We<br />
Are we ?<br />
Pural<br />
not aren’t<br />
2ª<br />
are You<br />
you<br />
You are You’re You<br />
Are<br />
Pural<br />
not aren’t<br />
?<br />
3ª<br />
are They<br />
they<br />
They are They’re They<br />
Are<br />
Plural<br />
not aren’t<br />
?<br />
Como você pode observar este verbo dispensa os<br />
auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e DOESN’T, usados nos<br />
exemplos anteriores. O mesmo ocorrerá no passado<br />
simples, que será um dos nossos próximos assuntos.<br />
Veja o verbo TO BE no presente simples.<br />
82<br />
E.g.<br />
1. He is American from New York.<br />
2. She isn’t a good student.<br />
3. Are you a good soccer player ?<br />
4. Are they teachers or students ?<br />
5. Monica and Elizabeth aren’t from the same city.<br />
6. What is your name ?<br />
7. It is hot today, isn’t it ?<br />
ANÔMALOS:<br />
Os anômalos são verbos que não podem ser<br />
cojugados em todos os tempos. Cada um tem o seu<br />
próprio tempo verbal e podem se auxiliarem numa<br />
sentença.<br />
Os anômalos de tempo presente tais como:<br />
CAN. MAY, e MUST, assim como o verbo TO BE não<br />
precisam dos auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e<br />
DOESN’T, já mencionados.Todavia os anômalos é um<br />
assunto que trataremos mais tarde.<br />
Presente Simples:<br />
Advérbios de Freqüência: Os advérbios de frequência<br />
bem que podiam ser estudados num outro capítulo, mas<br />
como eles vão nos ajudar a entender melhor o que é o<br />
presente simples, resolvi usar aqui alguns exemplos com<br />
esses advérbios que geralmente acompanham o presente<br />
simples.<br />
Alguns Advérbios de Frequência:<br />
1 Always Sempre<br />
1. 2 Frequently Freqüentemente<br />
2. 3 Generally Geralmente<br />
3. 4 Usually Habitualmente<br />
4. 5 Often Freqüentemente<br />
5. 6 Sometimes Às vezes<br />
6. 7 Seldom Raramente<br />
7. 8 Rarely Raramente<br />
8. 9 Never Nunca
ATENÇÃO:<br />
Esses advérbios devem ser usados entre o sujeito e o<br />
verbo principal de cada oração. Exceto SOMETIMES,<br />
que também pode ser usado no início ou final de cada<br />
oração.<br />
Se o verbo for TO BE o advérbio deve aparecer<br />
depois deste.<br />
Examine os anúncios para responder à questão.<br />
Vejamos ainda, mais alguns exemplos de Presente<br />
Simples.<br />
1. They always have lunch after 1:00 o’clock.<br />
2. Iane Mikaelle is usually late for class.<br />
3. People often go to the club on Saturdays.<br />
4. Sometimes I watch TV in the afternoon.<br />
5. My parents never stay home on Sundays.<br />
6. Crislenon sometimes studies late in the evening.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
2. Nos anúncios, as palavras use, you, need, electricity e<br />
wisely são exemplos, respectivamente, de<br />
a) substantivo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.<br />
b) verbo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.<br />
c) substantivo, adjetivo, verbo, substantivo e adjetivo.<br />
d) verbo, pronome, verbo, adjetivo e adjetivo.<br />
e) substantivo, pronome, substantivo, adjetivo e advérbio.<br />
1. De acordo com o anúncio,<br />
a) The event is addressed to Brazilian students who<br />
live abroad.<br />
b) The event will happen on the weekend and will last<br />
all day long.<br />
c) The invitation to the event is made through an<br />
imperative sentence.<br />
d) The most important cultural event in the Brazilian<br />
culture is carnival.<br />
3. Consider the sentence below and the suggestions to<br />
complete it.<br />
The best translations into Portuguese for<br />
1. “be prepared” (panel 2) is estamos preparados.<br />
2. with this full backpack (panel 3) is com esta mochila<br />
cheia.<br />
83
3. Just so long as we don‘t get hungry (panel 4) is Só<br />
enquanto não sentirmos fome.<br />
Which of the suggestions above can be considered<br />
correct according to the text?<br />
a) Only 1.<br />
b) Only 2.<br />
c) Only 3.<br />
d) Only 2 and 3.<br />
e) 1, 2 and 3.<br />
- Make the most of your assets. For example: 20 Don’t<br />
cover freckles, says Tiffany. “They’re awesome. They’re<br />
you. So make the most of them.”<br />
- Photographers always ask you to [put your] ‘chin<br />
down’ — it makes one look more flattering that way.<br />
Even slightly raised eyebrows work too.<br />
- Avoid wearing sunglasses for a photo; they’re like<br />
stuffing your hands in your pockets — you come across<br />
as having something to hide.<br />
- Go for B&W shots 23 if you’re looking for classic and<br />
flattering.<br />
http://www.khaleejtimes.com/weekend/inside.asp?xfile=/data/weekend/2011/janu<br />
ary/weekend_january7.xml§ion=weekend<br />
Profile Perfect<br />
By Karen Ann Monsy | January 7, 2011<br />
4. A alternativa cujo fragmento apresenta o mesmo<br />
modo verbal dos segmentos sublinhados em "Avoid the<br />
stiff smile! Go for the 'after laugh' smile instead" (ref.<br />
19) é<br />
a) "Don't cover freckles" (ref. 20).<br />
b) "all over the place, aren't you?" (ref. 1).<br />
c) "but they should" (ref. 21).<br />
d) "Tiffany cautioned" (ref. 22).<br />
e) "if you're looking for classic and flattering" (ref. 23).<br />
Tears dry on their own<br />
Amy Winehouse.<br />
All I can ever be to you,<br />
Is a darkness that we knew<br />
And this regret I got accustomed to<br />
Once it was so right<br />
When we were at our high,<br />
Waiting for you in the hotel at night<br />
Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Orkut — 1 all over the<br />
place, aren’t you? Now find out how 3 a single snap can<br />
say it all.<br />
Here are a few tips from Tiffany for 8 how best to<br />
create that memorable profile shot:<br />
- 19 Avoid the stiff smile! Go for the ‘after laugh’ smile<br />
instead — 12 it always works best.<br />
- Magic hours for outdoor photography: early morning or<br />
18 in the evening just before, during or after sunset.<br />
I knew I hadn’t met my match<br />
But every moment we could snatch<br />
I don’t know why I got so attached<br />
It’s my responsibility,<br />
And you don’t owe nothing to me<br />
But to walk away I have no capacity<br />
He walks away<br />
84
The sun goes down,<br />
He takes the day but I’m grown<br />
And in your way<br />
In this blue shade<br />
My tears dry on their own.<br />
I don’t understand<br />
Why do I stress a man,<br />
When there’s so many bigger things at hand<br />
We could have never had it all<br />
We had to hit a wall<br />
So this is inevitable withdrawal<br />
Even if I stopped wanting you,<br />
A perspective pushes through<br />
I’ll be some next man’s other woman soon<br />
[…]<br />
I wish I could say no regrets<br />
And no emotional debts<br />
’Cause as we kissed goodbye the sun sets<br />
So we are history<br />
The shadow covers me<br />
The sky above a blaze<br />
That only lovers see<br />
A cyber attack blocked traffic to the website of the<br />
Brazilian presidency and two other government sites on<br />
Wednesday, authorities said.<br />
The Brazilian branch of the Lulz Security hacking<br />
collective claimed responsibility for the attacks.<br />
Lulz members have claimed responsibility for recent<br />
attacks on the site of electronics giant Sony, along with<br />
the CIA web page and the U.S. Senate computer system.<br />
The Brazilian president’s office said in a statement that<br />
attacks on the website of the presidency, along with the<br />
nation’s internal revenue service and a government<br />
portal began around 12:30 a.m. and lasted until 3 a.m.<br />
The government said it stopped the hackers from<br />
obtaining data from the websites, but that the attacks<br />
made them inaccessible for about an hour.<br />
Hours later, people who claimed to be Lulz members<br />
said on Twitter that they had taken down the website of<br />
oil company Petrobras, whose website was down<br />
Wednesday afternoon. Petrobras would not confirm<br />
whether the problems with its website were caused by an<br />
attack.<br />
On a Twitter page in the name of the Brazilian branch of<br />
Lulz, posters justified the apparent attack on the<br />
Petrobras website by complaining about the price of<br />
gasoline in Brazil.<br />
“Wake up Brazil! We no longer want to buy gas at 2.75<br />
to 2.78 reals ($1.73 to $1.75) and export for half of that<br />
price!” stated one tweet from the group.<br />
Adapted from: http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/americas/brazilpresidency-website-hacked-jammed-in-attack-claimed-by-lulzcollective/2011/06/22/AGb53KgH_story.html<br />
(http://letras.terra.com.br. Adaptado.)<br />
6. Which verb form is used in the sentence: “Wake up<br />
Brazil!”.<br />
5. Em qual alternativa todas as palavras, conforme<br />
utilizadas na letra da música, são formas verbais?<br />
a) Accustomed, away, knew, met, was.<br />
b) Ever, hand, match, waiting, were.<br />
c) Accustomed, hand, know, owe, was.<br />
d) Away, ever, met, snatch, waiting.<br />
e) Attached, knew, met, owe, were.<br />
a) Futuro.<br />
b) Passado simples.<br />
c) Presente Perfeito.<br />
d) Imperativo.<br />
e) Presente Contínuo.<br />
Brazil presidency website hacked, jammed in attack<br />
claimed by Lulz collective<br />
85
86<br />
7. Texto 3<br />
Considerando as ideias presentes no texto e os aspectos<br />
da língua inglesa, é CORRETO afirmar que<br />
a) the governor is trying to help the prisoners to<br />
improve the bad conditions of the prison.<br />
b) the term over-crowding expresses the idea that there<br />
are just a few people or things in one place.<br />
c) the prisoner is saying that he wishes he could talk to<br />
the governor about the difficult conditions in prison.<br />
d) the sentence Don’t talk to me about prison overcrowding…<br />
in the affirmative form would be “Talk<br />
to me about prison over-crowding…”<br />
The art of difference<br />
Mutuality in recognizing and negotiating difference is<br />
crucial for people to deal with their past and the future; it<br />
is also essential in the process of creating a culture of<br />
responsibility. How can this be achieved and what is the<br />
role of art in this process?<br />
1<br />
A vision based on ideologies solves both challenges of<br />
sharing – the interpretation of the past and the<br />
projections of the future. But ideologies are somehow<br />
“total”, if not totalitarian, because there is not much<br />
space for serious public negotiation. Individuals, then,<br />
lose their integrity or are restricted to their private<br />
spheres and, in the end, their memories become part of<br />
the dominant identity discourse, their aspirations are<br />
delegated. Even in less obvious systems of ideological<br />
rule, where individual subscription to the official story<br />
line seems to be consciously voluntary and collective<br />
memories are willingly encouraged for the sake of<br />
collective identities, the negotiation of difference is often<br />
not welcome: exclusion happens quickly 2 and nonconformist<br />
doubts produce suspicion.<br />
A democratic vision – shared aspirations for the future,<br />
based on negotiated interpretations of the past that<br />
respect diversity – is necessarily found in complex<br />
processes of private and public discourse and<br />
participatory and inclusive culture. Yet, politics tends to<br />
reduce complexity and engineer the balance between the<br />
individual and the collective rather than invest in<br />
processes of negotiation. We have learned, 11 though, that<br />
this social engineering is a phantasm, largely limited and<br />
limiting, and, even if successful, often creates paranoid<br />
and fatal structures of homogeneity by trying to mould<br />
memories and hopes.<br />
Humankind has gathered impressive knowledge about<br />
the limitations of the human will and the failures of such<br />
“engineering”. 12 Nevertheless, despite this, and maybe<br />
even because of it, we cannot give up trying the<br />
3 impossible: to create conditions for equality and<br />
solidarity for individuals to flourish. These conditions<br />
should be accompanied by narratives of a just, fair and<br />
free commonwealth of all. If history and memory seem<br />
to make this dream an 4 unlikely scenario, can art play<br />
this part?<br />
The role of art is precisely to keep inspiration alive, to<br />
deconstruct ideology, to 5 recall the necessary dream of<br />
freedom, of the individual and of the common good<br />
beyond the “either/or” and beyond simplicity. In this<br />
sense, art in general prevents false hopes, and thus<br />
generates hope in the most paradoxical way: the only<br />
way of hoping that reaches beyond the private sphere<br />
without some kind of ideological distortion.<br />
What makes art so unique? And why? Because the best<br />
narratives of art are purpose-free, uniquely noninstrumental,<br />
simply human. Art narrates what we don’t<br />
understand in 7 enlightened ways. Artists in particular<br />
offer a wealth of 6 unseen perspectives and 8 unexpected<br />
pathways of human exploration. Art makes us aware that<br />
all memories are personal, despite the power of<br />
collective narratives. Arts and culture empower people to<br />
think freely, to imagine the 9 unimagined, to feel<br />
responsible across borders and boundaries. Hopefully,<br />
the narratives of the future will be 10 intercultural – and<br />
art will be the ally in the art of difference that needs to be<br />
further developed. “Art is about difference, art is<br />
difference”, as stated by Igor Dobricic*. And it is
difference that will be at the origin of the new bonding<br />
narratives of confidence.<br />
Gottfried Wagner<br />
alliancepublishing.org. *Igor Dobricic – dramaturgo sérvio<br />
8. The ideas expressed in a text might be perceived as<br />
true because of the choice and repetition of a specific<br />
tense.<br />
The verb tense that makes the ideas in the text seem true<br />
is:<br />
a) future perfect<br />
b) simple present<br />
c) present perfect<br />
d) present progressive<br />
Leia a tira para responder à(s) questão(ões) a seguir.<br />
deliberate pace of the Chinese human spaceflight<br />
program so far, it is clear that China has spent a<br />
considerable amount of money to acquire this new<br />
capability—nearly $2 billion. In addition to developing a<br />
spacecraft and launching four previous unmanned<br />
missions, China has also built a new rocket, a new<br />
launch pad, and a large assembly building for integrating<br />
all of the equipment, as well as various other support<br />
facilities, such as a tracking station in Namibia and<br />
several tracking ships. Recovery forces such as<br />
helicopters and aircraft cost additional money. China<br />
may also demonstrate the value of spaceflight at<br />
diverting domestic attention from government<br />
oppression and corruption. 5 But the Chinese government<br />
is going to do this anyway with other events, such as the<br />
2008 Olympics.As for China’s industrial policy, the<br />
United States long ago learned that the spin-off argument<br />
is a weak one; although developing 7 spacecraft does<br />
produce some useful technologies, it is generally<br />
inefficient. If you want a faster computer chip, then<br />
develop one; there is no need to go to the Moon to do so.<br />
The only demonstrated payoff of human spaceflight is<br />
prestige. (Dwayne A. Day. Available in<br />
http://www.thespacereview.com/article/137/1. Retrieved on July 23,. Adapted.)<br />
10. “[…] spacecraft does produce some useful<br />
technologies […]” (ref. 7). The underlined word is used,<br />
in this context, to:<br />
a) indicate an interrogative sentence structure.<br />
b) emphasize the meaning of the verb “produce.”<br />
c) express the third person of the verb “to do.”<br />
d) weaken the meaning of the word “produce.”<br />
9. No trecho do primeiro quadrinho – she’s sick and<br />
tired of smelling beer –, ’s pode ser reescrito como<br />
a) is.<br />
b) was.<br />
c) goes.<br />
d) does.<br />
e) has.<br />
SHALL WE DANCE?<br />
planets SPIN.<br />
lightning leaps.<br />
atoms dance.<br />
and so do we.<br />
The Benefits of a New Space Race<br />
(…)<br />
(…)<br />
Human spaceflight is enormously expensive, even in<br />
places where labor is cheap. Despite the slow and<br />
Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.<br />
"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who<br />
met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.<br />
By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER NATIONAL<br />
GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006<br />
87
11. The present tense of the verbs in the text subtitle<br />
("Planets spin ... and so do we") is used to express<br />
a) future events<br />
b) non-repeated actions<br />
c) temporary agenda<br />
d) unexpected actions<br />
e) permanent truths<br />
SILENT WEAPONS<br />
Technological Hurdles for Terrorists<br />
To be successful, a terrorist or terrorist organization has<br />
to overcome formidable technical challenges. First, the<br />
terrorist has to obtain a sufficiently lethal strain of a<br />
disease pathogen. Second, he must know how to handle<br />
and store the pathogen correctly and safely. Third, he<br />
must know how to produce it in bulk. Tiny amounts of a<br />
microorganism are lethal enough to ravage a field of<br />
crops, a herd of animals, or a city of people, assuming<br />
the pathogen is delivered precisely to the target.<br />
However, 2 biological agents do not survive well outside<br />
the laboratory. In reality only a fraction of the biological<br />
agent would reach the target population, so vastly larger<br />
amounts would be needed to launch a catastrophic<br />
attack.<br />
Considering the array of technological hurdles involved,<br />
it is surprising that few terrorist attacks with biological<br />
weapons have been attempted. What is more, those<br />
attempts produced few casualties. Recently, anthraxlaced<br />
letters killed five people in the United States. That<br />
is tragic enough, but the 1 casualties were fewer than<br />
might have occurred from a small explosive or even a<br />
pistol. Researchers calculate that since 1975, in 96<br />
percent of the attacks worldwide in which chemical<br />
agents were used no more than three people were killed<br />
or injured.<br />
Awake! September 22.<br />
12. In the sentence, "...biological agents do not survive<br />
well..."(ref. 2), the use of the present tense implies<br />
a) doubt.<br />
b) condition.<br />
c) probability.<br />
d) objectivity.<br />
e) certainty.<br />
88<br />
LIES ARE SO COMMONPLACE, THEY ALMOST<br />
SEEM LIKE THE TRUTH<br />
1. Everyone lies. Little lies, perhaps, which may not<br />
cause serious problems, but still they are lies. We fudge<br />
on how old we are, how much we weigh, what we are<br />
paid. Some people tell their children that Santa Claus<br />
will come on Christmas Eve.<br />
2. Consider the last time you got a phone call from<br />
someone you didn't want to talk to. Did you perhaps<br />
claim falsely that you were just on your way out the<br />
door? That your newborn (you're childless) needed you?<br />
Terry L. Goodrich. Seattle Post-Intelligencer; October 29, C1<br />
13. In the sentence "Everyone lies" (par.1), the present<br />
tense is being used to express a fact that will never<br />
change in time (historical present). In which of the<br />
alternatives below is the present tense being used to<br />
express a similar idea?<br />
a) It is hot and sunny today.<br />
b) Water freezes at 0 ° Celsius.<br />
c) My plane leaves at 5pm tomorrow.<br />
d) My cousin studies Computer Science.<br />
e) Joe is late for work today.<br />
The Paradox of Our Times<br />
by Jeff Dickson<br />
The paradox of our times in history is that<br />
We have taller buildings, but shorter tempers;<br />
Wider freeways, but narrower viewpoints.<br />
We spend more, but have less;<br />
We buy more, but enjoy it less.<br />
We have bigger houses and smaller families;<br />
More conveniences, but less time.<br />
We have more degrees, but less sense;<br />
More knowledge, but less judgment;<br />
More experts, but more problems;<br />
More medicine, but less wellness.
We drink too much, smoke too much, spend too<br />
recklessly;<br />
Laugh too little, drive too fast, get too angry too quickly,<br />
Stay up too late, get too tired,<br />
Read too seldom, watch TV too much,<br />
And pray too seldom.<br />
We have multiplied our possessions, but reduced our<br />
values.<br />
We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too often.<br />
We’ve learned how to make a living, but not a life;<br />
We’ve added years to life, not life to years.<br />
We’ve been all the way to the moon and back,<br />
But have trouble crossing the street to meet a new<br />
neighbor.<br />
We’ve conquered outer space, but not inner space;<br />
We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul;<br />
We’ve split the atom, but not our prejudice.<br />
We have higher incomes, but lower morals;<br />
We’ve become long on quantity, but short on quality.<br />
These are the times of tall men, and short character;<br />
Steep profits, and shallow relationships.<br />
These are the times of world peace, but domestic<br />
warfare;<br />
More leisure, but less fun;<br />
More kinds of food, but less nutrition.<br />
These are days of two incomes, but more divorce;<br />
Of fancier houses, but broken homes.<br />
It is a time when there is much in the show window<br />
And nothing in the stockroom;<br />
A time when technology can bring this letter to you,<br />
And a time when you can choose either to make a<br />
difference<br />
Or just hit delete.<br />
(www.motivateus.com/stories/paradox.htm - July 2012.)<br />
14. In the line, “we talk too much, love too seldom, and<br />
hate too often”, what kind of adverb is seldom?<br />
a) Manner.<br />
b) Frequency.<br />
c) Degree.<br />
d) Place.<br />
FLORIDA PANTHER, THE EVERGLADES<br />
The Everglades, often called a "river of grass," is a<br />
unique subtropical habitat for plants and wildlife<br />
A Florida panther rests 4<br />
quietly in the<br />
Everglades of southwestern Florida. 1 Although protected<br />
by the Endangered Species Act, only 30 Florida panthers<br />
are believed to survive in the Everglades 5 victims of<br />
disease and shrinking habitat as well as illegal hunting<br />
and automobiles. 2 With the species' fate hanging in the<br />
balance, some Florida panthers are being captured for a<br />
special breeding program.<br />
The Everglades, 3 often called a "river of grass",<br />
6 stretches more than 300 kilometers from the headwaters<br />
of the Kissimmee River to the Florida Keys, with a<br />
600,000-hectare national park at its core. Made up of<br />
saw grass, tree islands, marshes and sloughs, the<br />
Everglades is a unique subtropical habitat for plants and<br />
wildlife. It is also an ecosystem under pressure from<br />
outside development, pollution (especially agricultural<br />
runoff) and the diversion of water for use by the state's<br />
growing population. State and federal conservation<br />
authorities are now taking action to restore the<br />
Everglades. Environment: The Next Frontier, a<br />
publication of the U. S. Information Agency.<br />
15. A palavra "often" (ref. 3) pode ser substituída, sem<br />
mudança de sentido, por<br />
a) never.<br />
b) hardly ever.<br />
c) also.<br />
d) frequently.<br />
e) always.<br />
89
A RACIAL GAP<br />
Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower<br />
rate than whites. What can be done?<br />
Doctors have long known that lung cancers,<br />
which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier<br />
toll among black Americans, particularly black men,<br />
than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black<br />
men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of<br />
white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white<br />
women). It also has to do with differences in income and<br />
access to medical care. But there has always been a<br />
lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to<br />
either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in<br />
"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster<br />
that disturbing conclusion.<br />
Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely<br />
hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even<br />
so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have<br />
a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size<br />
give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant<br />
growth is surgically removed.<br />
(Time, October 25th, 1999)<br />
16. The opposite of "always" in the sentence "There has<br />
always been a lingering suspicious that some of the<br />
gap...", is<br />
a) already.<br />
b) yet.<br />
c) still<br />
d) hardly ever.<br />
e) never.<br />
Gypsies are a wandering people. They may find a house<br />
to live in for the winter, but in spring they 1 usually pack<br />
up and begin traveling again. They used to travel in vans<br />
pulled by horses, but 5 nowadays most of them use trucks<br />
and trailers. They travel in groups called "caravans".<br />
When they find a place to camp, they gather their vans<br />
together. Sometimes they put up tents. Out of the vans<br />
comes everything needed to set up camp. In the evening<br />
6 they gather around a campfire to sing and play music, to<br />
dance and tell stories, and to laugh together. They may<br />
stay in one camp for many nights or they may pack up<br />
and leave 2 after one night. Sometimes you may see<br />
Gypsies 7 telling fortunes at a fair. Some even own their<br />
own carnivals.<br />
90<br />
Thousands of years ago the first Gypsies came<br />
3 from India. Since then they have spread all over the<br />
world. In England they were called Egyptians because<br />
some of them had come to England from Egypt. Later on<br />
the word Egyptian was shortened to Gypsy.<br />
The Gypsies have a special language all their<br />
own, called "Romany". Very few people who are not<br />
Gypsies can speak it. It is taught by a father to his<br />
children. There are even many Gypsies who cannot<br />
speak Romany. They speak the language of the country<br />
they travel in. The Gypsies do not have 4 any special<br />
religion. Different groups of them belong to different<br />
faiths all over the world.<br />
(BONHIVERT, Edith & Ernest. Questions Children Ask, Chicago, Standard<br />
Education Society, Inc., 1992, page 164.)<br />
17. Marque a opção que contém a classificação<br />
gramatical CORRETA:<br />
a) usually (ref.1) - advérbio<br />
b) after (ref.2) - pronome<br />
c) from (ref.3) - conjunção<br />
d) any (ref.4) - substantivo<br />
INFORMATION REVOLUTION<br />
1 In Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 - 2 which was<br />
written in the early 1950s, just after televisions and<br />
computers first appeared - people relate most intimately<br />
with electronic screens and don't like to read. They are<br />
happy when firemen burn books.<br />
2 Bradbury's novel no longer seems set in a<br />
distant future. Thanks to growth in computer capacity,<br />
television and computers are merging into digital streams<br />
of sounds, images, and text that make it possible to<br />
become absolutely brilliant with information.<br />
3 To know where information technologies are<br />
taking us is impossible. The law of unintended<br />
consequences governs all technological revolutions. In<br />
1438 Johannes Gutenberg wanted a cheaper way to<br />
produce handwritten Bibles. His movable type fostered a<br />
spread in literacy, an advance of scientific knowledge,<br />
and the emergence of the industrial revolution.<br />
4 Although no one can predict the full effect to<br />
the 1 current information revolution, we can see changes<br />
in our daily lives. Often the changes that accompany new<br />
information technologies are so subtle we barely notice<br />
3 them. Before the written word people relied on their<br />
memories. Before telephones, more people knew the
pleasure of writing and receiving letters, the small joy of<br />
finding a handwritten envelope in the mailbox from a<br />
friend or a relative. Before television and computers,<br />
people had a stronger sense of community, a greater<br />
attachment to neighborhoods and families.<br />
5 Television has glued us to our homes, isolating<br />
us from other human beings. Only one-quarter of all<br />
Americans know their next-door neighbors. Our<br />
communities will become less intimate and more isolated<br />
as we earn college credits, begin romances, and gossip<br />
on the Internet, a worldwide system that allows<br />
computers to communicate with one another. The age of<br />
software will offer more games, home banking,<br />
electronic shopping, video 4 on demand, and a host of<br />
other services that unplug us from physical contact.<br />
6 Some of us will cross into the new world; others<br />
will remain behind. No one knows what kind of network<br />
will succeed the Internet, or what increasing computer<br />
power will make possible. One trend is clear: A growing<br />
cultlike faith in information, a belief that if we hook up<br />
to the Internet we'll be smart. Full of facts. Brilliant with<br />
information. Sense of motion without moving. It's right<br />
out of Fahrenheit 451. From "Information Revolution". NATIONAL<br />
GEOGRAPHIC, October 1995<br />
18. The words OFTEN (par.4) and BARELY (par.4) are<br />
synonymous with, respectively:<br />
a) sometimes - just.<br />
b) rarely - scarcely.<br />
c) eventually - amply.<br />
d) frequently - hardly.<br />
e) repeatedly - sufficiently.<br />
19. O termo "seldom", entre aspas no trecho adiante,<br />
poderia ser substituído por:<br />
"As an American Express Cardmember, you will enjoy a<br />
relationship with us that goes beyond the ordinary. You<br />
will be treated as a MEMBER, not a number. And you<br />
will receive the respect and recognition 'seldom' found<br />
today".<br />
a) occasionally<br />
b) rarely<br />
c) often<br />
d) usually<br />
e) always<br />
20. “We do want the girls to be successful” (l. 34-5)<br />
One can say that “do” in this sentence has the meaning<br />
of<br />
a) ever.<br />
b) often.<br />
c) really.<br />
d) probably.<br />
e) nowadays.<br />
21. (It’s still difficult to find products from eco-friendly<br />
and socially aware sources; however, they do exist and<br />
are entering the market more and more.)<br />
As for the verb “do” (), it’s correct to say that it is used<br />
a) as a main verb.<br />
b) as a modal verb.<br />
c) to avoid repeating a previous verb.<br />
d) as an auxiliary in a negative sentence.<br />
e) for emphasizing the meaning of a positive statement.<br />
22. (… Negativity and pessimism are difficult<br />
personality (25) traits to change, so what can you do if<br />
you’re a pessimist? Use your imagination, for one thing.<br />
For example, if you have an important interview coming<br />
up, picture yourself answering questions confidently. Try<br />
to avoid negative thinking by telling yourself that you<br />
will succeed,…)<br />
The verbs “Use” (l. 26), and “Try” (l. 28) are in the<br />
a) infinitive form.<br />
b) imperative form.<br />
c) simple past tense.<br />
d) simple future tense.<br />
e) simple present tense.<br />
23. (…) there are more adolescent girls in the world now<br />
than have ever been…<br />
The word “ever” (l. 13) has the meaning of<br />
a) often.<br />
b) rarely.<br />
c) usually.<br />
d) seldom.<br />
e) at any time.<br />
91
CAPÍTULO XI - PRESENT PROGRESSIVE<br />
(CONTINUOUS) – VERBS<br />
Presente Contínuo:<br />
Formado a partir do presente do verbo TO BE (AM, IS,<br />
ARE) + verbo principal acrescido de ING<br />
Forma<br />
Afirmativa<br />
Forma Negativa<br />
Forma<br />
Interrogativa<br />
Presente Contínuo:<br />
Definição e Uso:<br />
Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />
TO BE<br />
Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />
TO BE<br />
Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />
TO BE<br />
O Presente Contínuo é usado para descrever uma ação<br />
que está tendo continuidade no momento em que está<br />
falando, por esta razão só poderá ser usado com verbos<br />
de ação. Verbos que não sejam de ação (chamados de<br />
verbos estáticos ou PEPSI VERBS) NÃO devem ser<br />
usados em tempos contínuos quaisquer.<br />
E.g.<br />
1. Mister is explaining something about the Present<br />
Continuous now.<br />
2. What are you doing at the moment ?<br />
3. They are having hot dog and coke.<br />
4. My Sisters aren’t studying for the text, maybe they’re<br />
watching TV.<br />
5. I’m listening to you<br />
6. That girl is getting nervous with me.<br />
O Presente Contínuo também pode ser usado para<br />
descrever uma ação que ocorrerá em um futuro próximo,<br />
desde que se trate de um compromisso e que seja de<br />
caráter pessoal. Será preciso utilizarmos um advérbio ou<br />
expressão temporal que denote futuro para melhor<br />
entendimento do leito ou ouvinte.<br />
E.g.<br />
1. I’m traveling to São Paulo tonight.<br />
2. What are doing tomorrow afternoon ?<br />
3. “Can you come here on Monday?” “I am sorry, I am<br />
painting the house on Monday.”<br />
4. Rita is playing tennis at 3:00 o’clock.<br />
5. We aren’t coming tomorrow because we have a<br />
doctor’s appointment.<br />
Também é comum usarmos este tempo verbal para<br />
expressarmos ou falarmos de ações que estejam<br />
acontecendo ao redor do momento em que falamos, não<br />
necessariamente precisa ocorrer com precisão.<br />
E.g.<br />
Mister is reading british and American literature.<br />
(aqui a ação não acontece no momento da fala, porque<br />
Mister está ministrando aulas agora, mas provavelmente<br />
isso ocorre quando ele está em momentos livres).<br />
She is watching a new serie on TV.<br />
The school where we study is promoting a greta science<br />
project.<br />
EXERCISES:<br />
How money works: Will China on us all?<br />
It’s no secret China has been booming while the West<br />
declines. In fact, it’s been growing so fast it’s expanding<br />
overseas, too: buying up businesses in the UK, U.S. and<br />
elsewhere. So, how worried should we be?<br />
Napoleon once said, apparently. ‘Let China sleep<br />
because when she wakes she’ll shake the world’.<br />
Indeed, for much of the industrial revolution, China was<br />
taking a nap — so to speak. But in 1978 things began to<br />
92
change. The Communist country encouraged private<br />
enterprise and unleashed its biggest asset: 975 million<br />
citizens.<br />
Where then ensued mass migrations to urban areas where<br />
people took up jobs in factories to manufacture goods for<br />
export. Since then the economy dubbed ‘the dragon’ has<br />
doubled its slice of the global economy and it’s predicted<br />
that by 2016 China will be the world’s biggest economy.<br />
Can anything stand in the way of the Asian powerhouse?<br />
From Yahoo Finance UK Friday Mar 8, 2013.<br />
1. In text, the Verb forms booming, growing,<br />
expanding and buying indicate that the events described<br />
are situated<br />
a) in the near future.<br />
b) in the present.<br />
c) long ago.<br />
d) in the era of the Communist Revolution.<br />
e) in the Napoleonic period.<br />
Microsoft is buying Skype<br />
One is the giant business, whose software powers more<br />
than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,<br />
which has revolutionised the way many communicate.<br />
Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.<br />
It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to<br />
make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the<br />
third time it's been bought and sold.<br />
Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete<br />
with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to<br />
make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants<br />
Skype to help it become a bigger force.<br />
Skype is now used by 170 million people around the<br />
world (each month), not just on their computers, but on<br />
the move – on their mobile phones and even on their<br />
tablet devices.<br />
Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,<br />
but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even<br />
profitable.<br />
Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.<br />
Fonte:<br />
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20<br />
11/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml<br />
2. Onde se lê “Microsoft is buying Skype”, é correto<br />
afirmar que<br />
a) a Microsoft está vendendo o Skype.<br />
b) o Skype está sendo vendido pela Microsoft.<br />
c) a Microsoft está comprando o Skype.<br />
d) o Skype está se despedindo da Microsoft.<br />
e) a Microsoft está perdendo o Skype.<br />
CELL PHONES - THE CLEAN AND DIRTY<br />
Here's a useful thing to do with an old cell phone: throw<br />
it in the garden. 6 British researchers are developing a<br />
biodegradable cell phone casing embedded with a flower<br />
seed. Use the phone until 1 you're done (in some places<br />
that's roughly every 18 months), and 4 then you 7 can<br />
compost the cover with yesterday's coffee grounds. The<br />
rest of 8 the phone contains precious metals and circuits<br />
boards that can be 9 recycled, says Kerry Kirwan, chief<br />
researcher of the project at the 10 University of Warwick.<br />
He says he's figured out how to make the phone 11-13 out<br />
of a biodegradable polymer with a plastic window to<br />
protect the 12 flower seed until 2 it's planted. 3 His<br />
department has been experimenting with various seeds,<br />
but 5 so far it has successfully grown dwarf sunflowers<br />
with its old phones.<br />
Imagine the entrepreneurial possibilities - and the<br />
downloadable ringtones.<br />
Newsweek. May, 2013. p. 55.<br />
3. Em "British researchers are developing..." (ref. 6), o<br />
aspecto verbal indica uma ação em andamento, o que<br />
ocorre também na(s) referência(s)<br />
a) 7.<br />
b) 8 - 9.<br />
c) 10.<br />
d) 11.<br />
e) 12.<br />
4. Complete with Simple Present or Present Continuous<br />
(Progressive)<br />
She usually _______________ against injustice, but at<br />
this moment she _______________ against<br />
unemployment.<br />
a) protest / protesting<br />
b) protests / is protesting<br />
c) is protesting / protests<br />
d) protest / are protesting<br />
e) protested / are protesting<br />
93
5.<br />
Preenche corretamente a lacuna (III) a alternativa:<br />
a) coming<br />
b) comes<br />
c) will come<br />
d) to come<br />
e) is coming<br />
6. Has technology ruined childhood?<br />
94<br />
Choose the alternative in which the capital word – ING<br />
form is an example of the present continuous:<br />
a) "a child who spends a WORRYING 7 hours or<br />
more" (paragraph 6)<br />
b) "INCREASING prosperity has also contributed to<br />
the rise of" (paragraph 4)<br />
c) "children from the age of 9 are now TURNING to<br />
their bedrooms" (paragraph 3)<br />
d) "children say they still enioy READING"<br />
(paragraph 8)<br />
e) "harder to control children's VIEWING" (paragraph<br />
9)<br />
1 6 She was young, with a fair, calm face,<br />
whose lines bespoke repression and even a certain<br />
strength. But now there was a dull stare in her eyes.<br />
7 There was something coming to her and she was<br />
waiting for it, fearfully. What was it? She did not know;<br />
it was too subtle and elusive to name. But she felt it,<br />
creeping out of the sky, reaching toward her through the<br />
sounds, the scents, the color that filled the air.<br />
8 She was beginning to recognize this thing that<br />
was approaching to possess her, and she was striving to<br />
beat it back with her will - as powerless as her two white<br />
slender hands would have been.<br />
9 When she abandoned herself a little whispered<br />
word escaped her slightly parted lips. She said it over<br />
and over under her breath: "free, free, free!" (CHOPIN,<br />
Kate. The Story of an Hour. From Internet.)<br />
7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess<br />
her" (par.8), emprega-se o tempo:<br />
a) simple past<br />
b) past perfect<br />
c) past continuous<br />
d) present perfect<br />
BUNKER DOWN<br />
FORGET HIDING IN THE basement. Brits worried<br />
about their safety can now purchase a completely<br />
bombproof house, made by the steel manufacturer Corus.<br />
The Surefast shelter, launched earlier this month, is<br />
constructed out of steel panels that are slotted together<br />
and filled with concrete. But don't expect to just throw it<br />
together at the last minute: it takes several people 10<br />
hours - and the help of a heavy crane - to assemble the<br />
two-story, 50,000 pounds structure. In tests the shelter<br />
has successfully withstood everything from car bombs to<br />
blowtorches. Still, it offers no protection from biological<br />
or chemical weapons. For clean air, inhabitants had best<br />
outfit their bombproof homes with the Dominick Hunter<br />
Group's regenerative NBC filtration system. (The British<br />
Army is now installing it in its tanks.) Breathable air<br />
doesn't come cheap, either: a filter to support 10 people<br />
starts at 50,000 pounds.<br />
"Newsweek", April 14, 2003.
8. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />
presente contínuo como em "The British Army is now<br />
installing it in its tanks.".<br />
a) The British Army is liking the new program.<br />
b) The British Army is understanding the needs of the<br />
population.<br />
c) The British Army is listening to the population.<br />
d) The British Army is preferring the new general.<br />
e) The British Army is possessing many tanks.<br />
9. Usamos o Present Progressive Tense para:<br />
a) ação há pouco completada;<br />
b) ação que começou no passado e continua no<br />
presente;<br />
c) ação premeditada;<br />
d) ações habituais;<br />
e) ação praticada no momento em que se fala.<br />
95
CAPÍTULO XII - PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS<br />
O tempo verbal Simple Past corresponde ao Passado<br />
Simples em português. Nós o utilizamos para expressar<br />
hábitos passados ou para expressar ações que se<br />
iniciaram no passado e também foram finalizadas no<br />
passado, podendo ter o tempo determinado. Neste caso<br />
costumamos acompanhar o verbo com advérbios ou<br />
expressões de frequência que dão maior especificidade à<br />
ideia da frase, como yesterday (ontem), last ... (na<br />
última...), ago (atrás), in .... (em...), e etc.<br />
YESTERDAY<br />
IN 2006<br />
DURING THE WORLD WAR I & II.<br />
VERBOS REGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos que<br />
quando conjugados no passado ou participio passado<br />
TÊM a terminação ED.<br />
VERBOS IRREGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos<br />
que quando conjugados no passado ou particípio passado<br />
NÃO têm a terminação ED.<br />
Veja quadro:<br />
Verbos Irregulares<br />
Verbos Regulares<br />
Past Past<br />
Past Past<br />
Infinitive<br />
Infinitive<br />
Tense Participle<br />
Tense Participle<br />
to become became become to avoid Avoided avoided<br />
to bring brought brought to believe Believed believed<br />
LAST<br />
WEEK.<br />
MONTH.<br />
CLASS.<br />
YEAR.<br />
A<br />
WEEK<br />
YEAR<br />
MONTH<br />
CLASS<br />
AGO.<br />
to buy bought bought to dress Dressed dressed<br />
to do did done to enjoy Enjoyed enjoyed<br />
to drive drove driven to hate Hated hated<br />
to eat ate eaten to intend Intended intended<br />
to forget forgot forgot to learn Learned learned<br />
Passado Simples:<br />
O Pasado Simples é formado da seguinte forma:<br />
Affirmative<br />
Form<br />
Interrogative<br />
Form<br />
Negative<br />
Form<br />
Os verbos têm forma de passado e se<br />
dividem em Regulares e Irregulares<br />
Com o auxiliar DID<br />
Vejamos alguns exemplos:<br />
1. Forma<br />
Interrogativa<br />
2. Forma Negativa<br />
3. Forma<br />
Afirmativa<br />
Com o auxiliar DID NOT ( DIDN’T )<br />
=<br />
><br />
=<br />
><br />
=<br />
><br />
Verbos Regulares e Irregulares:<br />
Did you see the new teacher<br />
yesterday ?<br />
You didn’t see the new teacher<br />
yesterday<br />
You saw the new teacher<br />
yesterday.<br />
Quanto à forma de passado os verbos ingleses se<br />
dividem em dois grupos:<br />
to get got Got to like Liked liked<br />
to go went gone to listen to listened to listened to<br />
Como você pode observar os verbos irregulares não<br />
seguem nenhuma regra e cada forma verbal deve ser<br />
aprendida como se fôsse uma nova palavra.<br />
Vejamos agora a conjugação do Passado Simples.<br />
Forma<br />
Interrogativa<br />
Did I tell you my<br />
name ?<br />
Did you see the<br />
comet ?<br />
Did he leave the<br />
room ?<br />
Did she need money<br />
?<br />
Did it work well ?<br />
Did we take the<br />
tickets ?<br />
Did you send the<br />
letters ?<br />
Did they go home ?<br />
Forma Negativa<br />
I didn’t tell you<br />
my name.<br />
You didn’t see<br />
the comet.<br />
He didn’t leave<br />
the room.<br />
She didn’t need<br />
money.<br />
It didn’t work<br />
well.<br />
We didn’t take<br />
the tickets.<br />
You didn’t send<br />
the letters.<br />
They didn’t go<br />
home.<br />
Forma<br />
Afirmativa<br />
I told you my<br />
name.<br />
You saw the<br />
comet.<br />
He left the room.<br />
She needed<br />
money.<br />
It worked well.<br />
We took the<br />
tickets.<br />
You sent the<br />
letters.<br />
They went home.<br />
96
ATENÇÃO:<br />
1. Observe que os verbos só têm forma de passado<br />
quando são conjugados na forma afirmativa, nas demais<br />
formas eles são auxiliados por DID e DIDN’T.<br />
Utilizamos o "Did" para negativas e perguntas, certo?<br />
Então como explicar o caso abaixo:<br />
I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />
O correto não seria:<br />
I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />
Fómula:Sujeito + did + verbo sem conjugação +<br />
complemento.<br />
Neste caso o "did" está sendo usado para dar ênfase ao<br />
verbo.<br />
1) I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />
2) I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />
1) Eu realmente/de fato trouxe...<br />
2) Eu trouxe...<br />
He was He<br />
She was She<br />
It was It<br />
We were We<br />
You were You<br />
They were They<br />
was<br />
not<br />
was<br />
not<br />
was<br />
not<br />
were<br />
not<br />
were<br />
not<br />
were<br />
not<br />
He wasn’t Was he ?<br />
ou She wasn’t Was she ?<br />
It wasn’t Was it ?<br />
We weren’t Were we ?<br />
You weren’t Were you ?<br />
They weren’t<br />
Were<br />
they<br />
?<br />
To BE significa SER ou ESTAR, por isso o que temos<br />
acima são todas as formas de passado desses dois verbos<br />
resumidos nas duas palavras WAS e WERE.<br />
Vejamos alguns exemplos com tradução.<br />
1. I was at home<br />
yesterday morning.<br />
Eu estava em casa ontem de<br />
manhã.<br />
2. It was hot last night. Estava quente ontem à noite.<br />
3. They were good at<br />
math.<br />
4. We weren’t good<br />
students in the past.<br />
5. It was easy. Foi fácil.<br />
Eles eram (foram) bons em<br />
matemática.<br />
Nós não fomos bons alunos<br />
no passado.<br />
1) I liked her.(Eu gostava dela.)<br />
2) I did like her.(Eu gostava mesmo dela.)<br />
*Mesmo: De fato,realmente.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
2. Todas estas regras de Passado Simples NÃO<br />
SERVEM para o verbo TO BE<br />
Passado Simples:<br />
Verbo TO BE: Este verbo é irregular e se diferencia dos<br />
demais por ter duas formas de passado e não precisar do<br />
auxilar DID ou DIDN’T.<br />
Affirmative<br />
Form<br />
I was I<br />
You were You<br />
Negative Form<br />
was<br />
not<br />
were<br />
not<br />
Interrogative<br />
Form<br />
I wasn’t Was I ?<br />
You weren’t Were you ?<br />
Read the dialogue from the film “Ratatouille”.<br />
Linguini: Listen, I just want you to know how honored I<br />
am to be studying under such a...<br />
Colette: No, you listen! I just want you to know exactly<br />
who you are dealing with! How many women do you see<br />
in this kitchen?<br />
Linguini: Well, I uh...<br />
Colette: Only me. Why do you think that is? Because<br />
high cuisine is an antiquated hierarchy built upon rules<br />
written by stupid, old men. Rules designed to make it<br />
impossible for women to enter this world, but still I'm<br />
here. How did this happen?<br />
97
Linguini: Well because you, because you...<br />
Colette: Because I am the toughest cook in this kitchen!<br />
I have worked too hard for too long to get here, and I am<br />
not going to jeopardize it for some garbage boy who got<br />
lucky! Got it?<br />
Linguini: Wow!. Disponível em:<br />
. Acesso em: 12 set. 2011.<br />
Glossary:<br />
jeopardize: colocar em risco<br />
country in South America where same sex civil union<br />
couples are legally recognized as a family and share the<br />
same rights of married heterosexual couples.<br />
Uruguay<br />
Uruguay became the first country in South America to<br />
allow civil unions (for both opposite-sex and samesexcouples)<br />
in a national platform on January 1, 2008.<br />
Children can be adopted by same-sex couples since<br />
2009. (http://en.wikipedia.org/. Adaptado.)<br />
98<br />
1. What dialogue line is an example of an ungrammatical<br />
structure in English, which is typical of colloquial<br />
language?<br />
a) “No, you listen!”<br />
b) “How many women do you see in this kitchen?”<br />
c) “Why do you think that is?”<br />
d) “How did this happen?”<br />
e) “Got it?”<br />
Status of same-sex marriage<br />
South America. Argentina<br />
The Autonomous City of Buenos Aires (a federal district<br />
and capital city of the republic) allows same-sex civil<br />
unions. The province of Rio Negro allows same-sex civil<br />
unions, too.<br />
Legislation to enact same-sex marriage across all of Argentina was approved on<br />
July 15, 2010.<br />
Brazil<br />
A law that would allow same-sex civil unions throughout<br />
the nation has been debated. Until the end of the first<br />
semester of 2010 the Supremo Tribunal Federal had not<br />
decided about it.<br />
Colombia<br />
The Colombian Constitutional Court ruled in February<br />
2007 that same-sex couples are entitled to the same<br />
inheritance rights as heterosexuals in common-law<br />
marriages. This ruling made Colombia the first South<br />
American nation to legally recognize gay couples.<br />
Furthermore, in January 2009, the Court ruled that samesex<br />
couples must be extended all of the rights offered to<br />
cohabitating heterosexual couples.<br />
Ecuador<br />
The Ecuadorian new constitution has made Ecuador<br />
stand out in the region. Ecuador has become the first<br />
2. Assinale a alternativa na qual todas as palavras são<br />
formas verbais relativas ao passado.<br />
a) Adopted, become, decided, recognized, ruled.<br />
b) Adopted, allow, become, recognized, ruled.<br />
c) Approved, became, been, decided, ruled.<br />
d) Allow, approved, became, decided, may.<br />
e) Can, debated, entitled, made, offered.<br />
OPTICAL FIBERS<br />
Optical fibers carry a dizzying amount of data each<br />
second, but a great deal of communication still gets<br />
beamed, via slower microwaves, from one dish antenna<br />
to another. Engineers didn't think there was any<br />
improvement to tease out of this technology, but<br />
researchers at the University of Paris recently reported in<br />
the journal Science that they'd found a way of focusing<br />
microwaves into a narrow beam, tripling the data rate.<br />
(Newsweek, March, 12,)<br />
3. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma<br />
afirmativa do segmento: "Engineers didn't think..."<br />
a) Engineers thought...<br />
b) Engineers though...<br />
c) Engineers through...<br />
d) Engineers thru...<br />
e) Engineers throw...<br />
The Mystery of Lupus<br />
Many people have heard of lupus, but nobody truly<br />
understands it. A chronic inflammatory disease, it causes<br />
the immune system to attack the heart, kidneys and other<br />
organs. And a recent study by the U.S. Centers for<br />
Disease Control and Prevention found that over a 20-<br />
year period, the death rate rose 33 percent.
Anyone can contract the illness, though it's most<br />
common among those between 15 and 44. Women are a<br />
greater risk than men, and black women have the highest<br />
risk of all.<br />
Researchers don't know why, nor do they know what<br />
causes it in the first place. And there's another problem:<br />
people often go for years without knowing they have it.<br />
That's because it's a complex diagnosis and there isn't<br />
one test that's always conclusive. Early symptoms are<br />
similar to the flu: fatigue, weakness and sporadic joint<br />
pain. But with lupus, patients often also get a rash that<br />
spreads across the nose and cheeks. If you think you<br />
might have lupus, talk to your doctor. Early treatment is<br />
important, and promising new drugs are expected within<br />
five years. (- DR. IAN SMITH, Newsweek, July 8,)<br />
4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a forma<br />
interrogativa correta da frase "..., the death rate rose 33<br />
percent.", no primeiro parágrafo do texto.<br />
a) Did the death rate rose 33 percent?<br />
b) Did the death rate raise 33 percent?<br />
c) Did the death rate rise 33 percent?<br />
d) Does the death rate rise 33 percent?<br />
e) Does the death rate rose 33 percent?<br />
5. Which is the best sentence?<br />
a) I used to smoke, but I don't anymore.<br />
b) I've smoked, but I don't anymore.<br />
c) I smoked, but I didn't anymore.<br />
d) I had smoked, but I haven't anymore.<br />
e) I would smoke, but I can't anymore.<br />
6. When ________ World War II ________ ?<br />
a) did ... started<br />
b) do ... started<br />
c) does ... started<br />
d) do ... star<br />
e) did ... star<br />
Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada<br />
lacuna da questão a seguir:<br />
7. John __________ me some money last week.<br />
a) sends<br />
b) send<br />
c) sent<br />
d) sending<br />
e) to send<br />
8. Brazil_______ last year's world soccer championship.<br />
a) win<br />
b) won<br />
c) wins<br />
d) to win<br />
e) winning<br />
MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN<br />
ACCEPTABLE FACE<br />
By Maria Burke. IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16<br />
IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based<br />
on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a<br />
team of American scientists has discovered that is<br />
possesses a property unique among such materials: it is<br />
easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.<br />
Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based<br />
on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend<br />
on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce<br />
the best results, all the particles must be made to point in<br />
the same direction, a process which is time-consuming<br />
and expensive.<br />
For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually<br />
made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,<br />
which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer<br />
Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and<br />
the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic<br />
properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend<br />
on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was<br />
true at magnetic fields of about 1 tesla - similar to<br />
normal operating conditions - but not at very low fields.<br />
The researchers embedded particles of' the material,<br />
which also contains atoms of barium, copper and<br />
oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.<br />
Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver<br />
for industry. However, the synthesis of the new<br />
superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves<br />
mercury, a hazardous substance.<br />
Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal<br />
Physical Review B.<br />
99
9. Assinale a forma verbal que está no PAST SIMPLE<br />
TENSE:<br />
a) shows<br />
b) has discovered<br />
c) making<br />
d) found<br />
e) have prepared<br />
nowadays.<br />
( ) John used to speak two languages when he was a<br />
child.<br />
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva V erdadeiro – F also<br />
no espaço apropriado itens.<br />
SIGN LANGUAGE<br />
In the mid-18th century, a formal system of sign<br />
language was developed to help deaf people<br />
communicate. A French clergyman and educator of the<br />
deaf, Charles Michel, first developed a system for<br />
spelling words with a manual alphabet and later<br />
expanded his system to include whole concepts. Later in<br />
1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American educator,<br />
introduced it into the United States, and it became known<br />
as American Sign Language (ASL). Like all spoken<br />
languages, ASL is constantly changing, but it continues<br />
to serve more than 500,000 deaf people in the United<br />
States and Canada.<br />
Vocabulary:<br />
deaf = surdo<br />
11. Which sentences refer to actions or states in the past?<br />
( ) In the beginning of this century, some American<br />
schools started some special English classes for children<br />
who did not speak English.<br />
( ) Nowadays, there are bilingual classes in many public<br />
schools.<br />
( ) Immigrants come to the United States because of<br />
war, because of hunger, or because they want religious<br />
or political freedom.<br />
( ) Earlier immigrants hoped that they could make a<br />
better life for themselves and their children.<br />
( ) At first, American schools put immigrant children in<br />
classes with much younger English-speaking children<br />
until the immigrant children learned English.<br />
( ) Public schools used to teach English to immigrants.<br />
Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva no espaço<br />
apropriado a soma dos itens corretos.<br />
."Later in 1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American<br />
educator, introduced it into the United States..."<br />
100<br />
10. The sentence above refers to an action in the past.<br />
Which of the following sentences also refer(s) to actions<br />
or states in the past? V erdadeiro – F also<br />
( ) Students from UCLA will be studying sign language<br />
next semester.<br />
( ) Some languages were used for thousands of years<br />
and then mysteriously disappeared.<br />
( ) Researchers are developing new concepts in that<br />
field.<br />
( ) They began to use sign language years ago.<br />
( ) Today most of us learn to talk at the age of three.<br />
( ) English is the most popular language in theworld
101
1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.<br />
(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)<br />
CAPÍTULO XIII – PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS<br />
PASSADO CONTÍNUO:<br />
O passado contínuo é formado com o passado do verbo<br />
TO BE (WAS ou WERE) + o GERÚNDIO (verb + ING)<br />
do verbo principal.<br />
Esse tempo verbal indica que uma determinada ação<br />
estava tendo continuidade em um determinado tempo no<br />
passado.<br />
Vejamos alguns exemplos.<br />
1. I was reading a book from 2:00 to 3:30 in the<br />
afternoon.<br />
2. They were playing the guitar while he was watching<br />
TV.<br />
3. What were you doing last week ?<br />
Passado Contínuo:<br />
Segue a regra natural do<br />
Forma Afirmativa<br />
verbo TO BE<br />
Segue a regra natural do<br />
Forma Negativa<br />
verbo TO BE<br />
Segue a regra natural do<br />
Forma Interrogativa<br />
verbo TO BE<br />
Usando o Past Continuous para descrever uma ação que<br />
esteja em progresso (esteja acontencedo) no passado.<br />
1. Last night, at 8 we were watching TV. (Ontem à noite<br />
às 08, estávamos assistindo TV.)<br />
2. At that time, she was living in France. (Naquela época,<br />
ela estava morando na França.)<br />
Usamos também o Past Continuous para descrever uma<br />
ação que estava acontecendo quando uma outra ação<br />
aconteceu.<br />
1. While I was going to work, it started to rain. (Enquanto<br />
estávamos assistindo à TV,<br />
estava lendo um livro,<br />
eu estava indo para o trabalho, começou a chover.)<br />
estavam lavando o carro,<br />
2. My cell phone rang whe I was taking a shower. (Meu<br />
celular tocou quando eu estava tomando.)<br />
Poderemos usar o Past Continuous para descrever duas<br />
ações ou mais que aconteceram ao mesmo tempo no<br />
passado.<br />
102<br />
2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles<br />
lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)<br />
O Past progressive poderá ser usado para indicar que uma<br />
ação que estava em andamento foi interrompida por outra<br />
ação. Geralmente as ação são separadas pela preposição<br />
WHEN .<br />
1. Mister was explaining the subject when the student`s<br />
cell phone rang. (Mister estava expçlicando o conteúdo<br />
quando o cellular de um aluno tocou) – mister teve que<br />
interromper a ação de explicar.<br />
Past Continuous com a palavra always para descrever<br />
uma ação que acontecia repetidas vezes no passado.<br />
1. He was always making mistake. (Ele estava sempre<br />
cometendo erros.)<br />
2. They were always sleeping. (Eles estavam sempre<br />
dormindo.)<br />
Quando comparados cada uso acima com os exemplos em<br />
português, notará que a diferença praticamente não existe.<br />
Talvez a única coisa que você pode estranhar está no<br />
terceiro uso. Veja que a tradução dos exemplos foi<br />
diferente:<br />
1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.<br />
(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)<br />
2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles<br />
lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)<br />
Em português, bem que poderíamos traduzir tudo ao pé da<br />
letra:<br />
estava cozinhado.<br />
Mas, em português temos o nosso Pretérito Imperfeito do<br />
Indicativo, que nesse caso e ainda em outros é usado da<br />
mesma maneira que o Past Continuous Tense.
EXERCISES<br />
In the summer of 1926, an English golf enthusiast named<br />
Samuel Ryder (I) a friendly game between some<br />
British professionals and the American players during that<br />
year's Open.<br />
When it (II) that these matches be held on a more<br />
regular basis, Samuel Ryder immediately agreed to<br />
provide the trophy that bears his name. "I am sure I have<br />
never (III) a (IV) thing than this," he declared.<br />
Today, the (V) Cup Matches bring (VI) the finest<br />
professionals from both sides of the Atlantic.<br />
1. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que<br />
preenche corretamente a lacuna (I) da frase apresentada.<br />
a) is watching<br />
b) watches<br />
c) will watch<br />
d) was watching<br />
e) has watched<br />
2. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the<br />
verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST CONTINUOUS<br />
TENSES.<br />
a) Last night while my brother and I<br />
_______________________________ the homework<br />
our neighbors ___________________ a party. (to do)<br />
(to have)<br />
b) I ___________________________ a book last night<br />
when the lights _________________ (to read) (go<br />
out)<br />
3. Complete the sentences with the correct form of<br />
the verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST<br />
CONTINUOUS TENSES:<br />
a) When my mother _________________ us for dinner<br />
we _____________________ the video<br />
game. (to call) (to play).<br />
b) Charles and Bill ________________________ at the<br />
club when it _________ to rain. (to swim) (to start).<br />
4. Em que tempo se encontra o verbo da frase:<br />
All the buildings WERE BURNING out in few minutes.<br />
______________________________________________<br />
5. Change the sentence in the negative and interrogative<br />
form.<br />
The weather was hot and sunny.<br />
negative: ______________________________________<br />
interrogative: __________________________________<br />
6. Preencha os espaços em branco com a forma verbal<br />
correta:<br />
When she _________ I _________ to do my work.<br />
a) has arrived - had tried<br />
b) arrived - was trying<br />
c) arrives - was trying<br />
d) has arrived - has tried<br />
e) arrived - try<br />
7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess her"<br />
(par.8), emprega-se o tempo:<br />
a) simple past<br />
b) past perfect<br />
c) past continuous<br />
d) present perfect<br />
e) were talking<br />
THE ECOLOGICAL PROBLEM<br />
8. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />
They ______ about art last night.<br />
a) talks<br />
b) talk<br />
c) was talking<br />
d) talking<br />
9. The only regular verb is in alternative<br />
a) “have” (l. 6).<br />
b) “pick up” (l. 12).<br />
c) “find” (l. 15).<br />
d) “get” (l. 31).<br />
e) “throw” (l. 35).<br />
103
10. The alternative in which there is a regular verb is<br />
a) “can” (l. 2).<br />
b) “be” (l. 3).<br />
c) “suggest” (l. 7).<br />
d) “doing” (l. 15).<br />
e) “taking” (l. 31).<br />
11. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />
When John came in ______ a book.<br />
a) she was reading<br />
b) Mary is reading<br />
c) will read<br />
d) should read<br />
e) reads<br />
104
CAPÍTULO XIV – THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT<br />
TENSES<br />
The Present Perfect<br />
O PRESENT Perfect Tense é formado com o presente<br />
simples do verbo to have (have / has), que, neste caso,<br />
funciona como verbo auxiliar, seguido do particípio<br />
passado do verbo principal. O particípio passado dos<br />
verbos regulares tem a mesma forma que o passado, ou<br />
seja, terminam em -ed e o dos verbos irregulares tem<br />
forma própria.<br />
Affirmative forms.<br />
I + have<br />
You + have<br />
He + has<br />
She + has<br />
It + has<br />
We + have<br />
You + have<br />
They + have<br />
Past participle of the verb.<br />
1. He has broken his leg. (Ele quebrou a perna.)<br />
2. We have bought new clothes. (Compramos roupas<br />
novas.)<br />
3. She has written a letter to her friend who lives in<br />
Madrid.<br />
(Ela escreveu uma carta para a amiga que mora em<br />
Madrid.)<br />
Veja alguns exemplos com as formas contraídas:<br />
1. He's studied law. (He has studied law.)<br />
(Ele estudou Direito.)<br />
2. She's been here. (She has been here.)<br />
(Ela esteve aqui.)<br />
3. We've worked a lot. (We have worked a lot.) - (Nós<br />
trabalhamos muito.)<br />
Negative forms.<br />
I + haven’t<br />
You + haven’t<br />
He + hasn’t<br />
She + hasn’t<br />
It + hasn’t<br />
We + haven’t<br />
You + haven’t<br />
They + haven’t<br />
Past participle …<br />
1. They have not heard what I've told. (Eles não<br />
escutaram o que eu falei.)<br />
2. You have not eaten anything so far. (Você não comeu<br />
nada até agora.)<br />
3. We have not done our homework. (Não fizemos<br />
nossa lição de casa.)<br />
FORMA CONTRAÍDA: haven't / hasn't<br />
1. I haven't gone to the beach, I've gone to the<br />
countryside. (Não fui para a praia, fui para o inteior.)<br />
2. She hasn't told to her parents where she's been all<br />
day.<br />
(Ela não disse aos pais onde esteve durante todo o<br />
dia.)<br />
Interrogative Forms<br />
Have + I<br />
Have + You<br />
Has + He<br />
Has + She<br />
Has + It<br />
Have + We<br />
Have + You<br />
Have + They<br />
Past participle …<br />
105
1. Have you already talked to your boss? (Você já falou<br />
com o seu chefe?)<br />
2. Have they lived in Amsterdam? (Eles moraram em<br />
Amsterdã?)<br />
3. Has she brought the English/Portuguese dictionary?<br />
(Ela trouxe o dicionário de <strong>Inglês</strong>/Português?)<br />
1. Action still happening in the present. (ações ainda<br />
acontecendo no presente)<br />
Usamos o presente perfeito para expressar uma ação que<br />
começou no passado e ainda continua no presente. As<br />
preposições ‘since’ e ‘for’ são geralmente associadas a<br />
este tempo verbal.<br />
Since: indicates the beginning of the action. (início da<br />
ação)<br />
For: shows the length of time. (período da ação)<br />
Ex.<br />
a) I have known her since 1995.<br />
b) We haven’t had any rain for almost two months.<br />
c) I have given classes at Zênite since 2006.<br />
d) I have given classes to the Zênite’s new group for<br />
seven months.<br />
EXERCISES<br />
CALORIC RESTRICTION<br />
Since 1935 researchers have known that when laboratory<br />
rats and mice are fed a very-low-calorie diet - 30 to 50<br />
percent of their normal intake - they live about 30 percent<br />
longer than their well-fed confreres, as long as they get<br />
sufficient nutrition. Free radicals seem to be responsible:<br />
the less food consumed, the fewer free radicals are<br />
produced - possibly because on a low-calorie regimen<br />
cell's power-generating machinery operates at high<br />
efficiency, as it does during exercise. There haven't been<br />
solid studies on how caloric restriction affects human<br />
beings, but researchers speculate that someday drugs may<br />
¤enhance cellular efficiency without diets. Consuming<br />
fewer calories while maintaining a healthy level of<br />
106<br />
nutrients isn't easy... so don't quit eating just<br />
yet.(Newsweek, June 30, . p.59.)<br />
1. A locução verbal HAVE KNOWN (ref.4) indica uma<br />
noção de temporalidade referente a<br />
a) dois momentos no passado.<br />
b) passado e futuro.<br />
c) passado, exclusivamente.<br />
d) passado e presente.<br />
e) presente e futuro.<br />
Imagine it: Your plane touches down at Charles de Gaulle<br />
and you take out your portable voice recognitiontranslation<br />
device. You set the dial to "Français." Et voilà!<br />
You are free ¤to roam Paris without anyone sneering at<br />
your high school French. Sound like science fiction?<br />
Machines that recognize your voice and translate your<br />
language have already converged. Prototypes of real-time<br />
devices are in use, and they will probably be on the<br />
market in a decade or two. But before we shell out<br />
$299.99 for this shiny new gadget, let us pause to bid<br />
farewell to the dream of an idiomatic common ground - to<br />
the hope for mutual intelligibility and a linguistic<br />
brotherhood of man. "Lingua Franca", New York, May/June<br />
2000.<br />
2. Se o sujeito da oração "Machines (...) HAVE already<br />
CONVERGED" (ref. 2) estivesse no singular e fosse<br />
mantido o tempo do verbo, a forma verbal destacada<br />
a) ficaria inalterada.<br />
b) seria trocada por "had converged".<br />
c) se transformaria em "is being converged".<br />
d) seria substituída por "has converged".<br />
e) passaria para "is converging".<br />
3. "The large scale entrance of women into the<br />
professions since the 1960s has posed many ideological<br />
and aesthetic challenges"<br />
"many of the basic principles, associated with exclusively<br />
male executive office subcultures, have endured."<br />
a) The temporal reference expressed by the verb forms<br />
has posed and have endured is best analyzed as:<br />
b) situations beginning at a prior point continuing into<br />
the present
c) actions occurring at a specified prior time with<br />
current relevance<br />
d) actions completed in the past prior to other past<br />
points in time<br />
e) situations developed over a prior time period and<br />
now completed<br />
f) situations started just in the present.<br />
The Fear Is Old<br />
The Economy New<br />
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN<br />
1 There is something perverse about reading the<br />
business news these days. Every month the Labor<br />
Department comes out with a new set of statistics about<br />
how unemployment is down and thousands of jobs are<br />
being created. But these stories always contain the same<br />
caveat, like the warning on a pack of cigarettes, that this<br />
news is bad for the health of the economy. The stories<br />
always go on to say that these great employment statistics<br />
triggered panic among Wall Street investors and led to a<br />
sell off of stocks and bonds.<br />
(...)<br />
2 Of course there has always been a link between<br />
unemployment numbers and inflation expectations. The<br />
more people are working, the more they have the money<br />
to pay for things; the more consumer demand outstrips<br />
factory capacity, the more prices shoot up, and the more<br />
prices shoot up the more the value of bonds, with their<br />
fixed interest rates, erodes.<br />
3 But what has been so frustrating about the<br />
market reactions in recent months is that despite the<br />
surging economy, inflation has not been rising. It has<br />
remained flat, at around 3 percent, and ¢ yet Wall Street,<br />
certain that the shadow it sees is the ghost of higher<br />
inflation come to haunt the trading floors, has been<br />
clamoring to the Federal Reserve for higher rates. (...)<br />
The New York Times Magazine.<br />
4. O que determinou a utilização do Present Perfect Tense<br />
no último parágrafo do texto foi:<br />
a) o estilo do autor.<br />
b) a referência a um tempo passado não explicitado no<br />
texto.<br />
c) a referência a acontecimentos / sentimentos<br />
desencadeados no passado e que continuam no<br />
presente.<br />
d) a atribuição de maior ênfase ao que se pretende dizer.<br />
e) a referência a sentimentos / acontecimentos que<br />
ocorrem no presente.<br />
5. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />
lacuna:<br />
Have you........... the correct alternative?<br />
a) choose<br />
b) chase<br />
c) choosed<br />
d) chose<br />
e) chosen<br />
2012’s Second Sun<br />
Earth is believed to be getting a second sun burning in the<br />
sky near the end of 2012, as the second biggest star in the<br />
universe, Betelgeuse, is dying, which will lead to<br />
“multiple days of constant daylight.”<br />
Many ancient cultures 4 have speculated about the<br />
appearance of a second sun and this event appears to 1 tie<br />
in very closely with the December 21 2012 predictions.<br />
Betelgeuse is the second 2 biggest star in the universe and<br />
the eighth 3 brightest in the night sky, Scientists 5 have<br />
determined that the star is losing mass at a rapid rate,<br />
which indicates it will go supernova very soon.<br />
The light emitted from this exploding star will be so<br />
bright that it will appear for a few weeks at the end of<br />
2012 as a second sun in the sky. There may be little if no<br />
period of darkness or night according to senior lecturer of<br />
physics at the University of Southern Queensland, Brad<br />
Carter.<br />
Earth will experience “brightness for a brief period of<br />
time for a couple of weeks and then over the coming<br />
months it begins to fade and then eventually it will be<br />
very hard to see at all,” explained the Australian scientist<br />
Brad Carter to news.com.au.<br />
Scientist 6 have known about this dying star which is 640<br />
light years away from Earth, since 2005. It is believed that<br />
as Betelgeuse goes supernova it will not be harmful to<br />
Earth. “There will be neutrinos emitted during the<br />
supernova process, said University of Minnesota physics<br />
professor Priscilla Cushman, but neutrinos, even lots and<br />
lots of them, are only weakly interacting, so they won't<br />
affect life on earth,” but that is only speculation at this<br />
point.<br />
107
The fact is, we as human beings have never experienced<br />
anything like this before so close to our home planet, and<br />
to be honest, we just don’t know for sure what this event<br />
could bring. (www.december212012.com) on 30/08/11<br />
policies, balanced and diversified trade, along with a<br />
coherent energy policy. It leaves the country well<br />
positioned for the future.<br />
www.istockanalyst.com/article/viewarticle/articleid/3370044#. Adaptado<br />
6. The verb tenses “have speculated” (ref. 4), “have<br />
determined” (ref. 5) and “have known” (ref. 6) are:<br />
a) Past perfect<br />
b) Simple present<br />
c) Present perfect<br />
d) Past participle<br />
e) Gerund<br />
Brazil is More Than Soccer and ‘Carnival’<br />
Many investors rarely think about Brazil as a place to put<br />
their investment dollars. They think Brazil is just a<br />
country that goes crazy over soccer and has a wild<br />
‘Carnival’ every year in Rio. But Brazil is so much more.<br />
They may have the best economy in the Americas. Brazil<br />
has made great strides under current President Luiz Inacio<br />
Lula da Silva, commonly known as Lula. Lula took office<br />
on January 1, 2003 and he has, since being in office, run a<br />
very orthodox fiscal policy. The country has maintained<br />
fiscal and trade surpluses for the better part of his<br />
presidency.<br />
Brazil’s highly capable Central Bank has followed a very<br />
strong monetary policy. They have maintained high levels<br />
of real interest rates, which prevented the economy from<br />
overheating and creating an over-expansion of credit —<br />
unlike the policies of others like the Federal Reserve.<br />
In late April, the Brazilian Central Bank cut their interest<br />
rate from 11.25% to 10.25%. This leaves them plenty of<br />
room to cut interest rates further, if necessary, to stimulate<br />
the Brazilian economy. Again, this distinguishes the<br />
Brazilian Central Bank from the Federal Reserve and<br />
others, who have left themselves virtually no room to cut<br />
interest rates further.<br />
Also, Brazil has long pursued a strategy of achieving<br />
energy independence from foreign oil. Brazil started its<br />
own ethanol program — based on its rich sugar crop and<br />
offshore oil exploration using deep-sea drilling methods.<br />
It’s achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency<br />
— again setting it apart from much of the rest<br />
of the world.<br />
Brazil, unlike the United States and other economies, is<br />
not over-levered — It has prudent fiscal and monetary<br />
7. No trecho do quinto parágrafo do texto — It’s<br />
achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency...—<br />
o ’s em It’s pode ser corretamente<br />
substituído por:<br />
a) has.<br />
b) goes.<br />
c) was.<br />
d) does.<br />
e) is.<br />
PLAGIARISM ON THE INTERNET<br />
For Anna, 22, a final year student in south-east<br />
England, internet plagiarism is a natural part of<br />
undergraduate life.<br />
For the past three years, she says, she has been<br />
submitting essays bought and copied from the internet and<br />
passing them off as her own.<br />
She is currently working on her final-year project<br />
and most of the materials in the dissertation are coming<br />
off the net.<br />
Anna (not her real name) says she cheats because<br />
it is easy to get away with it.<br />
"It is easier, because sometimes when you go to<br />
the library you can't find the necessary books or you have<br />
too much to read," she says.<br />
"But I'm always careful. The best way is to<br />
combine library materials with essays bought from the<br />
internet."<br />
Texto:"http://www.newsbbc.co.uk/1/hi/education/3265143.stm"<br />
8. Pode-se observar, nos parágrafos 2, 3 e 4 do texto, a<br />
ocorrência de três tempos verbais distintos na língua<br />
inglesa. As afirmativas a seguir contêm ideias relativas a<br />
cada um desses tempos verbais.<br />
I. Algo que Anna faz com regularidade.<br />
II. Algo que Anna tem feito há algum tempo.<br />
III. Algo que Anna está fazendo no momento.<br />
108
Com base nas asserções, assinale a alternativa que<br />
apresenta a ideia contida em cada um desses tempos<br />
verbais, segundo a ordem em que aparecem nos referidos<br />
parágrafos.<br />
a) II, I e III.<br />
b) III, I e II.<br />
c) III, II e I.<br />
d) I, II e III.<br />
e) II, III e I.<br />
PRESENT PERFECT – Part II.<br />
2. Past action in an incomplete period of time. (ações<br />
passadas em período de tempo incompleto)<br />
Usamos o Pres. Perfeito para expressar uma<br />
finalizada dentro de um tempo não finalizado.<br />
Such as: today, this week, this summer, this year, this month, etc.<br />
Ex.<br />
a) I haven’t seen Luis Àvila this week.<br />
b) Have you read any good book this year?<br />
c) Mister hasn’t come here today.<br />
d) It hasn’t rained this summer.<br />
ação<br />
Past action with no definite time. (açõespassadas sem um<br />
tempo determinado)<br />
Utilizamos o Pres. Perfect quando nos referimos a uma<br />
ação no passado sem mencionarmos o tempo em que essa<br />
ação aconteceu.<br />
Ex.<br />
a) Marilda is crying because her sister has hit her.<br />
b) He has hurt his leg. He can’t play soccer.<br />
c) Omar is a little depressed, ‘cause his gilrfriend has<br />
left him.<br />
d) Has Mister bought a car?<br />
With certain adverbs.<br />
(com certos adverbios)<br />
Utilizamos com muita frequência o Pres. Perfect com:<br />
already, yet, ever, never and just.<br />
Already: Quando algo acontece antes da hora esperada.<br />
‘Affirmative or interrogative.’<br />
Ex.<br />
a) I have already studied this subject in my school<br />
years.<br />
b) Have you all from 3º ano Paulo VI already answered<br />
exercises about pres. perfect?<br />
Yet: Indica que algo não aconteceu ou é esperado que<br />
aconteça. ‘Negative or interrogative.’<br />
Translation:<br />
A tradução do Present Perfect pode ser:<br />
1. Literal:<br />
a) What has he done lately ?<br />
b) O que ele tem feito ultimamente ?<br />
c) I have studied for the test.<br />
d) Tenho estudado para o teste.<br />
2. No Passado Simples:<br />
a) What have you studied ?<br />
b) O que você estudou ?<br />
c) Have you seen him ?<br />
d) Você o viu ?<br />
3. No presente simples:<br />
a) She has lived in Vit. Da Conquista for ten months.<br />
b) Ela mora em Vit. Da Conquista há dez meses.<br />
c) I’ve studied Portuguese since I was a child.<br />
d) Eu estudo Português desde qye eu era criança.<br />
NÃO CONFUNDA!<br />
Present Perfect x Simple Past<br />
O Simple Past refere-se apenas a ações passadas<br />
queacabaram em um tempo definido no passado:<br />
I went to the park last weekend. (Simple Past)<br />
109
O Present Perfect pode expressar ações passadas que<br />
acabaram em um tempo não definido no passadoou ações<br />
que ainda não terminaram:<br />
I have worked hard. (Present Perfect)<br />
They have been here since midday. (Present Perfect)<br />
Principais Usos do Present Perfect Tense:<br />
a) Indica que uma determinada ação começou no passado<br />
e ainda continua.<br />
b) Indica que uma determinada ação pode ser repetida ou<br />
continuada.<br />
c) Indica uma ação passada mas, muito recente.<br />
d) Dá ênfase numa ação. (Auxiliado com JUST)<br />
Atenção: O Present Perfect JAMAIS deve ser usado com<br />
advérbios ou expressões adverbiais no passado.<br />
Exemplos:<br />
a) I have worked hard for Zênite.<br />
b) They’ve been to Rio twice this year.<br />
11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />
lacuna:<br />
Have you........... the correct alternative?<br />
a) choose<br />
b) chase<br />
c) choosed<br />
d) chose<br />
e) chosen<br />
12. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que<br />
preenche corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada.<br />
Sandy: Hi, Jack.<br />
Jack: Hi, Sandy.<br />
Sandy: Gosh! I ....... you for ages!<br />
Jack: That's true. I ........ from a trip to Japan just<br />
yesterday.<br />
a) saw - am returning<br />
b) saw - returned<br />
c) have seen - have returned<br />
d) haven't seen - returned<br />
e) haven't seen - have returned<br />
EXERCISES<br />
CAN SCIENCE PICK A CHILD'S SEX?<br />
9. Assinale a alternativa correta. - We're still waiting for<br />
Bill. He ______ yet.<br />
a) hasn't come<br />
b) haven't come<br />
c) didn't come<br />
d) doesn't come<br />
e) hadn't come<br />
10. Qual destas sentenças está correta:<br />
a) I don't have never taken a course in Japanese;<br />
b) I have never taken a course in Japanese;<br />
c) I never didn't take a course in Japanese still;<br />
d) I ever did not take a course in Japanese;<br />
e) I took not a course in Japanese ever.<br />
13. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />
a) I live here since 1970.<br />
b) I have lived here since 1970.<br />
c) I am living here since 1970.<br />
d) I will live here since 1970.<br />
e) I would live here since 1970.<br />
14. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as<br />
lacunas da frase a seguir:<br />
He.....learning English five years ago but he.....it yet.<br />
a) has started - does not learn<br />
b) started - has not learned<br />
c) has started - learn<br />
d) started - have not learned<br />
e) have started - did not learn<br />
110
15. A frase "I NEVER CAME ACROSS SUCH A SET<br />
IN ALL MY LIFE" - foi extraída de "Three Men in a<br />
Boat" escrito por Jerome K. Jerome em I889. No seu<br />
entender:<br />
A frase não apresenta restrição gramatical.<br />
a) "I have never come across..." teria sido uma melhor<br />
opção gramatical.<br />
b) "I have never came across..." teria sido uma melhor<br />
opção gramatical.<br />
c) "I never come across..." teria sido uma melhor opção<br />
gramatical.<br />
d) "I am never coming across..." teria sido uma melhor o<br />
opção gramatical.<br />
16. Young Nina and her grandmother are having a<br />
conversation:<br />
"Grandma, how long have you and Grandpa been<br />
married?", asked Nina.<br />
1 "We've been married for fifty years", Grandma replied.<br />
"That is so wonderful", exclaimed Nina. "And I bet in all<br />
that time, you never once thought about divorce, right?"<br />
"Right Nina. Divorce, never. Murder, lots of times.”<br />
Jackie’s first storytelling performance was in a library.<br />
She was working as a librarian and was asked to entertain<br />
a group of children. Jackie told them a story and they<br />
loved it! Before long, she began telling stories within her<br />
community. Many of her stories came from old American<br />
and African-American folktales. Eventually, she started<br />
telling stories across North America.<br />
As Jackie’s fame increased, her health decreased. She<br />
now has to use a wheelchair, but this has not stopped her<br />
storytelling career. Jackie’s stories have been published in<br />
books, magazines, and newspapers and she has appeared<br />
on radio and television. She has won awards for nine of<br />
her sound recordings and three of her television specials.<br />
Adapted from NorthStar 3: Listening and Speaking, 2nd Edition (Longman, p57),<br />
Helen S. Solórzano and Jennifer P. L. Schmidt<br />
17. In the sentence, “She has won awards for nine of her<br />
sound recordings and three of her television specials”, the<br />
underlined expression shows that<br />
a) the action is not expected to happen.<br />
b) the action began in the past and is continuing now.<br />
c) the action expresses a past situation or habit.<br />
d) the action expresses an experience that happened at<br />
some time in one’s life.<br />
Adapted from http://www.sarasotawedding.com/jokes/divorce_jokes.html<br />
Access on September 28th, 2012.<br />
In the joke, the sentence “We've been married for fifty<br />
years" (ref. 1) means that Nina's grandparents<br />
a) lived together for fifty years.<br />
b) were married for fifty years.<br />
c) got married fifty years ago.<br />
d) were married for a long time.<br />
The Birth of a Storyteller<br />
Jackie Torrence spent her childhood in North Carolina, in<br />
the southern part of the United States. She was a shy child<br />
because she had problems with her teeth, which made it<br />
hard for her to talk. Other children teased her because of<br />
her speech problem, so she spent much of her childhood<br />
playing alone. One of Jackie’s favorite games was to<br />
pretend she was on television. She told stories out loud<br />
using gestures and dramatic voices. At school, Jackie<br />
soon learned that she was good at writing stories, and<br />
with the help of her favorite teacher, she started to work<br />
on improving her speech.<br />
18. Choose the item to complete the answer.<br />
a) They will go to.<br />
b) They have gone.<br />
c) They went to.<br />
d) They would go to.<br />
111
Microsoft is buying Skype<br />
One is the giant business, whose software powers more<br />
than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,<br />
which has revolutionised the way many communicate.<br />
Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.<br />
It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to<br />
make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the<br />
third time it's been bought and sold.<br />
Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete<br />
with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to<br />
make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants<br />
Skype to help it become a bigger force.<br />
Skype is now used by 170 million people around the<br />
world (each month), not just on their computers, but on<br />
the move – on their mobile phones and even on their<br />
tablet devices.<br />
Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,<br />
but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even<br />
profitable.<br />
Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.<br />
Fonte:<br />
http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/201<br />
1/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml<br />
19. Em “it’s been bought and sold”, tem-se uma<br />
construção verbal no tempo:<br />
a) Passado simples.<br />
b) Passado contínuo.<br />
c) Particípio passado.<br />
d) Presente perfeito.<br />
e) Passado perfeito contínuo.<br />
20. Find the correct use of the Present Perfect Tense:<br />
a) I've answered all the questions.<br />
b) He has stayed in that position for half an hour.<br />
c) Jane's writen a book.<br />
d) The writer has written a new book last year.<br />
e) Lice has been a problem to mankind for years.<br />
f) Some thieves have robbed the bank a week ago.<br />
g) My men has slept for five hours.<br />
Choose the right alternative:<br />
a) 1 - 2 - 5 - 7<br />
b) 1 - 2 - 4 - 5<br />
c) 1 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7<br />
d) 2 - 3 - 7<br />
e) 1 - 2<br />
JUST LIKE HUMANS<br />
Animal personality is now taken seriously.<br />
We name them, raise them, clothe them and spoil<br />
them. We describe them as manipulative, grumpy,<br />
sensitive and caring. And they're not even human - they're<br />
our pets. It's in our nature to ascribe human characteristics<br />
to animals even if they don't really exist. For this reason,<br />
in the interests of remaining objective observers of nature,<br />
scientists have taken pains to avoid anthropomorphizing<br />
animals. To talk about a dog's having a swagger or a cat's<br />
being shy would invite professional sneers.<br />
In recent years, however, evidence has begun to<br />
show that animals have personalities after all. Chimps, for<br />
example, can be conscientious: they think before they act,<br />
they plan and they control their impulses, says Samuel<br />
Gosling, a Texas-based psychologist. Research has<br />
identified similar personality traits in many other species.<br />
The implications of these findings for research<br />
on human personality are powerful. Scientists can look to<br />
animal studies for insight into humans the same way they<br />
now look to animal testing for insight into drugs. Animal<br />
research has already begun to shed light on how different<br />
sights of people respond to medications and treatments -<br />
aggressive and passive rats respond differently to<br />
antidepressants, for example. The hope is that animals can<br />
help illuminate the murky interplay of genes and the<br />
environment on people's personalities. The research may<br />
even lead to predictions about what people will do, based<br />
on their personalities, when they're stressed out or<br />
frightened. Putting personality testing - already a thriving<br />
business - on a firm footing could uncover a wealth of<br />
knowledge about where personality comes from.<br />
(Newsweek, June 18, )<br />
21. Assinale a alternativa que contém o uso correto do<br />
tempo verbal "present perfect", como no exemplo -<br />
"evidence has begun to show that animals have<br />
personalities after all" -, no segundo parágrafo do texto.<br />
Brazil has won the world cup in 2002.<br />
a) When America was discovered, Indians have lived in<br />
the land for a long time.<br />
b) Her grandfather has won the lottery.<br />
112
c) They have finished their assignment before the end of<br />
class.<br />
d) The president has arrived from Europe the previous<br />
night.<br />
China is expected to become one of the world's<br />
leading economies, so why are pupils still learning<br />
French 6 rather than Mandarin 7 in Britain 8 ? For most<br />
students, there is little or no 1 . Despite predictions<br />
that it will dissapear as an international language, French<br />
dominates the timetables, followed by German 9 and<br />
Spanish 10 . Exports to China are expected to quadruple by<br />
2010 11 but most British schoolchildren are still not<br />
learning Mandarin.<br />
In one school, however, about 150 students now<br />
learn some Mandarin, under the tuition of Linzi Pan, the<br />
fourth Chinese assistant to work in the school. The<br />
Chinese language assistants who make it to the country<br />
are fearsomely well qualified 12 .<br />
In primary and secondary schools across the<br />
country there are about 30Chinese language assistants<br />
who not only contribute to language classes but also help<br />
to inject some idea of Chinese culture into the curriculum.<br />
Some students even get a 2 to visit China, thanks<br />
to the British Council's annual immersion courses for<br />
students in years 8 to 12, which give those travelling at<br />
least to weeks in a major Chinese city learning the<br />
language as well as seeing the 3 .<br />
In England there about 100 state schools<br />
teaching Chinese, as well as many more independent and<br />
weekend schools. The secretary of the British Association<br />
for Chinese Studies is adamant 13 that the country needs<br />
much more investment, especially for teacher training and<br />
professional development, before Chinese studies can be<br />
introduced across the curriculum.<br />
Teachers report more interest in Mandarn than<br />
10 years ago when people studied it because not only was<br />
it interesting but also rather exotic. Interest is now coming<br />
from all age groups, because of which evening-class<br />
provision across the country has shot up with many adults<br />
now learning the language for business 4 . It is very<br />
much about shifting British attitudes 14 . Historically, it has<br />
been the British Council that has promoted Britain in<br />
China but now we all ought to be making sure Britain is<br />
equipped to deal with China.<br />
Adapted from: The Independent, online edition, 11 Mar..<br />
22. Consider the verb form in the sentence below.<br />
Britain HAS INVESTED very little in Chinese studies. -<br />
The same verb form is used correctly in the sentence<br />
a) I haven't met my Chinese friends since July.<br />
b) The children have read a Chinese story yesterday.<br />
c) Have you learned Mandarin when you were in<br />
school?<br />
d) They have seen many Chinese films last year.<br />
e) His parents have lived in China in the 1960's.<br />
Internet Cafes' Phone Service Fills a Void<br />
TEGUCIGALPA, Honduras - With their simple wooden<br />
desks and glowing computer screens, the Internet cafes in<br />
this capital city look much like those popping up around<br />
the rest of the world, except practically no one's typing.<br />
They're all talking.<br />
A few inches from the door of the Multinet Cybercafe, a<br />
woman in sandals is gossiping about some acquaintances<br />
into a black phone-like receiver connected by a cord to<br />
the back of a machine. Across from her, a man is<br />
inquiring about a job. Herman Mejilla, an accountant, is<br />
chatting with his fiancee in New Jersey, asking how her<br />
university studies are going.<br />
"Te extraño," he says. I miss you.<br />
In Latin America and other developing areas, Internet<br />
cafes have become this generation's equivalent of the<br />
telephone booth.<br />
The voice transmissions aren't perfect. They are<br />
sometimes garbled by static or metallic echoes. Calls<br />
occasionally get dropped or don't get through at all.<br />
But the phone cafes have become a lifeline for many<br />
Hondurans who often use them to talk to relatives and<br />
friends in the United States. In a country where home<br />
phone lines are hard to come by, the Internet phones are<br />
the only way many can keep in touch.<br />
In Honduras, only about 44 of every 1,000 people had a<br />
phone in 1999, the latest year for which figures are<br />
available from the World Bank Group's development<br />
indicators database. In neighboring Nicaragua, the figure<br />
is 30 of every 1,000; in Guatemala, 55; and in El<br />
Salvador, 76.<br />
Internet phone service is not only more readily available<br />
than normal phone service, it's significantly cheaper, too:<br />
5 to 10 cents a minute, vs. the $1 to $1.50 per minute<br />
charged by monopoly telephone providers. In Honduras,<br />
113
where per capita income was about $850 in 2000, it's an<br />
obvious bargain.<br />
Phone cafes are concentrated in Latin America but have<br />
proliferated worldwide. Few of these businesses are run<br />
by corporations. They are mostly mom-and-pop<br />
operations.<br />
Washington Post, April 18, 2002<br />
23. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />
Presente Perfeito do verbo "become", como em<br />
"...Internet cafes have become this generation's equivalent<br />
of the telephone booth.", no quinto parágrafo do texto.<br />
a) He has become a political leader in 1984.<br />
b) She has become a U.S. citizen before she moved to<br />
Australia.<br />
c) She has become a widow right after the war.<br />
d) She has become his wife five years ago.<br />
e) He has become ill.<br />
The Present Perfect Continuous<br />
O Present Perfect Continuous é usado para:<br />
1. Falar de uma atividade que começou no passado e que<br />
continua até o presente, enfatizando a duração ou<br />
aintensidade da ação. Nesse caso, para expressar o tempo,<br />
geralmente usa-se since, for, all day, all morning, all<br />
week,etc.<br />
Affirmative Form.<br />
I + have<br />
You + have<br />
He + has<br />
She + has been verb in the ING form.<br />
It + has<br />
We + have<br />
You + have<br />
They + have<br />
1. She has been running for half an hour.<br />
(Ele está correndo há meia hora.)<br />
2. It's been raining a lot all week.<br />
(Tem chovido bastante toda esta semana.)<br />
Negative forms.<br />
I + haven’t<br />
You + haven’t<br />
He + hasn’t<br />
She + hasn’t been verb in the ING form<br />
It + hasn’t<br />
We + haven’t<br />
You + haven’t<br />
They + haven’t<br />
1. I have not been sleeping well since last week because<br />
my husband snores a lot.<br />
(Não estou dormindo bem desde a semana passada<br />
porque meu marido ronca muito.)<br />
2. They have not been using the blender for months.<br />
(Eles não usam o liquidificador há meses.)<br />
Interrogative Forms<br />
Have + I<br />
Have + You<br />
Has + He<br />
Has + She been verb in the ING form.<br />
Has + It<br />
Have + We<br />
Have + You<br />
Have + They<br />
1. Has he been washing his car for two hours?<br />
(Ele está lavando o carro dele há duas horas?)<br />
2. Have you been working since eight o' clock?<br />
(Você está trabalhando desde as oito horas?)<br />
3. What have you been doing since I last saw you?<br />
Duration from the Past Until Now<br />
Utilizamos o Present Perfect Continuous para mostrar que<br />
algo começou no passado e continua até o presente. "For<br />
five minutes", "for two weeks", and "since Tuesday" são<br />
114
todos expressões temporais que podem ser usadas com o<br />
Present Perfect Continuous.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
They have been talking for the last hour.<br />
She has been working at that company for three years.<br />
James has been teaching at the University since June.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
I have been waiting here for two hours.<br />
She has only been studying English for two years.<br />
Quando utilizamos tempos verbais com mais de uma<br />
parte, tais como Present Perfect Continuous (has been<br />
studying), advérbios geralmente aparecem entre a<br />
primeira e a segunda parte, (has only been studying).<br />
Recently, Lately<br />
Voçê pode usar o Present Perfect Continuous sem uma<br />
duração de tempo como: "for five minutes", "for two<br />
weeks", and "since Tuesday". Sem a duração de tempo,<br />
este tempo verbal oferece um sentido mais geral de<br />
ultimamente "lately". Usamos com frequência palavras<br />
como: "lately" or "recently" neste tipo de sentença para<br />
fortalecer o significado.<br />
Um outro exemplo seria "Have you been smoking?"<br />
sugere que você consegue sentir o cheiro do cigarro na<br />
pessoa.<br />
É possível que insulte alguém utilizando este tempo<br />
verbal.<br />
IMPORTANT:Non-Continuous/Stative Verbs.<br />
To know.<br />
To love.<br />
To hate.<br />
To want.<br />
To like.<br />
To hear.<br />
To prefer.<br />
To see.<br />
To remember.<br />
To forget.<br />
To seem.<br />
To realize.<br />
To need.<br />
To believe.<br />
To suppose.<br />
To understand.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
Recently, I have been feeling really tired.<br />
She has been watching too much television lately.<br />
Mary has been feeling a little depressed.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Lembre se que o Present Perfect Continuous tem o<br />
significado de ultimamente "lately" ou recentemente<br />
"recently." Caso use the Present Perfect Continuous em<br />
uma pergunta EX "Have you been feeling alright?",<br />
Isso sugere que a pessoa parece doente ou mal de saúde.<br />
Para expressar idéia de Present Perfect Continuous com<br />
estes verbos é melhor utilizar o Present Perfect.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
Sam has been having his car for two years.<br />
Not Correct<br />
Sam has had his car for two years. Correct<br />
Past Perfect Tense<br />
O Past Perfect é formado com o passado simples do<br />
verbo to have (had), que funciona como auxiliar do verbo<br />
principal, seguido do past participle (particípio passado)<br />
115
do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que o particípio passado<br />
dos verbos regulares terminam em -ed e os verbos<br />
irregulares possuem forma própria.<br />
Affirmative forms.<br />
I + had<br />
You + had<br />
He + had<br />
She + had Past perfect of the verb.<br />
It + had<br />
We + had<br />
You + had<br />
They + had<br />
1. The film had already started when we got to the<br />
cinema.<br />
(O filme já tinha começado quando chegamos ao<br />
cinema.)<br />
2. The film started when we got to the cinema - As duas<br />
ações ocorreram ao mesmo tempo, diferente do que<br />
ocorre no Past Perfect, onde ambas ações ocorrem no<br />
passado, porém uma antes da outra.<br />
1. The mall had already closed when I arrived there. (O<br />
shopping já tinha fechado quando cheguei lá.)<br />
Negative rms.<br />
I + hadn’t<br />
You + hadn’t<br />
He + hadn’t<br />
She + hadn’t Past perfect of the verb.<br />
It + hadn’t<br />
We + hadn’t<br />
You + hadn’t<br />
They + hadn’t<br />
116<br />
1. I hadn't heard you knocking the door because I<br />
was sleeping.<br />
(Não ouvi você bater na porta porque estava dormindo.)<br />
2. Peter hadn't realized that the place was so<br />
dangerous.<br />
(Pedro não tinha se dado conta de que o lugar era tão<br />
perigoso.)<br />
Interrogative Forms<br />
Had + I<br />
Had + You<br />
Had + He<br />
Had + She<br />
Had + It<br />
Had + We<br />
Had + You<br />
Had + They<br />
Past perfect of the verb.<br />
1. Had the train already left when you got to the station?<br />
(O trem já tinha partido quando você chegou à<br />
estação?)<br />
2. Had you already had dinnner when I called to you?<br />
(Você já tinha jantado quando eu liguei?)<br />
Completed Action Before Something in Past.<br />
(ação completa antes de uma outra ação no passado).<br />
O Past Perfect expressa ideia de que algo ocorreu antes de<br />
uma ação no passado. Ele também mostra que algo<br />
acontecera antes de um tempo específico no passado.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
a) I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went<br />
to Copacabana.<br />
b) Had you ever visited the U.S. before your trip in<br />
1992?<br />
c) Yes, I had been to the U.S. once before in 1988.
NOTE: Quando estamos usando este tempo verbal com<br />
advérbios , este aparece entre o auxiliar had e o verbo da<br />
oração.<br />
Examples:<br />
a) I had never studied a little English before I came to<br />
the U.S.<br />
b) They had never met an American until they met John.<br />
Stranger than fiction<br />
By Hillel E. Silverman<br />
EXERCISES<br />
When the Old and New Cities of Jerusalem were reunited<br />
in 1967, a recently widowed Arab woman, who had been<br />
living in Old Jerusalem since 1948, wanted to see once<br />
more the house in which she formerly lived. Now that the<br />
city was one, she searched for and found her old home.<br />
She knocked on the door of the apartment, and a Jewish<br />
widow came to the door and greeted her.<br />
The Arab woman explained that she had lived there until<br />
1948 and wanted to look around. She was invited in and<br />
offered coffee. The Arab woman said, "When I lived here,<br />
I hid some valuables. If they are still here, I will share<br />
them with you half and half."<br />
The Jewish woman refused. "If they belonged to you and<br />
are still here, they are yours." After much discussion back<br />
and forth, they entered the bathroom, loosened the floor<br />
planks, and found a hoard of gold coins. The Jewish<br />
woman said, "I shall ask the government to let you keep<br />
them." She did and permission was granted.<br />
The two widows visited each other again and again, and<br />
one day the Arab woman told her new friend, "You know,<br />
in the 1948 fighting here, my husband and I were so<br />
frightened that we ran away to escape. We grabbed our<br />
belongings, took the children, and each fled separately.<br />
We had a three-month-old son. I thought my husband had<br />
taken 1 him, and he thought I had. Imagine our grief when<br />
we were reunited in Old Jerusalem to find that neither of<br />
us had taken the child."<br />
The Jewish woman turned pale, and asked the exact date.<br />
The Arab woman named the date and the hour, and the<br />
Jewish widow told her: "My husband was one of the<br />
Israeli troops that entered Jerusalem. He came into this<br />
house and found a baby on the floor. He asked if he could<br />
keep the house and the baby, too. Permission was<br />
granted".<br />
At that moment, a twenty-year-old Israeli soldier in<br />
uniform walked into the room, and the Jewish woman<br />
broke down in tears. "This is your son," she cried.<br />
This is one of those incredible tales we hear. And the<br />
aftermath? The two women liked each other so much that<br />
the Jewish widow asked the Arab mother: "Look, we are<br />
both widows living alone. Our children are grown up.<br />
This house has brought you luck. You have found your<br />
son… our son. Why don’t we live together?" And they<br />
do.<br />
Adaptado de: www.perso.ch/tio.family/page 196.html, acesso em março/2011.<br />
1. Sobre o que fica evidente na primeira sentença do<br />
texto, assinale o que for correto.<br />
( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe já não morava mais na<br />
Antiga Jerusalém.<br />
( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe ainda morava na Antiga<br />
Jerusalém.<br />
( ) A mulher árabe foi morar na Antiga Jerusalém em<br />
1967.<br />
( ) A mulher árabe tinha ido morar na Antiga Jerusalém<br />
havia muito tempo.<br />
HERE IS THE SECOND PART OF THE LETTER,<br />
WRITTEN BY A 98-YEARS-OLD PENSIONED<br />
LADY TO HER BANK MANAGER.<br />
In due course, I will issue your employee with a<br />
PIN number, which he/she must quote in dealings with<br />
me. I regret that it cannot be shorter than 28 digits but,<br />
again, I have modeled it on the number of button presses<br />
required of me to access my account balance on your<br />
phone bank service. As they say, imitation is the sincerest<br />
form of flattery.<br />
117
Let me level the playing field even further. When<br />
you call me, press buttons as follows:<br />
1 - To make an appointment to see me.<br />
2 - To query a missing payment.<br />
3 - To transfer the call to my living room in case I am<br />
there.<br />
4 - To transfer the call to my bedroom in case I am<br />
sleeping.<br />
5 - To transfer the call to my toilet in case I am attending<br />
to nature.<br />
6 - To transfer the call to my mobile phone if I am not at<br />
home.<br />
7 - To leave a message on my computer (a password to<br />
access my computer is required. A password will be<br />
communicated to you at a later date to the Authorized<br />
Contact).<br />
8 - To return to the main menu and to listen to options 1<br />
through 8.<br />
9 - To make a general complaint or inquiry, the contact<br />
will then be put on hold, pending the attention of my<br />
automated answering service. While this may, on<br />
occasion, involve a lengthy wait, uplifting music will play<br />
for the duration of the call.<br />
Regrettably, but again following your example, I<br />
must also levy an establishment fee to cover the setting up<br />
of this new arrangement. Your Humble Client<br />
(Adapted from: forums.film.com/showthread.php?t=15516)<br />
2. Indique a alternativa que completa a sentença: The<br />
lady ............... that she ............... the PIN number on the<br />
number of button presses required to access her account<br />
balance.<br />
a) wrote ... has modeled<br />
b) writes ... would be modeling<br />
c) was writing ... modeled<br />
d) wrote ... has been modeling<br />
e) wrote ...had modeled<br />
emissions continue to rise despite many earnest pledges to<br />
control them. Just last week, the United Nations reported<br />
that of the 41 countries it monitors (not including most<br />
developing nations), 34 had increased greenhouse<br />
emissions from 2000 to 2004. These include most<br />
countries committed to reducing emissions under the<br />
Kyoto Protocol.<br />
Why is this? Here are three reasons. First: With<br />
today's technologies, we don't know how to cut<br />
greenhouse gases in politically and economically<br />
acceptable ways. Second: In rich democracies, policies<br />
that might curb greenhouse gases require politicians and<br />
the public to act in exceptionally "enlightened" (read:<br />
"unrealistic") ways. Third: Even if rich countries cut<br />
emissions, it won't make much difference unless poor<br />
countries do likewise - and so far, they've refused because<br />
that might jeopardize their economic growth and povertyreduction<br />
efforts.<br />
Unless we develop cost-effective technologies<br />
that break the link between carbon-dioxide emissions and<br />
energy use, we can't do much. Anyone serious about<br />
global warming must focus on technology - and not just<br />
assume it. Otherwise, our practical choices are all bad:<br />
costly mandates and controls that harm the economy; or<br />
costly mandates and controls that barely affect<br />
greenhouse gases. Or, possibly, both.<br />
(Adapted from "The Worst of Both Worlds?" NEWSWEEK November 13, 2006,<br />
page 45.)<br />
3. In the phrase "34 had increased greenhouse emissions<br />
from 2000 to 2004" (in paragraph 1), the verb tense HAD<br />
INCREASED refers to<br />
( ) ( ) an action that began in the past and continues<br />
up to now.<br />
( ) ( ) an indefinite time in the past.<br />
( ) ( ) an action that happened in the past before<br />
another past action.<br />
( ) ( ) an action that is habitual.<br />
( ) ( ) two simultaneous actions in the past.<br />
118<br />
THE WORST OF BOTH WORLDS?<br />
In the global-warming debate, there's a big gap<br />
between public rhetoric (which verges on hysteria) and<br />
public behavior (which indicates indifference). People say<br />
they're worried but don't act that way. Greenhouse<br />
Violence on television<br />
Psychological research has shown three major effects of<br />
seeing violence on television:<br />
- Children may become less sensitive to the pain and<br />
suffering of others.
- Children may be more fearful of the world around them.<br />
- Children may be more likely to behave in aggressive or<br />
harmful ways toward others.<br />
Children who watch a lot of TV are less aroused by<br />
violent scenes than are those who only watch a little; in<br />
other words, they're less bothered by violence in general,<br />
and less likely to see anything wrong with it. One<br />
example: in several studies, those who watched a violent<br />
program instead of a nonviolent one were slower to<br />
intervene or to call for help when, a little later, they saw<br />
younger children fighting or playing destructively.<br />
Studies by George Gerbner, Ph.D., at the University of<br />
Pennsylvania, have shown that children's TV shows<br />
contain about 20 violent acts each hour and also that<br />
children who watch a lot of television are more likely to<br />
think that the world is a mean and dangerous place.<br />
Children often behave differently after they've been<br />
watching violent programs on TV. In one study done at<br />
Pennsylvania State University, about 100 preschool<br />
children were observed both before and after watching<br />
television; some watched cartoons that had a lot of<br />
aggressive and violent acts in them, and others watched<br />
shows that didn't have any kind of violence. The<br />
researchers noticed real differences between the kids who<br />
watched the violent shows and those who watched<br />
nonviolent ones.<br />
"Children who watch the violent shows, even 'just funny'<br />
cartoons, were more likely to hit out at their playmates,<br />
argue, disobey class rules, leave tasks unfinished, and<br />
were less willing to wait for things than those who<br />
watched the nonviolent programs," says Aletha Huston,<br />
Ph.D., now at the University of Kansas.<br />
(Extraído de www.apa.org/pubinfo/violence.html)<br />
4. The text ................. a study in which 100 preschool<br />
children ................. both before and after watching TV.<br />
a) reported ... is observed<br />
b) reports ... observed<br />
c) reported ... had been observed<br />
d) had reported ... were observed<br />
e) reports ... had observed<br />
'EBOLA' TURNS OUT TO BE YELLOW FEVER<br />
Gary Younge in Berlin Saturday August 7, 1999<br />
The Ebola virus panic gripping Germany finally subsided<br />
yesterday when the man suspected of having contracted<br />
the disease was diagnosed as having died of yellow fever,<br />
five days after returning from west Africa.<br />
Olaf Ullmann, 40, died at 7.24am yesterday - the first<br />
person to be killed by yellow fever in Germany for more<br />
than 50 years. His health had deteriorated rapidly in the<br />
last 24 hours as his liver and kidneys failed and he lost<br />
consciousness.<br />
Ebola was ruled out late on Thursday night, but there was<br />
a delay in diagnosing yellow fever partly because<br />
Ullmann had been vaccinated in 1993.<br />
The doctor who treated him said yellow fever and Ebola<br />
had similar symptoms of heavy breathing and high fever,<br />
but little else could have been done to save him.<br />
"Even had we known from the beginning he was suffering<br />
from yellow fever it would not have changed the<br />
treatment," said Norbert Suttorp of Berlin's Charité<br />
hospital.<br />
The yellow fever vaccination, considered effective for at<br />
least 10 years, fails to provide immunity in 1% of cases.<br />
Ullmann was probably bitten by an infected mosquito<br />
during his trip to Ivory Coast, where he was filming a<br />
documentary on local wildlife.<br />
Experts in tropical medicine wearing plastic suits had<br />
been treating him since Tuesday. A 6ft fence was erected<br />
around his isolation ward.<br />
An outbreak of yellow fever is considered unlikely: his<br />
three travelling companions, including his wife, are in<br />
good health.<br />
Swissair, which flew the Ullmanns back from Ivory<br />
Coast, has given the passenger list to the German<br />
authorities but the risk of contagion is considered<br />
negligible.<br />
5. "Even HAD we KNOWN from the beginning he was<br />
suffering from yellow fever it WOULD NOT HAVE<br />
CHANGED the treatment" (par. 5). The verb phrases in<br />
bold indicate that the change in treatment:<br />
a) will happen in future<br />
b) may happen in future<br />
c) could have happened but didn't<br />
d) can happen but will not any way<br />
e) might still happen<br />
119
PAST PERFECT TENSE - PART II.<br />
Duration Before Something in the Past (Non-continuous<br />
Verbs)<br />
With Non-progressive Verbs / Stative verbs.<br />
Também utilizamos o past perfect para mostrar que algo<br />
começou no passdo e continuou até uma outra ação<br />
também no passado.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
a) We had had that car for ten years before it broke<br />
down.<br />
b) By the time Alex finished his studies, he had been in<br />
London for over eight years.<br />
IMPORTANT Specific Times with the Past Perfect<br />
Ao contrário do present perfect que estudamos na última<br />
aula, é possível usar tempo específico (time words) com o<br />
past perfect.<br />
Embora possível, não é geralmente necessário.<br />
EXAMPLE:<br />
She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />
before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />
Note:<br />
Se a ação occorreu em um tempo específico no passado,<br />
pode ser usado o passado simples ao invés do past perfect.<br />
Quando before (antes) e after (depois) é utilizado na<br />
sentença. As duas palavras na verdade diz o que acontece<br />
primeiro, sendo assim o past perfect é opcional.<br />
As duas sentenças estão corretas:<br />
EXAMPLE:<br />
She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />
before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />
She visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />
before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />
Se a ação não acontecera em um tempo específico, o past<br />
perfect deve ser usado em todas as vezes.<br />
EXAMPLE:<br />
She had never seen a bear before she moved to<br />
Alaska. Correct<br />
120<br />
<br />
She never saw a bear before she moved to Alaska.<br />
Not Correct<br />
EXERCISES<br />
6. Supply the correct PAST or PAST PERFECT<br />
a) Mary who is in the Hospital ___________________<br />
(be) there for two weeks.<br />
b) He ________________________ (live) in New York<br />
since 1934.<br />
c) We __________________ (buy) our automobile two<br />
years ago.<br />
7. Ponha os verbos entre parênteses no Past Perfect:<br />
a) The secretary said Mr. Black<br />
_________________________ (leave) at four.<br />
b) I thought you _________________________ (talk) to<br />
Mr. Jones about it.<br />
c) I was sure I _______________________ off the TV<br />
set. (turn)<br />
d) Didn't you tell her that you<br />
________________________ your job? (lose)<br />
e) They went home after they<br />
__________________________ (finish) their<br />
f) conversation.<br />
g) Theresa was upset because her son<br />
____________________ (have) an accident.<br />
h) The poor man _______________________ (die)<br />
before the ambulance arrived.<br />
i) I didn't wash my car because my son<br />
______________________ (already, wash) it.
The Teacher's magazine<br />
The dramatic story of war among angels existed in heaven<br />
even before earth was formed. The great 17th century<br />
poet John Milton described in his masterpiece Paradise<br />
Lost what he considered the first test of free will: the fall<br />
of angels. His story begins when Lucifer is ordered to<br />
obey the Son of God. Lucifer refuses, the rebellious<br />
angels join him and challenge the power of God. On the<br />
first day, one of the powerful Seraphs and Lucifer meet,<br />
angel against angel. On the second day, the archangel<br />
Michael enters the battle, and wounds Lucifer. Michael<br />
asks for assistance and on the third day the Son of God<br />
comes forward. He pursues the enemy to the bounds of<br />
heaven and the bad angels throw themselves into ¤the<br />
bottomless pit. The war in heaven is over, but Lucifer is<br />
far from finished. God has created a new race - humans.<br />
The struggle between good and evil begins. - (Fonte:"The<br />
Teacher's Magazine", ).<br />
8. Complete the sentence below with the appropriate verb<br />
form.<br />
When earth.......... to be, the angels' war in heaven.............<br />
a) came - had ended<br />
b) comes - has ended<br />
c) had come - ended<br />
d) came - had been ending<br />
e) comes - was ending<br />
9. He returned home after he ...... the office.<br />
a) leaves<br />
b) does leave<br />
c) had left<br />
d) will leave<br />
e) didn't leave<br />
Past Perfect Continuous<br />
O Past Perfect Continuous é usado para enfatizar a<br />
repetição ou a duração de uma ação no passado anterior à<br />
outra ação também no passado.<br />
A forma escrita do Past Perfect Continuous é feita com o<br />
Simple Past do verbo to have (had) + Past Perfect do<br />
verbo to be (been) seguido do gerúndio do verbo<br />
principal:<br />
Affirmative Form.<br />
I + had<br />
You + had<br />
He + had<br />
She + had been verb in the ING form.<br />
It + had<br />
We + had<br />
You + had<br />
They + had<br />
1. He was tired because he had been studying for seven<br />
hours.<br />
(Ele estava cansado porque tinha estudado por sete<br />
horas.)<br />
2. She didn't go shopping because it had been raining all<br />
day.<br />
(Ela não foi fazer compras porque tinha chovido o dia<br />
inteiro.)<br />
Negative forms.<br />
I + hadn’t<br />
You + hadn’t<br />
He + hadn’t<br />
She + hadn’t been verb in the ING form<br />
It + hadn’t<br />
We + hadn’t<br />
You + hadn’t<br />
They + hadn’t<br />
1. It hadn't been raining during the week, so we decided<br />
to go to the beach on weekend.<br />
(Não tinha chovido durante a semana, então<br />
decidimos ir pra praia no final de semana.)<br />
2. They didn't pass the exam because they hadn't been<br />
studying a lot. (Eles não passaram no teste porque<br />
não tinham estudado muito.)<br />
121
Interrogative Forms<br />
Had + I<br />
Had + You<br />
Had + He<br />
Had + She been verb in the ING form.<br />
Had + It<br />
Had + We<br />
Had + You<br />
Had + They<br />
1. Had you been swimming? (Você estava nadando?)<br />
2. Had he been waiting for her for a long time?<br />
(Ele tinha esperado por ela por muito tempo?)<br />
Duration Before Something in the Past<br />
122<br />
Utilizamos o past perfect continuous para mostrar que<br />
algo começou no passado e continuou até um outro<br />
horário no passado "For five minutes" and "for two<br />
weeks"<br />
Todas indicam duração de tempo que podem ser<br />
utilizados com o Past Perfect Continuous.<br />
Note: que este tem uma relação com o present perfect,<br />
entretanto, a duração não continua até agora.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
a) They had been talking for over an hour before Tony<br />
arrived.<br />
b) She had been working at that company for three years<br />
when it went out of business.<br />
c) James had been teaching at the University for more<br />
than a year before he left for Asia.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Se não incluir duração tais como:"for two weeks" or<br />
"since Friday", muitos natives escolhem usar o Past<br />
Continuous. Ha significados diferentes.<br />
EXAMPLES:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
I was reading when my roommate returned.<br />
Significa que: A leitura foi interrompida quando o<br />
amigo chegou.<br />
I had been reading for an hour when my roommate<br />
returned.<br />
Significa que: a leitura foi interrompida antes do<br />
amigo entrar.
CAPÍTULO XV - GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE<br />
O gerúndio, também conhecido como Present Participle<br />
( Particípio Presente ), é formado a partir de qualquer<br />
verbo (exceto anômalos) + ING. Veremos em seguida que<br />
há uma pequena diferença entre o Gerúndio e o Present<br />
Participle em seus usos mais comuns.<br />
E.g.<br />
Play Playing Study Studying<br />
Do Doing Come Coming<br />
Work Working See Seeing<br />
Write Writing Understand Understanding<br />
Gerúndio:<br />
Formação Há algumas regras para a formação do<br />
gerúndio.<br />
Vejamos.<br />
1. Geral. Verbo + ING<br />
2. Se o verbo terminar em E, este é retirado e ING é<br />
acrescentado. (Exceto To Be - being)<br />
3. Se o verbo terminar em IE, estes são retirados e YING<br />
é acrescentado. ( Die e Lie - dying, lying ).<br />
4. Verbos terminados em EE não sofrem alterações,<br />
basta acrescentar ING. (See - seeing ).<br />
5. Verbos monossilábicos com CONSOANTE, VOGAL,<br />
CONSOANTE (CVC) têm a última consoante<br />
dobrada. ( Cut - cutting, Stop - stopping, Swim -<br />
swimming, Plan - planning , Put - putting).<br />
6. Verbos dissilábicos que tenham o stress ( sílaba<br />
tônoca) na última sílaba e que ainda tenham a<br />
terminação CVC também têm a última consoante<br />
dobrada. (Prefer -preferring, occur - occurring )<br />
Gerúndio:<br />
Usos: Já sabemos que o gerúndio é usado na formação<br />
de tempos contínuos, tais como: presente contínuo,<br />
passado contínuo, futuro contínuo, etc... Mas o gerúndio<br />
tem outras funções além dessa.<br />
Vejamos.<br />
1.Gerúndio como Substantivo:<br />
O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como<br />
substantivo, e por isso pode também conjugar verbos, ser<br />
adjetivado, etc.. Observe.<br />
• My understanding in English is very good.<br />
Meu entendimento de inglês é muito bom.<br />
• My hearing is not that good.<br />
Minha audição já não é tão boa.<br />
• Smoking is not good for health.<br />
Fumar é prejudicial à saude.<br />
• Mesmo que um gerúndio seja um substantivo, um<br />
gerúndio ainda pode levar um objeto direto (como um<br />
verbo). Isto é conhecido como um gerund complement.<br />
Por exemplo:<br />
• swimming the lake<br />
• running a mile<br />
• drinking a beer<br />
2. Gerúndio como Adjetivo:<br />
O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como<br />
adjetivo.<br />
Veja.<br />
• We have a talking clock.<br />
Nós temos um relógio falante.<br />
• How much is the washing machine ?<br />
3. Após preposição:<br />
Quanto custa a máquina de lavar ?<br />
• I need to buy a cleaning tape.<br />
Preciso comprar uma fita limpadora.<br />
O gerúndio funcionará como Infinitivo após uma<br />
preposição. Neste caso o gerúndio será considerado como<br />
objeto da preposição, e obrigatório.<br />
• I am thinking about going there<br />
Estou pensando em ir lá.<br />
123
• She is tired of studying.<br />
Ela está cansada de estudar..<br />
• Before leaving she said good-bye.<br />
Antes de sair ela disse adeus.<br />
4. Gerund Phrase<br />
Uma Gerund Phrase é composta por um gerúndio, seu<br />
objeto, e todos os modificadores. Por exemplo:<br />
Eating blackberries without washing them will make you<br />
ill.<br />
Na gerund phrase acima:<br />
Eating é o gerúndio.<br />
(A Gerund Phrase sempre começa com o gerúndio.)<br />
A palavra blackberries é o objeto do gerúndio.<br />
(O objeto de um gerúndio também é chamado de Gerund<br />
Complement.)<br />
A frase, without washing é um modificador.<br />
(Neste caso, o modificador é uma locução.)<br />
EXERCISES<br />
BRASÍLIA — Brazil’s highest court has long viewed<br />
itself as a bastion of manners and formality. Justices call<br />
one another “Your Excellency,” dress in billowing robes<br />
and wrap each utterance in grandiloquence, as if little had<br />
changed from the era when marquises and dukes held<br />
sway from their vast plantations.<br />
In one televised feud, Mr. Barbosa questioned another<br />
justice about whether he would even be on the court had<br />
he not been appointed by his cousin, aformer president<br />
124<br />
impeached in 1992. With another justice, Mr. Barbosa<br />
rebuked him over what the chief justice considered his<br />
condescending tone, telling him he was not his<br />
“capanga,” a term describing a hired thug.<br />
In one of his most scathing comments, Mr. Barbosa, the<br />
high court’s first and only black justice, took on the entire<br />
legal system of Brazil — where it is still remarkably rare<br />
for politicians to ever spend time in pr